This document is a translation of a document originally issued in Polish. The only binding version is the original Polish version.
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
in 2024
Annual Financial Statements for the year 2024
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA FROM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
for the year ended 31 December
in PLN million
in EUR million*
2024
2023
2024
2023
Net interest income
8,338
7,762
1,937
1,714
Net commission income
2,208
2,079
513
459
Net income on basic activities
10,722
10,124
2,491
2,236
Gross profit
5,490
5,659
1,276
1,250
Net profit
4,369
4,441
1,015
981
Weighted average number of ordinary shares (units)
130,143,180
130,117,872
-
-
Earnings per ordinary share (in PLN / in EUR)
33.57
34.13
7.80
7.54
Net cash flows
1,321
3,989
307
881
as at 31 December
in PLN million
in EUR million**
2024
2023
2024
2023
Liabilities to customers
254,941
239,600
59,663
55,106
Total assets
130
130
30
30
Share capital
17,107
16,619
4,004
3,822
Number of shares (pcs)
130,100,000
130,100,000
-
-
Book value per share (in PLN / in EUR)
131.49
127.74
30.77
29.38
Total capital ratio
15.62%
18.74%
-
-
*) to translate selected data into EUR for items of the Profit and Loss Account and for net cash flows, the exchange rate calculated as the average of the NBP exchange rates prevailing on the last day of each month in the period of 12 months of 2024 (PLN 4.3042) and 12 months of 2023 (PLN 4.5284) was used,
**) the average NBP exchange rate valid for 31 December 2024 (PLN 4.2730) and as at 31 December 2023 (PLN 4.3480) was used to convert selected data into EUR for items in the statement of financial position.
1
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
ANNUAL FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE PERIOD FROM 1 JANUARY 2024 TO 31 DECEMBER 2024
Content
Income statement 2
2
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Income statement
for the year ended 31 December
Note
2024
2023
Interest income
12,534
11,822
calculated using effective interest rate method
11,787
10,781
other interest income
747
1,041
Interest expenses
-4,196
-4,060
Net interest income
8,338
7,762
Commission income
2,813
2,649
Commission expenses
-605
-570
Net commission income
2,208
2,079
Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result
196
327
Net income on the sale of securities measured at amortised cost
-6
-
Net income on the sale of securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and dividend income
-37
-15
Net (loss)/income on hedge accounting
10
-5
Net (loss)/income on other basic activities
13
-24
Net income on basic activities
10,722
10,124
General and administrative expenses
-3,755
-3,509
Impairment for expected credit losses
-879
-458
including profit on sale of receivables
80
24
Cost of legal risk of FX mortgage loans
-92
-106
Tax on certain financial institutions
-740
-644
Share of profit/(loss) of associates accounted for using the equity method
234
252
Gross profit
5,490
5,659
Income tax
-1,121
-1,218
Net profit
4,369
4,441
for the year ended 31 December
Note
2024
2023
Net profit
4,369
4,441
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
130,143,180
130,117,872
Earnings per ordinary share (in PLN)
33.57
34.13
The diluted earnings per share are the same as the profit per one ordinary share.
The income statement should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements being the integral part thereof.
3
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December
Note
2024
2023
Net profit for the period:
4,369
4,441
Total other comprehensive income, including:
450
2,905
Items which can be reclassified to income statement, including:
438
2,821
debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – gains on revaluation carried through equity
55
273
debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – reclassification to financial result due to sale
9
5
loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income - revaluation gains / losses recognised in equity
54
-40
cash flow hedging – gains on revaluation carried through equity
-1,447
425
cash flow hedging – reclassification to profit or loss
1,767
2,158
Items which will not be reclassified to income statement, including:
12
84
equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – gains on revaluation carried through equity
15
93
actuarial gains/losses
-3
-9
Net comprehensive income for the reporting period
4,819
7,346
The statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements being the integral part thereof.
4
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Statement of financial position
as at
Note
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
transformed data
01 Jan 2023
transformed data
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
8,360
7,039
3,050
Loans and other receivables to other banks
25,063
22,540
6,492
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
1,948
2,274
1,953
Derivative hedge instruments
61
208
139
Investment securities
58,892
56,528
48,348
Transferred assets
179
165
164
Loans and other receivables to customers
156,496
146,663
145,733
Investments in subsidiaries and associates measured by the equity method
1,969
1,761
1,624
Property, plant and equipment
969
965
926
Intangible assets
416
450
393
Current income tax assets
-
-
566
Deferred tax assets
467
888
1,650
Other assets
121
119
121
Total assets
254,941
239,600
211,159
as at
Note
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
01 Jan 2023
Liabilities
Liabilities to other banks
10,803
8,827
658
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
1,400
1,822
2,204
Derivative hedge instruments
83
280
370
Liabilities to customers
219,941
205,040
192,242
Subordinated liabilities
1,499
1,526
1,644
Provisions
633
536
348
Current income tax liabilities
15
101
-
Other liabilities
3,460
4,849
4,427
Total liabilities
237,834
222,981
201,893
Equity
Share capital
130
130
130
Share premium
956
956
956
Accumulated other comprehensive income
-4,762
-5,212
-8,117
Retained earnings
20,783
20,750
16,297
Own shares for the purposes of the incentive program
-
-5
-
Total equity
17,107
16,619
9,266
Total equity and liabilities
254,941
239,600
211,159
The statement of financial position shall be read in conjunction with the notes to financial statements being the integral part thereof.
5
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2024
Note: 34
Share capital
Share premium
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Retained earnings
Own shares for the purposes of the incentive program
Total equity
Opening balance of equity
130
956
-5,212
20,750
-5
16,619
Net profit for the current period
-
-
-
4,369
-
4,369
Other net comprehensive income, including:
-
-
450
-
-
450
financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income - revaluation gains / losses recognized in equity
-
-
124
-
-
124
debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – reclassification to profit or loss due to sale
-
-
9
-
-
9
cash flow hedge - revaluation gains / losses recognized in equity
-
-
-1,447
-
-
-1,447
cash flow hedge – reclassification to profit or loss
-
-
1,767
-
-
1,767
actuarial gains/losses
-
-
-3
-
-
-3
Other changes in equity, including:
-
-
-
-4,336
5
-4,331
dividend payment
-
-
-
-4,339
-
-4,339
valuation of employee incentive programs
-
-
-
4
-
4
purchase of own shares for the purposes of the employee incentive program
-
-
-
-
-6
-6
settlement of the acquisition of own shares and their transfer to employees
-
-
-
-1
11
10
Closing balance of equity
130
956
-4,762
20,783
0
17,107
The statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements being the integral part thereof.
6
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Statement of changes in equity – cont.
for the year ended 31 December 2023
Note: 34
Share capital
Share premium
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Retained earnings
Own shares for the purposes of the incentive program
Total equity
Opening balance of equity
130
956
-8,117
16,297
-
9,266
Profit for the current period
-
-
-
4,441
-
4,441
Other net comprehensive income, including:
-
-
2,905
-
-
2,905
financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity
-
-
326
-
-
326
debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – reclassification to profit or loss due to sale
-
-
5
-
-
5
cash flow hedging – gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity
-
-
425
-
-
425
cash flow hedging – reclassification to profit or loss
-
-
2,158
-
-
2,158
actuarial gains/losses
-
-
-9
-
-
-9
Other changes in equity, including:
-
-
-
12
-5
7
valuation of employee incentive programs
-
-
-
17
-
17
purchase of own shares for the purposes of the employee incentive program
-
-
-
-
-9
-9
settlement of the acquisition of own shares and their transfer to employees
-
-
-
-4
4
-
settlement of the acquisition of an organized part of the enterprise
-
-
-
-1
-
-1
Closing balance of equity
130
956
-5,212
20,750
-5
16,619
The statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements being the integral part thereof.
7
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Cash flow statement
for the year ended 31 December
Note
2024
2023
transformed data
Net profit
4,369
4,441
Adjustments, including:
-4,951
-7,264
Share of net profit (loss) of associates accounted for using the equity method
-234
-252
Depreciation and amortisation
317
308
Interest accrued (from the income statement)
-8,338
-7,762
Interest paid
-3,649
-3,879
Interest received
12,492
11,440
Dividends received
-8
-7
Gains (losses) on investing activities
1
1
Income tax (from the income statement)
1,121
1,218
Income tax paid
-894
-1,040
Change in provisions
94
177
Change in loans and other receivables to other banks
-2,505
-16,020
Change in financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
336
-315
Change in hedge derivatives
345
3,030
Change in investment securities
-7,747
-7,126
Change in transferred assets
-12
-2
Change in loans and other receivables to customers
-9,845
-713
Change in other assets
-53
442
Change in liabilities to other banks
460
433
Change in liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
-448
-382
Change in liabilities to customers
14,922
12,768
Change in subordinated liabilities
-27
-118
Change in other liabilities
-1,279
535
Net cash flows from operating activities
-582
-2,823
for the year ended 31 December
Note
2024
2023
transformed data
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
-125
-148
Purchase of intangible assets
-113
-129
Purchase of shares in subsidiaries
-4
-
Purchase of debt securities measured at amortised cost
-13,927
-6,194
Disposal of debt securities measured at amortised cost
19,499
5,681
Dividends received
39
124
Net cash flows from investing activities
5,369
-666
Long-term loans received
1,506
7,707
Interest payment on long-term loans
-532
-122
Repayment of lease liabilities
-95
-98
Purchase of own shares for the purposes of the employee incentive program
-6
-9
Dividends paid
-4,339
-
Net cash flows from financing activities
-3,466
7,478
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
1,321
3,989
of which effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
302
497
Opening balance of cash and cash equivalents
7,039
3,050
Closing balance of cash and cash equivalents
8,360
7,039
The cash flow statement should be read in conjunction with the notes to the financial statements being the integral part thereof.
8
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Accounting policy and additional notes
Accounting policy
and additional notes
9
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Accounting policy and additional notes
I. Bank details
1. Key Bank data
ING Bank Śląski S.A. (‘Bank’) with the registered office in Poland, Katowice, ulica Sokolska 34, zip code 40-086 was entered into the Entrepreneurs Register with the National Court Register maintained by the Commercial Division of the District Court in Katowice under the number KRS 0000005459. The Bank’s statistical number is REGON 271514909, and the tax identification number is NIP 634-013-54-75.
2. Scope and duration of operations
ING Bank Śląski S.A. offers a broad range of banking services rendered to individual and institutional clients in line with the scope of services outlined in the Bank’s charter. The Bank runs operations both in the home currency and in foreign currencies. The duration of business of the Parent company is indefinite.
3. Share capital
The share capital of ING Bank Śląski S.A. amounts to PLN 130,100,000 and is divided into 130,100,000 ordinary bearer shares with a nominal value of PLN 1.00 each. The Bank’s shares are listed on the Warsaw Stock Exchange (banking sector).
4. Shareholders of ING Bank Śląski S.A.
ING Bank Śląski S.A. is a subsidiary of ING Bank NV, which as at 31 December 2024 held 75% shares in the share capital of ING Bank Śląski S.A. and 75% shares in the total number of votes at the General Meeting of ING Bank Śląski S.A. ING Bank NV belongs to the Group, herein referred to as ING Group.
As at 31 December 2024, the following were shareholders with 5 or more percent of votes at the General Meeting of ING Bank Śląski S.A:
No.
Entity
Number of shares and votes
% of total number of shares
1.
ING Bank N.V.
97,575,000
75.00
2.
Allianz Polska Otwarty Fundusz Emerytalny
9,512,036
7.31
5. Entity authorised to audit the financial statements
The entity authorised to carry out the audit is Forvis Mazars Audyt Sp. z o.o. with its registered office in Warsaw.
6. Approval of financial statements
These annual financial statements of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024 were adopted for publication by the Bank’s Management Board on 5 March 2025.
The annual consolidated financial statements of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024 has been accepted for publication and will be published at the same date as the separate financial statements.
Financial statements of ING Bank Śląski S.A. for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 were approved by the General Meeting of ING Bank Śląski S.A. on 11 April 2024.
10
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
7. ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board and Supervisory Board composition
Bank's Management Board
At the end of 2024, similarly to the end of 2023, the composition of the Management Board of ING Bank Śląski S.A. was as follows:
Mr. Brunon Bartkiewicz - President of the Management Board,
Ms. Joanna Erdman - Vice-President of the Management Board,
Mr. Marcin Giżycki - Vice-President of the Management Board,
Ms. Bożena Graczyk - Vice-President of the Management Board,
Ms. Ewa Łuniewska - Vice-President of the Management Board,
Mr. Michał H. Mrożek - Vice-President of the Management Board,
Mr. Sławomir Soszyński - Vice-President of the Management Board,
Ms. Alicja Żyła - Vice-President of the Management Board.
At its meeting on 11 April 2024, the Bank’s Supervisory Board decided to start the recruitment process for the position of the President of the Bank’s Management Board. The above decision was made in connection with the expiry in 2025 of the mandate of Mr. Brunon Bartkiewicz after the end of the current term of office as President of the Management Board of the Bank, i.e. on the date of the General Meeting approving the financial statements for 2024. Mr. Brunon Bartkiewicz has been the Chairman of the Bank’s Management Board since 2016.
On 3 September 2024, the Bank’s Supervisory Board adopted a resolution to appoint Mr. Michał Bolesławski as President of the Bank’s Management Board, subject to the required approval of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (KNF). The Bank received information about the above-mentioned consent issued by the PFSA on 20 December 2024. The appointment will be effective as of the date of the General Meeting approving the financial statements for 2024. Mr. Michał Bolesławski meets all the requirements set out in the provisions of Article 22aa of the Act of 29 August 1997 - Banking Law. He is not engaged in any activities competitive to the business of ING Bank Śląski S.A., nor is he involved in any competitive company as a partner in a civil law company or partnership or as a member of a corporate body of a competitive legal person. He is also not listed in the Register of Insolvent Debtors maintained pursuant to the Act of 20 August 1997 on the National Court Register.
On 29 November 2024, the Bank received a letter from Mr. Sławomir Soszyński, Vice President of the Management Board of ING Bank Śląski S.A., regarding his resignation from applying for election to the Bank’s Management Board of the next term, which will start on the day of the General Meeting of ING Bank Śląski S.A. approving the financial statements for 2024.
Bank's Supervisory Board
On 8 March 2024, the Bank received a letter from Mr. Aleksander Galos, acting as the Chairman of the Supervisory Board of ING Bank Śląski S.A., regarding his resignation from applying for election to the Supervisory Board of the next term of office. The decision not to apply for election to the next term was dictated by the inability of Mr. Aleksander Galos to meet the independence criteria throughout the next full term of office, due to his long-term sitting on the Supervisory Board of the Bank.
On 12 February 2024, the Bank received a statement from Ms Katarzyna Zajdel-Kurowska on her resignation from the position of a member of the Bank’s Supervisory Board as of 29 February 2024. The reason for his resignation was his appointment to a position in an international financial institution.
In connection with the expiry of the term of office of the Supervisory Board, on 11 April 2024, the General Meeting of ING Bank Śląski S.A. appointed a new Supervisory Board of the Bank composed of:
Ms. Monika Marcinkowska – Chairman of the Supervisory Board, Independent Member,
Ms. Małgorzata Kołakowska – 1 st Vice-Chairman of the Supervisory Board,
Mr. Michał Szczurek – Vice-Chairman of the Supervisory Board,
Mr . Stephen Creese – Member of the Supervisory Board,
Ms. Dorota Dobija – Independent Member of the Supervisory Board,
Ms. Aneta Hryckiewicz-Gontarczyk - Independent Member of the Supervisory Board,
Mr. Arkadiusz Krasowski - Independent Member of the Supervisory Board,
Mr. Hans De Munck – Member of the Supervisory Board,
Mr. Serge Offers – Member of the Supervisory Board.
Mr. Stephen Creese, Ms Dorota Dobija, Ms Małgorzata Kołakowska, Ms Monika Marcinkowska, Mr. Hans De Munck and Mr. Michał Szczurek were on the Board of the previous term. The appointed members of the Supervisory Board meet all the requirements set out in the provisions of Article 22aa of the Act of 29 August 1997 - Banking Law. They are not engaged in any activities competitive to the business of ING Bank Śląski S.A., nor are they involved in any competitive company as a partner in a civil law company or partnership or in a capital company, nor do they participate in a competitive legal person as a member of its governing bodies. They are also not listed in the Register of Insolvent Debtors maintained pursuant to the Act of 20 August 1997 on the National Court Register.
At the end of 2024, the composition of the Bank’s Supervisory Board did not change.
11
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
II. Statement of compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards
These annual financial statements of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024 have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS") approved by the European Union. The financial statements take into account the requirements of EU approved standards and interpretations.
1. Changes in accounting standards
In these annual financial statements, the Bank included the following changes to the standards and new interpretations approved by the European Union and effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2024:
Change
Influence on the Bank’s financial statements
IAS 1
Presentation of financial statements:
• classification of financial liabilities as current or long-term
• deferment of the date of application and
• long-term liabilities with covenants
The classification of financial liabilities as non-current depends on the existence of rights to extend the liability for a period longer than 12 months and the fulfilment of conditions (covenants) for the implementation of such a deferral at the balance sheet date. Disclosure of these covenants in the notes to the financial statements is also required.
The implementation of the change did not have an impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
IFRS 16
Leases: Leasing liabilities in transactions
sale and leaseback.
The implementation of the changes did not have an impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
IAS 7
Statement of cash flows and IFRS 7 Financial Instruments: Disclosures - Supplier financing agreements
The implementation of the changes did not have an impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
Published standards and interpretations, which were issued by 31 December 2024 and approved by the European Union, but were not applied by the Bank earlier:
Change
(EU effective date provided for in the parentheses)
Influence on the Bank’s financial statements
IAS 21
Effects of changes in exchange rates: Exchange rate forfeiture
(financial year beginning on 1 January 2025)
The Bank’s analyses show that the implementation of the change will not have a significant impact on the Bank’s financial statements
Published standards and interpretations that were issued by 31 December 2024, but were not approved by the European Union as at 31 December 2024 and were not previously adopted by the Bank:
Change
(expected IASB effective date provided for in the parentheses)
Influence on the Bank’s financial statements
IFRS 18
Presentation and disclosures in financial statements
(financial year beginning on 1 January 2027)
The new standard published in April 2024, which will replace IAS 1. The implementation of the new guidelines aims to improve the comparability and transparency of the financial statements of the entities.
The Bank’s analyses show that the application of the standard will have an impact on the presentation and scope of disclosures in the Bank’s financial statements.
IFRS 19
Subsidiaries without public liability: disclosures
(financial year beginning on 1 January 2027)
The new standard published in May 2024 will be voluntarily applied by entities that do not have the status of an entity with public responsibility and that are dependent on entities preparing publicly available consolidated financial statements.
According to the Bank’s analyses, application of the standard will not have an impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
IFRS 9 Financial instruments and IFRS 7 Financial instruments: disclosures - Classification and measurement of financial instruments
(financial year beginning on 1 January 2026)
The introduced changes are the result of conclusions from the post-implementation review of the guidelines of both standards. The amendments are of a more precise nature with respect to the classification of financial assets (i.e.: resulting from agreements containing ESG or similar clauses) and the derecognition of financial instruments from the balance sheet that are settled via electronic payment systems.
The implementation of these changes will not exert a material impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
Changes resulting from the annual update of the standards (volume 11)
(financial year beginning on 1 January 2026)
The amendments to IFRS 1, IFRS 7, IFRS 9, IFRS 10 and IAS 7 are editorial in nature. According to the Bank’s analyses, the application of the amendments will not have an impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
IFRS 9
Financial instruments and IFRS 7 Financial instruments: disclosures
Renewable electricity contracts
(financial year beginning on 1 January 2026)
The amendments are intended to better reflect contracts relating to electricity from renewable sources with physical or virtual supply in the financial statements. The changes focus on requirements for purchasing energy for own use, hedge accounting and disclosures.
The Bank’s analyses show that applying the changes, from the perspective of the current economic situation, will not have an impact on the Bank’s financial statements.
As at the date of adoption of this report for publication, taking into account the ongoing process of introducing IFRS standards in the EU and the Bank's operations, with respect to the accounting principles applied by the Bank there are no differences between the IFRS standards that have entered into force and the IFRS standards endorsed by the EU.
12
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2. Going-concern
Financial statements of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024 has been prepared on the assumption that the Bank will continue as a going concern for at least 12 months from the date of acceptance for publication, i.e. from 5 March 2025. As at the date of signing the financial statements, the Management Board of the Bank does not find any facts or circumstances that would indicate any threat to the Bank's ability to continue as a going concern within 12 months from the date of publication as a result of intentional or forced discontinuation or significant limitation of the Bank's current operations.
3. Financial statements scope and currency
The Bank is the parent entity of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. Capital Group and, in addition to these annual financial statements, it also prepares annual consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS.
These annual financial statements have been prepared in Polish zlotys ("PLN"). All values, unless otherwise indicated, are rounded to the nearest million zlotys. There may therefore be mathematical inconsistencies in the totals or between the notes.
4. Reporting period and comparable data
Annual financial statements of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. covers the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024 and includes comparative data:
for the statement of financial position as at 31 December 2023 and at 1 January 2023,
for items from the income statement, statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023.
III. Significant accounting principles
IFRS provide for the selected accounting policies that may be applied. The key areas where IFRS allow the entity to select the policy and which refer to the Bank Accounting Policy include:
selection of accounting policy to continue to apply the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39,
selection of accounting policy for valuation of buildings and land at revalued amount, being its fair value at the balance sheet date.
The Bank Accounting Policy complies with IFRS. Bank decisions as to the admissible policy selection are presented below.
1. Basis for preparation of financial statements
The financial statements are prepared in Polish zlotys rounded to one million (unless otherwise stated). The concept of fair value has been applied in the statements for own real property as well as financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value, including derivative instruments, and financial assets classified as measured at fair value through other comprehensive income. Other items of financial assets (including loans and advances) are presented at amortised cost less impairment or at purchase price less impairment. Recognized financial assets that were designated as hedged items in the fair value hedge strategy, and which, in the absence of such designation, would be measured at amortized cost, are measured at amortized cost, taking into account the hedged risk valuation adjustment. Non-current assets held for sale are recognised at the lower of their carrying amount and the fair value less sales costs.
2. Professional judgment
In the process of accounting principles application to the matters discussed hereinbelow, besides the accounting estimates, professional judgment of the management staff was of key significance.
2.1. Deferred tax assets
The Bank recognizes deferred tax assets based on the assumption that it is probable that taxable income sufficient to fully realize the deferred tax asset would be achieved.
2.2. Classification of financial assets
The Bank classifies financial assets on the basis of both the business model for holding the financial assets and assessment whether under the contractual terms require solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. The detailed information about assumptions in this regard is presented in item 13.2 Classification of financial assets .
13
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
3. Accounting estimates
Estimates and assumptions applied to the presentation of the value of assets, liabilities, income and costs are made on the basis of historical data available and other factors considered to be relevant in given circumstances. The assumptions applied for the future and available data sources are the base for making estimates regarding the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, which cannot be determined explicitly on the basis of other sources. The estimates reflect the reasons for/ sources of uncertainties as at the balance sheet date. The actual results may differ from estimates.
The estimates and assumptions are reviewed on an on-going basis. Adjustments to estimates are recognised in the period when the estimate was changed provided that the adjustment applies to this period alone or in the period when the estimate was changed and in the following periods, should the adjustment impact both the current and future periods.
Below are the most significant booking estimates made by the Bank.
3.1. Estimation of expected credit losses for financial assets
The Bank applies IFRS 9 requirements regarding impairment in order to recognize and measure the impairment for expected credit losses on debt financial assets that are measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income.
The expected loss in the portfolio of individually insignificant exposures is calculated collectively as a probability- weighted average from three macroeconomic scenarios with different probabilities of occurrence. The final level of the provisions results from the sum of the expected credit losses estimated each year in the future till the maturity date for Stage 2 and Stage 3 assets and in 12-month horizon for Stage 1 assets, including discount.
To determine impairment (or reverse it) in the ISFA (Individually Significant Financial Assets) portfolio, the present value of expected future cash flows has to be calculated. The amount of the future cash flows is determined among others taking account information about the current and forecasted economic standing of the borrower, the forecast value of the recovery amount from collateral of the credit exposure and the macroeconomic factors.
The methodology and assumptions used to estimate both the amount and the time of future cash flows are regularly reviewed and adjusted as needed.
Macroeconomic factors
Credit risk models for the purposes of IFRS 9 were built on the basis of historical relations between changes in economic parameters (i.e. GDP or interest rates) and their subsequent effect on changes in the level of credit risk (PD/LGD). By the end of 2019, changes in macroeconomic forecasts were relatively slow, moving smoothly from one phase of the cycle to another, without drastic and shocking events changing the macroeconomic situation. After sharp increases in interest rates and inflation, caused, among others, by the war in Ukraine, the situation is now beginning to stabilise. However, the introduced additional support programmes for mortgage loans mitigate the effect of changing macroeconomic forecasts in relation to what macroeconomic indicators alone would show.
As at 31 December 2024, the Bank revised its macroeconomic indicators forecasts. The macroeconomic assumptions used to determine the expected credit losses are based on forecasts prepared by the Bank’s Macroeconomic Analysis Office, supplemented by management adjustments where, in the opinion of the management, recent economic events have not been fully captured. The effect of changes in macroeconomic assumptions reduced the level of provisions for expected credit losses at the end of 2024 by PLN 76 million compared to the end of 2023.
Management adjustments and recalibration of models
In times of heightened volatility and uncertainty, where portfolio quality and the economic environment are changing rapidly, models are undermined in their ability to accurately predict losses. To mitigate model risk, additional adjustments can be made to address data quality issues, methodology issues or expert opinions. They also include adjustments resulting from overestimation or underestimation of allowances for expected credit losses by IFRS 9 models.
Due to the growing impact of climate risk on credit risk, at the end of 2024 the Bank decided to create a management adjustment that measures potential financial losses resulting from the indirect or direct impact of clients’ compliance with low-emission requirements or with an economy based on sustainable development. The correction of PLN 27 million covered the portfolio of corporate clients, including strategic clients.
At the end of 2023, the Bank introduced a management adjustment increasing the value of allowances for expected credit losses for models with very low default - uLDP IFRS 9 (uLDP - ultra low default portfolio) - in the amount of PLN 17 million. In 4 th quarter 2024, the Bank implemented the uLDP model, covering previously used reserve models for strategic customers within the corporate portfolio, as a result of which the adjustment was terminated. Simultaneously with the implementation, the second stage of work on the uLDP model began, which is to cover a wider pool of models and reconstruction of capital models. The Bank decided to apply a management adjustment to
14
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
maintain the adequacy of provisions for the corporate portfolio until the implementation of the second stage. At the end of 2024, the Bank created an allowance for expected credit losses in the amount of PLN 9 million.
The trend of new insolvency in the real estate sector and underestimation of losses led the Bank to create a management adjustment for strategic clients within the corporate portfolio, which would address the potential risk of underestimating future losses. As a result, as at 31 December 2024, the Bank created a correction in the amount of PLN 4 million.
Due to incomplete implementation of new models or a time-based change of models for corporate clients (including the IFRS 9 model for the SME portfolio, the in-default module for the portfolio of small and medium-sized enterprises), the Bank estimated the impact of the use of new models on the amount of allowances for clients not yet covered by these models. As a result, at the end of 2024, the Bank introduced a management adjustment reducing the value of provisions for expected credit losses in the amount of PLN 42 million (at the end of 2023, the total impact of management adjustments for this reason resulted in an increase of provisions by PLN 15 million).
At the end of 2023, the Bank applied a management adjustment to address the risk associated with rising interest rates and inflation. Its amount was PLN 169 million (retail clients PLN 51 million, corporate clients PLN 118 million). For this purpose, a management adjustment of PLN 41 million was applied at the end of 2023. Due to the stabilisation of interest rates and inflation, it was decided to resolve these adjustments at the end of 2024.
The aforementioned management adjustments did not affect the classification of exposures to Stages presented in these financial statements.
At the end of 2023, the Bank applied a management adjustment in the amount of PLN 18 million in connection with the statutory assistance programme enabling customers with PLN mortgage loans to suspend 4 instalments in 2022 and 2023, respectively. In the first half of 2024, the Bank resolved this adjustment. At the same time, in connection with the introduction of a new aid programme in May 2024, the Bank decided to cover exposures benefiting from support, the collective criterion of a significant increase in risk. As a result, exposures with a gross carrying amount of PLN 4,948 million were transferred to Stage 2.
The division of adjustments into stages and into corporate and retail segments is presented in Chapter II. 2.9.2 . Quality of the loan portfolio , in the section Risk and capital management .
In 4 th quarter 2024, in accordance with the provisions of Recommendation R, the Bank periodically recalibrated credit risk models. The recalibration involved the inclusion of newer data periods in the calculation of model risk parameters. The value of correlation of macroeconomic parameters with risk parameters has changed. The changes
made in parameterisation of models resulted in an increase of provisions for expected credit losses by PLN 19 million for the retail portfolio and a decrease of provisions by PLN 54 million for the corporate portfolio.
Description of the indications for identification of impairment of financial assets, methodology of calculation of impairment losses and applied accounting principles are described in point 13.11. Expected credit losses .
Thresholds used to identify a significant increase in credit risk
Determining the threshold of a significant increase in credit risk requires judgment and is a significant source of uncertainty in the estimates of expected losses.
Thresholds of PD parameters increase in the lifetime of exposures in relation to PD at origination which indicate significant increase in credit risk are established for models based on assumed methodology.
At the end of 2024 and 2023 these triggers were as follows:
2024
Strategic clients portfolio
Corporate retail portfolio
(SME model)
Mortgages (MTG model)
SE&Micro portfolio (SBF model)
Consumer Lending Portfolio
(CLN model)
Investment portfolio
Relative threshold
0.61
1
0.98
0.5
0.7
0.61
Absolute threshold
100bp
250bp
75bp
300bp
350bp
100bp
2023
Strategic clients portfolio
Corporate retail portfolio
(SME model)
Mortgages and SE&Micro portfolio
(MTG and SBF model)
Consumer Lending Portfolio
(CLN model)
Investment portfolio
Relative threshold
1
1
0.5
0.7
1
Absolute threshold
100bp
250bp
75bp
350bp
100bp
Absolute threshold – indicates maximum difference between PD at the reporting date and PD at initial recognition which triggers classification to Stage 2
Relative threshold – indicates the maximum measure of the relationship between the PD as at the reporting date and the PD from the initial recognition of the exposure, taking into account the scaling factor determined at the level of a particular exposure, based on the PD from the initial recognition, beyond which the asset is classified to Stage 2.
15
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Exceeding at least one of the above thresholds results in classification of a financial asset to Stage 2.
In addition, regardless of the relative and absolute thresholds described above, the Bank has an additional condition for identifying a significant increase in credit risk - a three-fold increase in the PD parameter since the exposure was granted.
Different levels of triggers depending of the portfolio result from different characteristics of these portfolio and depend, among others, on the level of average default rates for specific portfolio.
Sensitivity analysis of expected credit losses on assumed PD threshold
In order to show the sensitivity of expected losses to the level of the adopted PD threshold, the Bank estimated the allowances for expected losses in Stages 1 and 2 with the following assumptions:
all these financial assets would be below the PD threshold and assigned 12-month expected losses and
all of these assets would exceed this PD threshold and have lifetime expected losses assigned to them.
These estimates show, as at 31 December 2024, hypothetical lower expected losses for Stage 1 and Stage 2 assets by approximately PLN 250 million (including PLN 160 million for corporate portfolio and PLN 90 million for retail portfolio) or higher by approximately PLN 650 million (respectively PLN 380 million for corporate portfolio and PLN 270 million for retail portfolio).
The estimates made as at 31 December 2023, respectively, hypothetical lower expected losses for Stage 1 and Stage 2 assets by approximately PLN 270 million (including PLN 190 million for corporate portfolio and PLN 90 million for retail portfolio) or by approximately PLN 570 million (respectively PLN 340 million for corporate portfolio and PLN 230 million for retail portfolio).
Macroeconomic forecasts and probability weights applied to each of macroeconomic scenarios
Below are presented the macroeconomic forecasts of of key factors adopted as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 and the deviations of expected losses in the upside, baseline and negative scenarios from the reported expected losses, weighted by the probability of the scenarios - broken down into corporate, retail and for the entire loan portfolio. The analysis takes into account changes in the time horizon of expected losses (migrations between Stages) resulting from the macroeconomic scenarios used in the analysis. The presented deviations from reported losses do not take into account the impact of management adjustments described earlier. The macroeconomic assumptions used to determine these deviations for the base scenario are based on forecasts prepared by the Bank’s Macroeconomic Research Bureau, with the use of forward curves for interest rates at the end of 2024.
The tables present the results of the analysis of the change of exposure in Stages and the change of allowance coverage for the entire loan portfolio and separately for the corporate and retail portfolios.
For both the entire loan portfolio and its corporate and retail part, the selective application of a negative scenario with a weight of 100% increases the level of provisions in all Stages (1/2/3). The average increase of the allowance for the entire portfolio,is about 11% compared to the average scenario used in the calculation of allowances at the end of 2024 (for the corporate portfolio, an increase of the impairment loss by 14% and for the retail portfolio by 6%). The increase of provisions in this scenario is mainly caused by the migration of exposures to Stage 2 caused mainly by negative GDP growth in the short term and moderate increase of the unemployment rate.
If a 100% weight were applied, for the positive scenario there would be a decrease of allowance by approx. 6% on the entire portfolio (for corporate portfolio by 7% and for retail portfolio by 5%). A positive effect of GDP growth and stable values of other variables are observed here (unemployment rate: about 2.0%, interest rate: 7.5%).
The application of a weight of 100% for the base scenario remains almost neutral for the amount of provisions (decrease by 1% on the entire portfolio).
16
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2024
t otal loan portfolio
Expected losses weighted by probability – deviation from losses reported in %
Reported expected losses
(collective assessment in Stage 1, 2 and 3)
2025
2026
2027
Total
by Stages
Change in the share of Stage 2 in relation to the entire portfolio in %
Weight assigned to the scenario to determine the reported expected losses
Total
by Stages
GDP
4.7%
6.3%
4.6%
Unemployment
2.4%
2.2%
2.0%
Real estate price index
9.6%
6.0%
6.3%
Upside scenario
3 months’ interest rate
7.6%
7.7%
7.7%
-6%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-9%
-18%
-3%
-4%
20%
GDP
3.5%
3.8%
2.8%
Unemployment
3.0%
3.0%
2.9%
Real estate price index
6.5%
4.7%
3.9%
Baseline scenario
3 months’ interest rate
4.4%
4.2%
4.4%
-1%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-1%
-2%
0%
0%
60%
GDP
1.7%
-0.3%
0.2%
Unemployment
4.3%
5.9%
7.1%
Real estate price index
2.0%
2.7%
2.6%
Negative scenario
3 months’ interest rate
3.6%
2.7%
2.3%
11%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
3%
42%
3%
30%
20%
2,475
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
267
565
1,643
corporate portfolio
Expected losses weighted by probability – deviation from losses reported in %
Reported expected losses
(collective assessment in Stage 1, 2 and 3)
2025
2026
2027
Total
by Stages
Change in the share of Stage 2 in relation to the entire portfolio in %
Weight assigned to the scenario to determine the reported expected losses
Total
by Stages
GDP
4.7%
6.3%
4.6%
Unemployment
2.4%
2.2%
2.0%
Real estate price index
9.6%
6.0%
6.3%
Upside scenario
3 months’ interest rate
7.6%
7.7%
7.7%
-7%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-12%
-21%
-2%
-6%
20%
GDP
3.5%
3.8%
2.8%
Unemployment
3.0%
3.0%
2.9%
Real estate price index
6.5%
4.7%
3.9%
Baseline scenario
3 months’ interest rate
4.4%
4.2%
4.4%
-1%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-2%
-3%
0%
-1%
60%
GDP
1.7%
-0.3%
0.2%
Unemployment
4.3%
5.9%
7.1%
Real estate price index
2.0%
2.7%
2.6%
Negative scenario
3 months’ interest rate
3.6%
2.7%
2.3%
14%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
1%
55%
2%
57%
20%
1,643
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
159
390
1 094
2023
t otal loan portfolio
Expected losses weighted by probability – deviation from losses reported in %
Reported expected losses
(collective assessment in Stage 1, 2 and 3)
2024
2025
2026
Total
by Stages
Change in the share of Stage 2 in relation to the entire portfolio in %
Weight assigned to the scenario to determine the reported expected losses
Total
by Stages
GDP
5.4%
4.6%
4.6%
Unemployment
2.2%
2.2%
2.0%
Real estate price index
5.6%
5.4%
7.8%
Upside scenario
3 months’ interest rate
7.0%
7.9%
8.1%
-8%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-14%
-20%
-2%
-6%
20%
GDP
2.5%
3.5%
3.0%
Unemployment
3.0%
3.0%
3.0%
Real estate price index
3.7%
4.1%
6.0%
Baseline scenario
3 months’ interest rate
4.4%
4.4%
4.6%
-1%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-4%
-4%
0%
-1%
60%
GDP
-1.7%
1.5%
0.9%
Unemployment
4.7%
5.9%
7.1%
Real estate price index
-1.9%
2.2%
3.9%
Negative scenario
3 months’ interest rate
2.8%
2.3%
2.2%
14%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
9%
48%
2%
54%
20%
2,375
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
362
614
1,399
corporate portfolio
Expected losses weighted by probability – deviation from losses reported in %
Reported expected losses
(collective assessment in Stage 1, 2 and 3)
2024
2025
2026
Total
by Stages
Change in the share of Stage 2 in relation to the entire portfolio in %
Weight assigned to the scenario to determine the reported expected losses
Total
by Stages
GDP
5.4%
4.6%
4.6%
Unemployment
2.2%
2.2%
2.0%
Real estate price index
5.6%
5.4%
7.8%
Upside scenario
3 months’ interest rate
7.0%
7.9%
8.1%
-9%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-18%
-25%
-1%
-5%
20%
GDP
2.5%
3.5%
3.0%
Unemployment
3.0%
3.0%
3.0%
Real estate price index
3.7%
4.1%
6.0%
Baseline scenario
3 months’ interest rate
4.4%
4.4%
4.6%
-2%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-6%
-5%
0%
-1%
60%
GDP
-1.7%
1.5%
0.9%
Unemployment
4.7%
5.9%
7.1%
Real estate price index
-1.9%
2.2%
3.9%
Negative scenario
3 months’ interest rate
2.8%
2.3%
2.2%
19%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
10%
63%
1%
64%
20%
1,445
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
229
413
803
17
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2024
retail portfolio
Expected losses weighted by probability – deviation from losses reported in %
Reported expected losses
(collective assessment in Stage 1, 2 and 3)
2025
2026
2027
Total
by Stages
Change in the share of Stage 2 in relation to the entire portfolio in %
Weight assigned to the scenario to determine the reported expected losses
Total
by Stages
GDP
4.7%
6.3%
4.6%
Unemployment
2.4%
2.2%
2.0%
Real estate price index
9.6%
6.0%
6.3%
Upside scenario
3 months’ interest rate
7.6%
7.7%
7.7%
-5%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-5%
-11%
-3%
-1%
20%
GDP
3.5%
3.8%
2.8%
Unemployment
3.0%
3.0%
2.9%
Real estate price index
6.5%
4.7%
3.9%
Baseline scenario
3 months’ interest rate
4.4%
4.2%
4.4%
0%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
0%
-1%
0%
0%
60%
GDP
1.7%
-0.3%
0.2%
Unemployment
4.3%
5.9%
7.1%
Real estate price index
2.0%
2.7%
2.6%
Negative scenario
3 months’ interest rate
3.6%
2.7%
2.3%
6%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
5%
15%
3%
2%
20%
832
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
108
175
549
2023
retail portfolio
Expected losses weighted by probability – deviation from losses reported in %
Reported expected losses
(collective assessment in Stage 1, 2 and 3)
2024
2025
2026
Total
by Stages
Change in the share of Stage 2 in relation to the entire portfolio in %
Weight assigned to the scenario to determine the reported expected losses
Total
by Stages
GDP
5.4%
4.6%
4.6%
Unemployment
2.2%
2.2%
2.0%
Real estate price index
5.6%
5.4%
7.8%
Upside scenario
3 months’ interest rate
7.0%
7.9%
8.1%
-5%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
-8%
-11%
-3%
-9%
20%
GDP
2.5%
3.5%
3.0%
Unemployment
3.0%
3.0%
3.0%
Real estate price index
3.7%
4.1%
6.0%
Baseline scenario
3 months’ interest rate
4.4%
4.4%
4.6%
0%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
0%
-2%
0%
-2%
60%
GDP
-1.7%
1.5%
0.9%
Unemployment
4.7%
5.9%
7.1%
Real estate price index
-1.9%
2.2%
3.9%
Negative scenario
3 months’ interest rate
2.8%
2.3%
2.2%
7%
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
8%
17%
3%
12%
20%
930
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
133
201
596
18
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
3.2. Measurement of financial instruments not quoted in active markets
The fair value of financial instruments not quoted in active markets is measured using valuation models. For non- option derivatives, the models based on discounted cash flows apply. Options are measured using appropriate option valuation models. Valuation models used by the Bank are verified prior to their usage.
As a rule, in models the Bank uses observable data from active markets. However, in certain circumstances, to choose the right valuation parameter, the Bank makes an estimate by comparing a given instrument to another one present in another market but having similar or identical features. Application of the prudence principle requiring to choose the lower value of assets and the higher value of liabilities as being more probable – especially in the conditions of lower liquidity or/and volatility in financial markets – is fundamental in the valuation made under this approach. Change of assumptions concerning these factors may impact valuation of some financial instruments.
Sensitivity analysis of the valuation of financial instruments not listed on active markets is presented in note 36 . Fair value .
3.3. Legal risk related to the portfolio of mortgage loans indexed to the Swiss franc exchange rate
The Bank holds receivables due to CHF indexed retail mortgage loans. The table below presents the individual elements that make up the gross and net balance sheet value of these receivables.
as at 31 December
2024
2023
number of contracts (in pieces)
2,416
2,753
capital balance
484
584
the amount of the adjustment to the gross carrying amount
-387
-510
other elements of the gross carrying amount (interest, ESP)
5
3
gross carrying amount
102
77
impairment for expected credit losses, including:
-6
-8
Stage 2
-2
-3
Stage 3
-4
-5
Net carrying amount of CHF-indexed mortgage loans
96
69
Provision for legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans
253
128
In addition, the table below presents the change in 2023 and 2022:
in gross carrying amount adjustments for CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position, and
in provision for legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans.
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
an adjustment to the gross carrying amount for loans recognized in the statement of financial position
provision for legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans
an adjustment to the gross carrying amount for loans recognized in the statement of financial position
provision for legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans
Balance at the beginning of the period
510
128
582
53
Changes in the period, including:
-123
125
-72
75
provisions recognised/ reversed
-12
102
93
12
transfer between provisions*
-34
38
-73
73
utilisation, including from settlements
-61
-15
-81
-10
FX differences
-16
-
-11
-
Balance at the end of the period
387
253
510
128
Provision for legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans is presented in liabilities under Provisions and applies to:
mortgage loans indexed to CHF removed from the statement of financial position,
parts of CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position, for which the estimated loss value exceeds the sum of gross exposures,
costs resulting from court proceedings with respect to CHF-indexed loans recognised in the statement of financial position.
As at 31 December 2024, the number of CHF-indexed mortgage loan agreements removed from the statement of financial position, excluding closed agreements as a result of cancellation of the agreement by the court or as a result of conversion to PLN loans in connection with the settlement (for more details, see the settlement programme in note 31 . Provisions ), amounted to 2,543 (2,479 as at 31 December 2023) and the corresponding disbursement amount was PLN 358 million (PLN 352 million as at 31 December 2023).
19
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Detailed information on the legal environment related to the legal risk of the portfolio of CHF-indexed mortgage loans and information on court cases in connection with concluded CHF-indexed mortgage loan agreements are presented later in the report in note 31 . Provisions .
Changes in the period regarding the estimation of the adjustment / provision for legal risk, both in relation to loans in the Bank’s portfolio and in relation to repaid loans, the Bank presents in the statement of profit or loss in the item Cost of legal risk of FX mortgage loans (note 10 . ).
The amount of the adjustment to the gross carrying amount / provision due to legal risk for the portfolio of CHF- indexed mortgage loans presented in the statement of financial position and already removed from the statement of financial position depends on many variables, i.e. the scale of settlements with borrowers, the expected number of future disputes, possible future legal settlements, ended with a nullifying judgement and the distribution of probabilities of individual scenarios.
As at 31 December 2024, a portfolio approach was used to estimate the adjustment to the gross carrying amount / legal risk provision for the CHF-indexed mortgage loan portfolio recognised in the statement of financial position and already removed from the statement of financial position.
The adjustment to the gross carrying amount of the CHF portfolio is aimed at reflecting the actual and expected changed cash flows resulting from the agreement (this approach results from the fact that the legal risk related to the portfolio of CHF-indexed mortgage loans changes the estimation of payments on these assets, and the introduction of a correction to the gross carrying amount allows the presentation of the gross carrying amount at a value that will reflect the actual and expected changed cash flows resulting from the agreement).
For financial assets that have already been removed from the statement of financial position, the creation of provisions for legal risk on a portfolio basis results from the assessment of the probability of a cash outflow.
As at 31 December 2024, potential losses due to legal risk are estimated as probability-weighted average of three scenarios - base, positive and negative - taking into account the estimated probability of occurrence. The scenarios on which the estimation is based are diversified in terms of the expected number of court cases (calculated on the basis of the Bank’s professional judgement resulting from the Bank’s experience to date and an analysis of the current market situation with regard to cases ended with a annulling judgement), as well as the scale of settlements with customers expected by the Bank.
As at 31 December 2024, for the portfolio of CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position, the Bank assumes in each scenario that for a specific part of the portfolio there may be:
cancellation of the loan agreement after the end of the final court proceedings or
conversion of loans indexed to CHF to loans denominated in PLN (whose interest rate is determined based on the WIBOR rate) through voluntary settlements.
The calculation of losses in the event of cancellation of the loan agreement is based on the assumption that the Bank will refund instalments to the customer and return the principal of the loan granted to the Bank by the customer, without taking into account the recovery by the Bank of remuneration for the borrower’s use of the capital. This solution, depending on the scenario, covers from 54% to 58% of the portfolio of CHF-indexed mortgage loans included in the statement of financial position, which are not subject to legal proceedings. For CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position being the subject of litigation, the Bank recognised the full loss resulting from the annulment. The positive, baseline and negative scenarios differ in the number of litigation cases and the size of the settlement portfolio, and the weights of the different scenarios are equal.
The calculation of losses in the case of conversion of loans from CHF-indexed to PLN-denominated through voluntary settlements was made in accordance with current estimates and terms of the settlements offered by the Bank with the right to remuneration. This solution, depending on the scenario, covers from 5% to 15% of the CHF- indexed mortgage portfolio recognised in the statement of financial position.
As at 31 December 2024, for financial assets already removed from the statement of financial position, the Bank assumes in each scenario that for a specific part of the portfolio there may be a cancellation of the loan agreement after the end of the legally binding court proceedings. The calculation of losses in the event of cancellation of a loan agreement is analogous to the CHF-indexed mortgage portfolio recognised in the statement of financial position. This solution, depending on the scenario, covers 10% to 15% of financial assets already removed from the statement of financial position, which are not subject to legal proceedings. For mortgage loans already removed from the statement of financial position being the subject of litigation, the Bank recognised the full loss resulting from the annulment. The positive, baseline and negative scenarios differ in their assumptions about the number of contentious cases, and the weights of the individual scenarios are equal. In 2024, the approach to costs related to penal interest and court costs and the estimate of the expected number of litigation cases were updated in the provision estimate, which affected the calculation of losses in the event of cancellation of the agreement. The other assumptions remained unchanged.
The change in the estimate due to the adjustment to the gross carrying amount / provisions for legal risks of mortgage loans indexed to CHF recognised in the statement of financial position and already removed from the statement of financial position in 2024 compared to their balance as at 31 December 2023 resulted from the
20
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
periodic review of the main assumptions of the calculation, taking into account the expected number of new litigation cases and the update of other model parameters.
The main sources of uncertainty for the above estimates are the number of litigation cases and the propensity of clients to conclude settlements in accordance with the programme offered by the Bank.
As at 31 December 2024:
a change in the share of the portfolio of loans subject to voluntary settlements by +/-5 p.p. at the expense of the share of the portfolio of loans not affected by loss would result in a change in the level of gross carrying amount adjustment for CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position by +/- PLN 12 million (compared to +/-PLN 7 million as at 31 December 2023),
a change in the share of the portfolio of loans affected by cancellation of the loan agreement by +/-5 p.p. at the expense of the share of the portfolio of loans not affected by loss would result in a change in the level of gross carrying amount adjustment for CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position by +/-PLN 12 million (compared to +/-PLN 17 million as at 31 December 2023),
a change in the share of the portfolio of loans covered by voluntary settlements at the expense of the share of the portfolio of loans affected by the cancellation of the loan agreement by +/- 5 p.p. would result in a change in the level of gross carrying amount adjustment for CHF-indexed mortgage loans included in the statement of financial position by +/-PLN 3 million (compared to +/-PLN 10 million as at 31 December 2023),
a change in the share of loans removed from the financial statements affected by the cancellation of the loan agreement at the expense of the share of loans removed from the financial statements not affected by loss by +/- 5 p.p. would result in a change in the provision for legal risk for mortgage loans indexed to CHF already removed from the statement of financial position by +/-PLN 10 million (compared to +/-PLN 11 million as at 31 December 2023).
4. Measurement of subsidiaries and associates in separate financial statements
In the Bank’s separate financial statements, investments in the Bank’s subsidiaries and associates are initially recognised at cost, and then accounted for using the equity method. The investment includes goodwill (net of any accumulated impairment losses), as at the acquisition date.
Unrealised gains on transactions between the Bank and these entities are eliminated proportionally to the Bank’s share in these entities. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of impairment of the transferred asset.
At the end of each reporting period, the Bank assesses the existence of indications that indicate whether there has been an impairment of investments made in subsidiaries and associates.
5. Foreign currency
5.1. The functional currency and the presentation currency
These financial statements are presented in Polish Zloty, which is the functional currency and the presentation currency of the Bank.
5.2. Transactions in foreign currency
Transactions expressed in foreign currencies are translated at FX rate prevailing at the transaction date. The financial assets and liabilities, being result of the said transactions and denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the FX rate prevailing on a given day. The foreign exchange differences resulting from the settlements of the said transactions and the balance sheet valuation of the financial assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are recognised in the statement of profit or loss in the specific item FX result , which is an element of Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result .
Foreign exchange differences under changes to the fair value of debt financial instruments classified as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income are recognised in accumulated comprehensive income relating to financial assets classified to this financial category.
6. Net interest income
Interest income and expense for all financial instruments are recognised in the income statement.
Revenue from interest on financial assets measured at amortised cost and measured at fair value through other comprehensive income is recognised in the income statement at amortised cost using the effective interest rate or effective interest rate adjusted for credit risk.
The effective interest rate is the rate that discounts the estimated future cash inflows or payments made in the expected period until the expiry of the financial instrument, and in justified cases in the shorter period, to the net carrying amount of the asset or financial liability.
When calculating the effective interest rate, the Bank estimates the cash flow, taking into account all the provisions of the financial instrument contract; however, it does not take into account potential future losses related to bad loans. The calculation includes all fees and commissions paid and received by the parties to the contract that form an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other bonuses and discounts.
21
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Potential future credit losses are only taken into account for financial assets that are impaired due to credit risk at the time of initial recognition. The above is aimed at calculating the effective interest rate adjusted for credit risk.
Interest income includes interest and commissions (received or due) included in the calculation of the effective interest rate on: loans with repayment schedules, interbank deposits and securities.
In the case of financial assets or a group of similar financial assets classified under Stage 3, interest income is accrued from the net carrying amount of the receivable (i.e. value reduced by an impairment loss) using the interest rate used to discount future cash flows for the purpose of estimating impairment losses.
Interest income / expense on derivatives designated as hedging instruments in cash flow hedge accounting including interest income/expense from settlements of the price alignment amout resulting from the service in accordance with the settled-to-market approach are presented in Net interest income as other interest income .
7. Commission income and costs
Commission income arises from providing financial services by the Bank and comprises i.a. fees for extending a loan, the Bank’s commitment to extend a loan, cards issue, cash management services, brokerage services, insurance products-related services and asset management services. Commission income comprises also margins on FX derivatives transactions.
Fees and commissions (both income and expenses) directly attributed to origination of financial assets with repayment schedule are recognised in the statement of profit or loss as effective interest rate component and are part of the interest income.
The Bank recognizes the following effective interest rate-adjusting commissions:
commissions for application review and credit commitment letter issue,
commissions for limit/ overdraft granted,
commissions for granting loan or limit/ overdraft,
commission for restructured loan processing,
commission for amending the credit agreement as to the amount, currency or schedule of repayments,
costs of credit and cash loan agency commissions.
Other commissions attributed to origination of financial assets without the repayment schedule are settled using a straight-line method throughout the agreement term.
The Bank recognizes the following commissions as the ones cleared on a straight-line basis:
the commissions described as the commissions adjusting the effective interest rate for the loans for whose commissions no cash flows can be estimated (first of all, current account overdrafts, working capital loans and revolving loans),
commissions for issuing, confirming or prolonging the time and increasing the amount of guarantees or letters of credit,
commissions for multi-facility agreements,
commissions for the loan or limit/ overdraft granted to start another lending year.
Fees on commitment to extend a cash loan, which is likely to be taken, are deferred and as at the date of financial assets origination are settled as the component of effective interest rate or using straight-line method based on the above mentioned criterion.
Other fees and commissions relating to the financial services offered by the Bank – like cash management services, brokerage services and asset management services – are recognised in the income statement including the five steps approach:
1) identify the contract with a customer,
2) identify individual performance obligations in the contract,
3) determine the transaction price,
4) allocate the transaction price to individual performance obligations,
5) recognise income when (or as) each performance obligation is satisfied.
Based on the performed analysis, the Bank recognised commission and fee income:
once the service has been delivered (also for upfront fees) i.e. at transfer of the control over the goods or services,
over time, if the service delivery is over time,
at point-in-time, when the Bank performs a key operation,
when there is an actual benefit from the perspective of the customer.
After (or during) satisfaction of the performance obligations, the Bank recognises as income the amount which equals the transaction price, that was allocated to this individual performance obligation.
22
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Commission income that was accrued and is due but was not paid on time is derecognised from the Bank’s financial result upon the lapse of 90 days.
Income and costs under bancassurance commission
Fees and commission related to insurance products are recognised in the income statement according to their economic content and classified as:
commissions being part and parcel of a fee under a financial instrument wherewith the insurance product is linked,
fee for agency service, and
fee for additional services after the insurance product sale.
Prior to implementation of the insurance product, in order to recognise it properly in the statement of profit or loss, the Bank analyses features of the insurance product and also the link between the insurance product and the banking product. In this analysis, the Bank takes account of the prevalence of the economic content over the legal form. The factors analysed by the Bank include but are not limited to:
manner in which an insurance product is offered, option of purchasing a banking product without the insurance product as well as option of purchasing only the insurance product at the Bank,
pricing conditions of the two products sold together and separately,
profitability of the insurance and banking products sold together and separately,
sales target of combined products versus sales target of the same banking products sold without insurance,
option of concluding an insurance agreement outside the Bank,
number of resignations and the value of refunded insurance premiums,
settlement cycle with a client,
scope of activities performed by the Bank for the insurer and their duration.
Insurance products offered with loans are treated by the Bank as linked to lending products, mainly because of lack of the possibility to purchase at the Bank an insurance product without a loan or a cash loan.
For the absolute majority of insurance products linked with lending products functioning at the Bank, the income on insurance products is earned based on monthly settlements with both the insurer and the client. Since the client
may resign at any time from the insurance coverage for the following month, the Bank treats such insurance as renewed each month and settled for each month separately.
Therefore, the income on insurance products settled monthly is recognised in the income statement also on a monthly basis. The Bank recognises the income on such insurance in the commission income on insurance products. The Bank analogically presents the costs directly related to these insurance products. Such an approach ensures compliance with the matching principle.
The Bank applies an analogical approach to real property insurance with mortgage loans. Taking account of the materiality principle, the Bank presents full income on this insurance in the net commission income.
Most insurance products linked with the Bank’s deposit products (current accounts and savings accounts) use the monthly-settlement structure. Therefore, the income on insurance products settled monthly is recognised in the income statement also on a monthly basis. The Bank recognises the income on such insurance in the commission income on insurance products.
Commissions under insurance products not linked to banking products are recognised in the income statement:
on a straight-line basis during the insurance policy term – if the Bank, apart from other sales operations, also provides additional services during the insurance term,
on a one-off basis – if the Bank does not provide any additional services during the insurance policy term.
Should there be a risk of refund of the fee under the insurance product, the Bank decreases its income by the amounts of estimated provisions. The provisions for refunds are established based on the historical data on actual refunds made in the past and based on projections as to the amount of refunds in the future.
8. Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result
Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result includes gains and losses arising from disposal and change of fair value of assets and liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss at initial recognition excluding interest rate derivatives designated as hedging instruments in strategies based on cash flow hedge accounting principles..
Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result also includes fair value adjustments for pre-settlement credit risk and analogous risk generated by the Bank (bilateral value adjustment).
23
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
9. Net income on the sale of financial assets and dividend income
Net income on the sale of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income consists of realised gains and losses arising from the sale of debt securities measured and loans at fair value through other comprehensive income and dividend income.
Revenue from dividends is recognised in the income statement on the date of determining the shareholders' rights to receive them.
The result on the sale of securities measured at amortized cost consists of the realized profits and losses arising from the sale of debt securities measured at amortized cost.
10. Net (loss)/income on hedge accounting
This item includes the measurement of hedged and hedging transactions in fair value hedging accounting and the net income on measurement of hedging instruments in the ineffective part of hedge relationship of cash flows hedge accounting.
11. Net (loss)/income on other basic activities
Net income on other basic activities includes cost and income not attributed directly to Bank’s banking and brokerage activity. These include in particular: net income due to sale of assets (non-current assets and intangible assets), income on sales of other services, income due to recovered bad debts, received and paid damages, penalties and fines.
12. Factoring services
The Bank provides factoring services in local and international trade. Handling and financing receivables as well as risk management are their essence. In addition, as part of factoring activities, the Bank provides additional services, in the field of financial limits for debtors, debt collection and taking over commercial risk. Domestic factoring without taking over risk (with recourse) is the dominant form of factoring activity of the Bank.
Interest income and commissions included in the calculation of the effective interest rate are recognized in the income statement under Net interest income , and other commission income under Net commission income .
13. Financial assets and liabilities
13.1. Initial recognition
The Bank recognizes a financial asset or liability in the statement of financial position when it becomes bound by the provisions of the contract of this instrument.
Purchase and sale transactions of financial assets measured at amortised cost, measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and measured at fair value through profit or loss are recognised in accordance with the accounting method adopted for all such operations on the transaction settlement date – the date on which the asset is delivered to the unit or delivered by the unit. Loans and receivables are recognised upon disbursement of funds to the borrower.
Upon initial recognition, a financial asset or financial liability is measured at fair value, increased in the case of a financial asset or liability not classified as measured at fair value through profit or loss, by significant transaction costs that can be directly attributed to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset or financial liability
13.2. Classification of financial assets
The Bank classifies financial assets into one of the following categories:
measured at amortised cost,
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income,
measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Financial assets measured at amortised cost
Financial assets shall be measured at amortised cost if both of the following conditions are met and is not designated to be measured at fair value through profit or loss:
the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows and
the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
24
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Debt financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Financial asset shall be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if both of the following conditions are met and it is not designated for measurement measured at fair value through profit or loss:
the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows and sell financial assets and
the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.
Equity instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Equity instruments are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income in a situation where, upon initial recognition in the Bank’s books, an irrevocable decision has been made to designate a specific investment to be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
All financial assets that do not meet the criteria for classification to financial assets measured at amortised cost or financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income are classified as financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Business model assessment
The Bank assesses the objectives of the business model at the level of the Bank’s unit that manages financial assets and is a so-called business owner of the particular financial assets portfolio. The following business models are identified for managing the financial assets i.e. in order to:
collect contractual cash flows,
collect contractual cash flows and sell financial assets,
other (e.g.: in order to maximize profits on sales).
The business models are established at the level which is the best reflection of the Bank approach to management of financial assets in order to fulfil business objectives and generate cash flows.
During assessment, the Bank verifies all areas of Bank’s units activities identified as business owners of a particular portfolio of financial assets and which may have influence on the decisions taken with regard to holding assets in the Bank’s portfolio, including but not limited to:
assumptions of the product offer,
organisational chart of a Bank’s unit,
assumptions of assessment of the performance of the particular assets portfolio (e.g.: approach to planning, management information assumptions, key assessment indicators),
approach to compensation of the key managers in relation to portfolio performance or cash flows generated on the portfolio,
the risk generated by the assets portfolio and approach to management of those risks,
assessment of sales activities from assets portfolio (frequency, volume and reasons for the sales), and
assessment of expectations regarding sales activities in the future.
The Bank permits the sales of financial assets held to collect contractual cash flows, due to the following reasons:
increase of credit risk,
sales close to maturity,
infrequent sales,
sales insignificant in value.
The Bank took the following assumptions:
Sales close to maturity means the sales of financial assets whose:
original maturity is more than 1 year and sales occurs less than 6 months before maturity date,
original maturity is less than 1 year and sales occurs less than 3 months before maturity date.
infrequent sales means that the number of sales compared to the average number of items in the business model is less than 10%,
insignificant in value means for which both the value of the sales compared to the total value of the business model and the net gains from the sales compared to the total net interest income of the business model is less than 10%.
25
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Assessment of cash flow characteristics
In order to assess the cash flow characteristics the Bank formulated the following definitions:
principal – means fair value of the financial asset at initial recognition in the Bank’s books,
interest – means the payment including consideration for:
time value of money,
credit risk resulting from principal amount outstanding within a specified period,
other basic lending risks and costs (e.g. liquidity risk and administrative costs), and
profit margin.
The assessment is to confirm that the realised cash flows are solely repayment of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding. The Bank verifies the contractual terms, which have influence on the timing of realised cash flows and the amount of the cash flow realised on particular financial asset.
In particular the Bank verifies the following conditions:
contingent events which have influence on the timing and the amount of cash
leverage,
prepayment or funding extension conditions,
non-recourse conditions for the realised cash flows,
terms that modified the consideration for time value of money.
The assessment of the conditions that modified the time value of money is conducted based on qualitative or quantitative analysis.
In case the qualitative assessment does not provide the conclusions as to the realised cash flow characteristics, the Bank performs a quantitative assessment. The quantitative assessment is based on comparison of the difference between:
undiscounted contractual cash flows and
undiscounted cash flows that would arise at benchmark asset that not include the conditions modifying consideration for time value of money.
If the difference between assessed cash flows is significant, then the verified asset will be obligatorily classified to measurement measured at fair value through profit or loss, as the realised cash flows are not solely repayments of principal and interest on principal amount outstanding.
13.3. Classification of financial liabilities
The Bank classifies financial liabilities into one of the following categories:
measured at fair value through profit or loss,
measured at amortised cost,
financial guarantees.
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
Derivatives that are liabilities and financial liabilities recognised as a result of the short sale of securities are measured after initial recognition measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
Financial liabilities being a contractual obligation to deliver cash or other financial asset to another entity not measured at fair value through profit or loss, being a deposit or loan received or a financial liability recognised in the result on financial asset sales transaction that cannot be derecognised from the statement of financial position.
Financial guarantees
A financial guarantee is a contract under which the issuer undertakes to make specified payments to the beneficiary to compensate the beneficiary for losses caused by the failure of a specified debtor to make repayments under the original or modified terms of a debt instrument contract.
13.4. Derecognition
The Bank derecognizes a financial asset when, and only when: the contractual rights to the cash flows from the financial asset expire or the Bank transfers the financial asset and the transfer qualifies for derecognition.
The Bank transfers a financial asset if and only if it:
transfers the contractual rights to receive cash flows, or
retains contractual rights to receive cash flows but assumes a contractual obligation to remit the cash flows.
26
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
In a situation where the Bank retains contractual rights to cash flows but assumes a contractual obligation to transfer these cash flows to a third party, the Bank treats such a transaction as a transfer of a financial asset only if all of the following three conditions are met:
the Bank is not required to pay the final recipients until it receives the corresponding amounts resulting from the original asset,
under the transfer agreement, the Bank may not sell or pledge the original asset other than a security for the obligation to transfer cash flows established for the benefit of final recipients,
the Bank is required to remit all the cash flows received from the original asset without material delay.
When transferring a financial asset, the Bank assesses the extent to which it retains the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset. Accordingly, where the Bank:
transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, it derecognizes the financial asset,
retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, it continues to recognize the financial asset,
neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset, then the Bank determines whether it has retained control of the financial asset. In this case if the Bank has retained control, it continues to recognize the financial asset, and if the Bank has not retained control, it derecognizes the financial asset to the extent of its continuing involvement in the financial asset.
The Bank derecognizes a financial liability (or part of a financial liability) from its balance sheet when, and only when the obligation specified in the contract is satisfied or cancelled or expires.
The Bank derecognizes financial assets or their part, if the rights pertaining to the financial assets expire, the Bank waives such rights, sells those receivables, they are cancelled or as a result of significant modification of the loan or cash loan contractual terms.
The Bank reduce the gross carrying amount of a financial asset when the Bank has no reasonable expectations of recovering a financial asset in its entirety or a portion thereof. This principle is applied, among others, to accrued penalty interest, also when the principal amount of the related financial assets is still recognized in the statement of financial position.
The amounts of receivables written down as loss and recovered thereafter reduce the value of impairment loss in the income statement.
The derecognition of financial assets measured at amortised cost in connection with their sale is settled taking into account the previously created allowance for expected credit losses. Therefore, gains and losses resulting from derecognition of financial assets measured at amortised cost were presented in the statement of profit or loss in the item Impairment for expected credit losses - profit on sale of receivables and Net income on the Net income on the sale of securities measured at amortised cost .
13.5. Modification of contractual cash flows
When the terms of the loan and cash loan agreements are renegotiated and contractual cash flows of a financial asset are modified, the Bank assesses if such modification was significant and should result in the extinguishment of that financial asset and recognition of a new financial asset. A financial asset is extinguished if either the qualitative or the quantitative criteria are met.
Qualitative criteria
The Bank assumes that such significant modification of the terms of the agreement will take place in case of a:
change of the debtor with the consent of the Bank, or
change of the legal form/type of the financial instrument or
change of loan currency unless it was included in contractual terms, or
the modified financial asset does not meet the SPPI test, i.e. the cash flows from the financial asset do not represent, on specified dates, solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding, or
change in interest rate from fixed to floating or vice versa for financial assets that are not credit-impaired, or
change of the financial instruments from revolving to non-revolving or vice versa for financial assets that are not credit-impaired, or
increase of the exposure amount of 50% or an extension of the tenor of the facility/instrument by 50%, if the present value of cash flows under the modified terms, discounted at the original effective interest rate, is at least 10% different from the discounted present value of the remaining cash flows of the original agreement, discounted using the original effective interest rate.
27
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Quantitative trigger
A financial asset is deemed to be extinguished when the present value of cash flows under the modified loan terms, discounted at the original effective interest rate, is at least 10% different from the discounted present value of the remaining cash flows of the original agreement, discounted using the original effective interest rate.
For modifications that do not lead to a derecognition of the financial asset, the net present value difference (using the original effective interest rate) between the cash flows of the asset before and after modification is recognised in the statement of profit and loss.
13.6. Measurement
After initial recognition, the Bank measures financial assets, including derivatives that are assets, at their fair values, except for the financial assets measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
After initial recognition, all financial liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, except for:
financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss. Such liabilities, including derivatives that are liabilities, are measured at fair value, in particular a derivative liability that is linked to and must be settled by delivery of an unquoted equity instrument,
financial liabilities resulting from the transfer of a financial asset which do not qualify for derecognition or which are recognised on a continuing involvement basis,
commitments to provide a loan at a below-market interest rate which it shall subsequently measure it at the higher of:
the amount of impairment for expected credit losses, and
the amount initially recognised less, when appropriate, the cumulative amount of income recognised in accordance with principles of IFRS 15,
contingent consideration recognised by the Bank acting as an acquirer in a business combination to which IFRS 3 applies, which it shall subsequently be measured at fair value through profit or loss.
If the estimates of payments or inflows change (excluding immaterial modifications and changes in estimates of expected credit losses), the Bank adjusts the gross carrying amount of the asset or the amortised cost of the financial liability (or Bank of financial instruments). For this purpose, the Bank translates the gross carrying amount of a financial asset or the amortised cost of a financial liability as the present value of estimated future contractual
cash flows that are discounted at the original effective interest rate of the financial instrument (or the credit- adjusted effective interest rate for purchased or credit-impaired financial assets created) or, where applicable, the revised effective interest rate.
In particular, the Bank adjusts the gross carrying amount of the portfolio of mortgage loans denominated in foreign currencies, taking into account the changed estimated cash flows from these agreements resulting from the legal risk of this portfolio. The adjustment is recorded as a separate line in the income statement Cost of legal risk of FX mortgage loans.
Granted financial guarantees are measured at the higher of:
the amount being the most appropriate estimate of the expenditures needed to fulfil the current obligation arising from the financial guarantee, upon consideration of the probability of materialisation thereof;
the amount recognised at the initial recognition, adjusted with the settled amount of commission received for granting the guarantee.
13.7. Gains and losses resulting from subsequent measurement
A gain or loss arising from a change in the fair value of a financial asset or financial liability that is not part of a hedging relationship is recognised as follows:
a gain or loss on a financial asset or financial liability classified as measured at fair value through profit or loss is recognised in the income statement;
a gain or loss on an asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income is recognised directly in equity through statement of changes in equity.
Interest income is calculated using the effective interest rate method. The relevant value is computed by applying the effective interest rate method to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset, except for:
purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets. The Bank applies the credit risk adjusted effective interest rate to the value of amortised cost of a financial asset as of the initial recognition, and
financial assets that are not purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets which subsequently became credit-impaired financial assets (Stage 3).
For those financial assets the Bank applies the effective interest rate to the value of amortised cost (net) of a financial asset in subsequent reporting periods.
28
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Dividends on an equity instrument are recognised in the income statement when the entity’s right to receive payment is established.
Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from a change in the fair value of a financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income denominated in foreign currency are recognised directly in equity only for non-monetary assets. Foreign exchange gains and losses arising from monetary financial assets (e.g. debt securities) denominated in foreign currency are recognised directly in the income statement.
At the moment of derecognition of financial assets from the balance sheet, cumulated gains and losses recognised previously in equity:
regarding debt financial assets are recognised in the income statement,
regarding equity instruments are recognised in equity.
The fair value of financial assets and liabilities quoted in an active market (including securities) is determined on the basis of the bid price for long position and offer price for short position. Should there be no active market for a given instrument or for the securities not quoted on an active market, the Bank establishes the fair value with the use of valuation techniques that include using recent arm’s length market transactions, discounted cash flow analysis and option pricing models and other techniques commonly used by market players.
Market activity is assessed on the basis of frequency and the volume of effected transactions as well as access to information about quoted prices which by and large should be delivered on a continuous basis.
The main market and the most beneficial one at the same time is the market the Bank can access and on which in normal conditions it would enter into sale/purchase transactions for the item of assets or transfer of a liability.
Based on the employed methods of determining the fair value, financial assets/liabilities are classified to the following categories:
Level 1: financial assets/liabilities measured directly on the basis of prices quoted in the active market.
Level 2: financial assets/liabilities measured on the basis of measurement techniques based on assumptions
using data from an active market or market observations.
Level 3: financial assets/liabilities measured on the basis of measurement techniques commonly used by the
market players, the assumptions of which are not based on data from an active market.
The Bank verifies on a monthly basis whether any changes occurred to the quality of the input data used for individual measurement techniques and determines the reasons therefor and their impact on the fair value calculation for the financial assets/liabilities item. Each identified case is reviewed individually. Following detailed
analyses, the Bank takes a decision whether its identification entails any changes to the approach for fair value measurement or not.
In justified circumstances, the Bank decides to make changes to the fair value measurement methodology and their effective date construed as the circumstances change date. Then, it assesses the impact of changes on the classification to the individual categories of the fair value measurement hierarchy. Any amendments to the measurement methodology and their rationale are subject to detailed disclosures in a separate note to the financial statements.
13.8. Derivative instruments and hedge accounting
Derivative instruments are measured at fair value without cost of transactions, which are to be incurred. The base of initial fair value valuation of derivatives is the transaction price, i.e. fair value of received or paid amount.
Settlements exchanged for Interest Rate derivatives cleared via a central counterparty that are subject to settled to market contracts reduce the derivative’s carrying value.
The credit risk component is included in the fair value measurement for derivative instruments through credit valuation adjustments. Valuation adjustments are estimated per counterparty considering the expected pre- settlement exposure credit risk and the same risk generated by the Bank. This approach provides for the possibility of occurrence of risk of bilateral value adjustments. The adjustment is made using the expected positive exposure estimated through numerous simulations (the results from the scenarios leading to a negative outcome are eliminated) and the present market value (or its estimation through referencing to comparable data) of credit default swaps (CDS). Own risk of the Bank and the risk of materialisation of a scenario of concurrent client and Bank insolvency are calculated by analogy.
In addition, for receivables resulting from matured or terminated but unsettled derivatives, the Bank establishes impairment losses using the methodology applied to assessing the risk of impaired credit receivables.
The two adjustments as mentioned above were differently reflected in the financial statements. Fair value adjustments due to risk for non-matured transactions were presented in the item Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result, whereas the impairments losses for matured transactions in the item Impairment for expected credit losses.
If a transaction whose fair value was adjusted in the previous reporting period in the item Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result becomes mature or subject to restructuring, then the amount of the previous fair value adjustment is moved to the item Impairment for expected credit losses
29
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
and the added part of the impairment loss for such already matured transaction is presented in the statement of financial position in the item Impairment for expected credit losses. Therefore the financial result is impacted only by the amount of surplus of the current impairment loss (or write-down) for a mature transaction above the amount of the fair value adjustment made before the transaction has matured.
The Bank uses derivative instruments in order to hedge against FX and interest rate risk, arising from activity of the Bank. Those derivatives, which were not designated as hedge instruments pursuant to the principles of hedge accounting, are classified as instruments measured at fair value through financial result.
13.8.1. Hedge accounting
The Bank applies the hedge accounting requirements of IAS 39.
Hedge accounting presents the offsetting effects of fair value changes of both hedging instruments and hedged items which impact the income statement.
The Bank designates certain derivative instruments as fair value hedging instrument or cash flow hedging instrument.
Fair value hedge
The Bank applies the fair value hedge accounting in order to hedge changes in fair value of fixed-rate debt instruments classified to the portfolio of assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and fixed-rate debt instruments classified to the portfolio of assets at amortised cost against the risk resulting from interest rate changes.
Cash flow hedge
The Bank applies cash flow hedge accounting in order to hedge the amount of future cash flows of certain portfolios of assets/liabilities of the Bank or the portfolio of highly probable planned transactions against the interest rate risk and the highly probable planned transactions against the FX risk.
13.8.2. Derivative instruments not qualifying as hedging instruments
Changes in fair value of derivatives that do not fulfil the criteria of hedge accounting are disclosed in the statement of profit or loss for the current period. Changes in fair value of interest rate derivatives arising from ongoing accrual of interest coupon are disclosed under Net interest income on derivatives , whereas the remaining part of changes in the fair value of interest rate derivatives is presented under Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result .
Changes in the fair value of FX derivatives are presented under Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result .
13.9. Offsetting financial instruments
The Bank offsets financial assets and financial liabilities and presents them in a net amount in the statement of financial position when and only when there is a legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
In order to mitigate credit risk, the Bank concludes master agreements with contracting parties, with which the Bank concludes transactions. These master agreements provide for offsetting financial assets and liabilities in case of a breach of the master agreement. Due to the conditional nature of these contractual provisions, there is no netting in the financial statements and the effects of conditional netting are presented in note 37 . Offsetting of financial instruments .
13.10. Repo/reverse repo transactions
The Bank presents the financial assets sold with the repurchase clauses (repo, sell–buy–back transactions) in its statement of financial position, simultaneously recognising a financial liability under a repurchase clause. This is done in order to reflect the risks and benefits arising on this asset item that are retained by the Bank after the transfer.
For the securities purchased with a reverse repurchase clause (reverse repo, buy–sell–back), the financial assets held are presented as receivables arising from repurchase clause, hedged with securities.
13.11. Expected credit losses
Estimation of the impairment loss is based on the expected credit loss. This approach shall be applied to debt financial assets measured at amortised cost and financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, contract assets, irrevocable loan commitments and financial guarantees, except for investment in equity securities.
At each reporting date, the Bank measures the impairment for expected credit losses for a financial asset at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses if the credit risk on that financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition. If at the reporting date, the credit risk on the financial asset has not increased significantly since initial recognition, the Bank measures the impairment for expected credit losses for that financial asset at an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses.
30
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The Bank estimates expected credit losses in a way that takes account of:
an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes,
the time value of money, and
reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
The Bank applies the definition of exposures in default status, impaired exposures and non-performing exposures in accordance with regulatory requirements. A debtor or an exposure is assessed as default is also identified as an impaired and non-performing exposure.
Three stage approach
In the process of creating credit provisions, the change in the credit quality of the exposure since its initial recognition is described in the Bank in three stages with different methods of measurement of expected credit losses:
Stage 1 includes performing exposures that have not had a significant increase in credit risk since initial
recognition. Expected credit loss shall be measured based on 12-month expected credit losses (or till maturity date if such exposures will expire in less than 12 months).
Stage 2 includes performing exposures that have had a significant increase in credit risk since initial
recognition. Expected credit loss is calculated on the basis of anticipated losses throughout the lifetime, or from the reporting date until the remaining maturity.
Stage 3 – impaired exposures, which means non-performing loans. Expected credit loss shall be measured
based on lifetime expected credit losses and the probability of default (PD) = 100%.
The Bank qualifies the financial exposures to Stage 1, 2 or 3 using a cascade approach in the following order:
1. Identification of impaired exposures and classification thereof to Stage 3,
2. Allocation to Stage 2 based on triggers for significant increase of credit risk.
3. Allocation of other exposures to Stage 1.
Significant increase in credit risk
The Bank determines the significant increase in credit risk, which results in classification to Stage 2, based on one of the following triggers (where the first one is the leading one):
significant increase in the lifetime PD at reporting date comparing to the lifetime PD at initial recognition occurring over the period from the reporting date till maturity date;
watch list status,
threefold increase in PD
the asset has an internal rating of 18 or 19
customer service by a corporate restructuring unit,
forbearance status,
collective assessment of sifnificant increase in dredit ris of an entire portfolio
more than 30 days past due.
Thresholds of significant increase in PD parameters in the lifetime of exposure comparing to PD at initial recognition, indicating significant increase in credit risk, are established for models according to assumed methodology as:
absolute threshold – indicates maximum difference between PD at the reporting date and PD at initial recognition which triggers classification to Stage 2,
relative threshold – indicates the maximum measure of the relationship between the PD as at the reporting date and the PD from the initial recognition of the exposure, taking into account the scaling factor determined at the level of a particular exposure, based on the PD from the initial recognition, beyond which the asset is classified to Stage 2.
Exceeding at least one of the above thresholds results in classification of a financial asset to Stage 2.
The methodology of establishing PD thresholds to indicate significant increase in credit risk is based on performing an appropriate segmentation followed by statistical indication of the threshold to classify exposures to Stage 2 which maximizes discriminatory power of classification to stages, under certain assumptions, among others, minimization of classification errors.
Evidence and triggers for classification of assets at amortised costs to the Stage 3
At each balance sheet date, the Bank assesses whether a financial assets item or a Bank of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset item or a Bank of financial assets is impaired if and only if, there is evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset item (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has (have) an impact on the expected future cash flows of the financial asset item or a Bank of financial assets that can be reliably estimated. The Bank recognizes the expected credit losses
31
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
based on reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.
Evidence of impairment
The evidence of impairment is:
identification of objective evidence of impairment (in the case of corporate and retail credit exposures), or
a delay in repayment of more than 90 days and, at the same time, the amount of the arrears exceeds the absolute and relative materiality threshold.
Objective evidence of impairment does not require expert judgment – identification of the occurrence of such evidence causes the credit exposure to be considered defaulted and, at the same time, impaired without further analysis. Objective impairment evidence of corporate or retail credit exposures cover the occurrence of minimum one of the following situations:
restructuring of the credit exposure for non-commercial reasons related to significant financial difficulties of the client, resulting in a change to the existing terms of the contract, full or partial refinancing of the exposure at risk, which would not have taken place if the client had not experienced financial difficulties (including forbearance), resulting in a loss of more than 1% of the present value of discounted future cash flows; for retail credit exposures – non-performing restructuring,
write-down or write-off by the Bank in the process of restructuring of a significant amount of corporate client receivables resulting in a reduction in cash flows from a given financial asset,
filing by the Bank, the client's counterparty or another bank for the client's bankruptcy or the initiation of proceedings under the restructuring law,
declaration of bankruptcy; in the case of corporate credit exposures, the client was put into liquidation, ceased operations,
the credit exposure becomes due to the termination of the credit agreement by the Bank,
sale by the Bank of a credit receivable (or its part) with a loss greater than 5% of the balance sheet exposure amount, if the sale was caused by the deteriorating credit quality of the exposure,
the occurrence of an overdue exceeding 30 days or granting another forbearance on a credit exposure classified initially as forbearance non-performing, and then healed and in the forbearance performing status during the trial period,
interest-free status (interest stoppage) for a credit exposure,
for retail credit exposure, over 3-month arrears in repayment of due liabilities under the loan with a one-off repayment of the entire mobilised capital at the end of the loan period,
for corporate credit exposures – making a decision to recover debts as part of the debt collection strategy,
questioning the balance sheet credit exposure by the client in court proceedings.
Impairment triggers
Impairment triggers require an individual expert assessment of the debtor's situation and a decision as to whether the classification to default as an impaired exposure is justified.
The triggers for impairment for corporate credit exposures (excluding exposures to entrepreneurs) include:
granting by a natural person in default of obligations, a surety at the Bank for significant obligations of a company belonging to it or when a natural person is a debtor of the Bank and the company belonging to it is in default,
over 3-month arrears in repayment (including all interest, principal and commissions) under the loan with a one-off repayment of all disbursed capital at the end of the loan period (not applicable if the repayment frequency exceeds one month),
the customer belongs to the same economic or legal group as the defaulting debtor,
disappearance of the possibility of refinancing,
for exposures resulting from transactions concluded on the financial market – disappearance of an active market (e.g. suspension of quotations on the WSE) for a given financial asset (shares, bonds, other securities) held by the Bank due to financial difficulties of the issuer / client, which may have a negative effect on the future cash flows of a given financial asset,
the customer ceases to repay principal, interest or commission and the delay in repayment or the oldest unauthorised overdraft continues for more than 45 calendar days,
bankruptcy threat, submission of an application to initiate proceedings under restructuring law or other financial reorganization, which may result in non-repayment of a financial asset or its delay,
no intention or possibility of repayment by the debtor due to the existing financial problems; in particular, the following events may indicate significant financial difficulties (the events described in points "1" to "5" are not triggers for impairment if they were assumed in the client's financial plans at the time of granting the involvement and the Bank accepted such plans:
1) negative equity at the end of the annual accounting period,
32
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2) negative cash flows from operating activities in three consecutive annual accounting periods (from the cash flow statement, and if it is not prepared, then from the simplified cash flow statement),
3) revenues from core activities decrease significantly (over 50% year on year based on the results of annual accounting periods) or revenues from core activities decrease (over 30% year on year based on the results of annual accounting periods) and, at the same time, the ratio of debt to EBITDA (earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, profit before deduction of interest on interest-bearing liabilities, taxes and depreciation) is greater than 4 or EBITDA is less than 0 (if the contract contains a different definition of the trigger, the event is a trigger for impairment, if it is exceeded level 4 as defined in the contract. If the contract indicates the level of the ratio> 4, then we identify the triggers for impairment when exceeding the level specified in the contract),
4) Negative EBITDA in two consecutive annual financial periods,
5) the implementation of financial projections by the client negatively differs from the range approved by the Bank by at least 20%, which leads to a significant breakdown of financial ratios,
6) the events described in points "1" to "5" occurred during the accounting year, provided that they occurred in the amounts considered significant and the Bank expects that the situation will not improve until the end of the annual accounting period and this situation may result in failure to repay the financial asset or its delay,
7) active enforcement to client accounts kept in the Bank, if the oldest active enforcement order persists for more than 90 days and the total amount of active titles exceeds PLN 100 thousand; PLN for customers of the corporate sales network or PLN 500 thousand for strategic clients,
8) unsettled claims under guarantees granted by the Bank (lack of customer funds), if the customer's overdue liability to the Bank due to the payment of the guarantee by the Bank persists for more than 45 days from the date of payment of the guarantee claim,
9) termination of a loan agreement with another bank of significant value,
a material breach of contractual terms by the customer, which may have a negative impact on future cash flows from a given financial asset (if there has been a material breach of contractual terms, but the Bank, after identifying and assessing the causes and effects of such breach, accepted them (temporarily or permanently) or changed, such an event is not treated as a trigger for impairment),
unknown whereabouts of the client, resulting in a lack of representation in contacts with the Bank and undisclosed assets of the client,
crisis of the sector in which the client operates, combined with the borrower's weak position in a given sector,
restructuring of the loan receivable for non-commercial reasons related to significant financial difficulties of the client, resulting in a change to the existing terms of the contract, full or partial refinancing of the exposure at risk, which would not have occurred if the client had not experienced these financial difficulties (including forbearance) and loss of the net present value of cash flows is equal to or less than 1%,
credit fraud of the debtor towards the Bank or another ING Group entity,
the exposure has received a forbearance 2 or more times in the last 5 years,
a significant deterioration of the client's rating resulting in its reclassification to a risk class of at least 17 with a simultaneous drop by at least 4 classes.
The Bank has also determined the following additional triggers for impairment for leveraged transactions (i.e. transactions with a high level of debt relative to operating profit):
a significant breach of an important financial clause or failure to return to the state from before the breach, especially when the customer simultaneously requests a repayment facility,
forbearance refinancing of the existing borrower with an increased level of financial leverage (IBD / EBITDA, i.e. interest bearing debt / earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, total liabilities / profit before deduction of interest on interest-bearing liabilities, taxes and depreciation) compared to leverage levels at the time of funding or previous refinancing,
refinancing of the exposure with the repayment of the entire mobilised capital at the end of the loan period in the event of financial difficulties of the client and with a low probability of refinancing by another bank under current market conditions,
the base case and stress case scenarios indicate the lack of sufficient and stable cash flows to service the debt in accordance with the adopted schedule;
and the following additional triggers for the revenue-generating real estate financing transactions:
LTV (Loan to Value)> 90% and this is not a temporary situation,
historical DSCR (debt service cover ratio) ratio <1.0 or ICR (interest coverage ratio) <1.0 (depending on which indicator is used for transaction risk assessments) for two consecutive annual accounting periods and cash flows generated by the real estate are, in the opinion of experts, insufficient to repay and service the loan in accordance with the adopted schedule.
The triggers for impairment for retail credit exposures and credit exposures to entrepreneurs include:
failure to meet a minimum of three debt repayment arrangements within the current period of arrears,
33
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
a natural person who has issued a surety in the Bank for significant obligations of their company is in default or a natural person is a debtor of the Bank and their company is in a state of default,
the business client is related to the same Bank of debtors (legally or economically) in which one of the debtors is defaulted,
no intention or possibility of repayment – in the Bank's opinion, the debtor does not want to pay off the obligation or is unable to pay; the inability to repay the liability occurs when the debtor's sources of income are insufficient to repay the instalments due, e.g.:
for an individual client: loss of job, termination of social benefits payments, divorce, serious illness, death of the debtor, obtaining information on untimely servicing of a debt of significant value in another bank (over 90 days overdue) or commencement of enforcement / debt collection activities by another bank,
for a business client: (anticipated) cash shortfall, (anticipated) high or sudden increase in leverage, (anticipated) breach of financial clauses, (anticipated) deterioration in a market where the debtor's position is weak,
approving a forbearance to the customer that is not able to repay its financial obligations under a loan agreement with the Bank due to existing or anticipated financial difficulties,
credit fraud of the debtor towards the Bank – reasonable suspicion of extortion of a loan, i.e. an obligation whose credit documentation or the established facts indicate that it was granted as a result of deliberate misrepresentation of the Bank by presenting documents, certificates, and statements that are not factually correct,
occurrence of minimum two forbearance instances within 5 years of granting the first forbearance.
In the process of identifying impairment, the Bank first assesses whether there is any objective evidence or trigger for impairment for financial assets.
The entire loan portfolio of retail and corporate clients is subject to the control for impairment of exposure. Credit exposure is assessed for impairment in relation to the debtor automatically on a daily basis for customers from retail segments and on a current basis and on the applicable dates of regular and irregular portfolio monitoring in relation to corporate customers. Objective evidence of impairment requires the client to be reclassified to the portfolio of non-performing exposures.
Identification of the triggers for impairment of the credit exposure of corporate clients requires an individual expert assessment of the debtor's situation and a decision whether the classification to default is justified, i.e.:
assessment of the customer’s potential to repay all credit obligations to the Bank in compliance with the agreement and a documented assessment,
if no default or impairment is identified, a written justification for leaving the client in the performing portfolio should be prepared,
if as a result of the assessment a situation of default or impairment was identified – reclassification of the client to the portfolio of non-performing exposures.
If, as a result of the assessment, it is concluded that there is no evidence of impairment for a given financial asset, the asset is included in groups of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics that indicate the debtor's ability to repay the entire liability in accordance with the terms of the contract. In the groups designated in this way, the impairment loss is calculated using the collective method, based on the valuation of expected credit losses. If there is evidence that an impairment loss has been incurred on an asset measured at amortised cost, the amount of the impairment loss is the difference between the asset's carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted using the original effective interest rate of the financial instrument.
In practice, this means that for assets from the Stage 3 portfolio subject to individual assessment (individually significant financial assets, whose value exceeds the equivalent of EUR 1 million), the impairment is calculated directly using discounted future cash flows for a given asset, and for assets from the Stage 3 portfolio subject to collective assessment (financial assets insignificant) –is determined using the collective impairment method with the use of the expected credit loss over the life of the asset. When estimating future cash flows, the available information about the debtor is taken into account, in particular, the ability to repay the exposure is assessed, and in the event that the credit exposure has collateral, the estimation also takes into account the expected future cash flows from the realization of the collateral, taking into account inter alia time, costs and difficulties in recovering payments as a result of selling the collateral.
If the existing evidence of impairment of an assets item or financial assets group measured at amortised cost indicate that there will be no expected future cash flows from the above mentioned financial assets, the impairment loss of assets equals their carrying amount.
The Bank applies a definition of default, in line with the guidelines of the European Banking Authority (EBA) No. EBA/GL/2016/07 of 18.01.2017 on the application of the definition of default under Article 178 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013.
Recognition of an allowance for expected credit losses for assets measured at amortised cost
Impairment is presented as reduction of the carrying amount of the component, while the amount of loss is charged to the profit and loss account of the period.
34
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
If in the next period the amount of impairment loss decreases due to an event that occurred after the impairment (e.g. improvement in the debtor’s creditworthiness assessment), then the previously made impairment loss is reversed through the profit and loss account. The Bank has defined the events that may result in the reversal of impairment of the credit exposure.
The Bank applies the same criteria for the purpose of recovering a client from default and reversing impairment losses. The process of starting the trial period and then healing, i.e. transition from the non-performing portfolio (NPE) to the performing portfolio is carried out:
for customers from the mortgage and consumer loan segment - at the business segment level, unless it applies to a situation recognised at the debtor level (e.g. bankruptcy),
for corporate clients - at the debtor level.
If the debtor is in the impaired portfolio and has no exposure as a forbearance (facility), it shall be considered to be healthy and qualified as a performing (performing) portfolio if all of the following conditions are met in the following order:
no evidence of impairment or impairment triggers giving rise to a default or indicating a high probability of default - are active,
at least 3 months (trial period) have passed since the date of completion of proof/ indication of impairment and during this period the customer’s behaviour (intention to repay) and situation (ability to pay) have been positively assessed, and in the case of a corporate customer, the assessment of financial standing has been documented,
the customer made regular repayments, i.e. no arrears >30 days during the trial period,
after the end of the trial period, the customer was considered able to repay the loan liabilities in full, without using the collateral,
no arrears exceeding the absolute limit; if there are arrears in excess of the absolute limit, the trial period shall be extended until the arrears are reduced below that limit.
A client in an impaired portfolio with an exposure with the status of granted facility for repayment (forbearance) - shall be deemed to be cured and qualified to the working portfolio (performing) if all of the following conditions are met:
no evidence of impairment or impairment triggers giving rise to a default or indicating a high probability of default - are active,
at least 12 months have passed since the last of the following events (trial period):
granting the last restructuring measures, i.e. granting a facility for repayment (forbearance),
the exposure has been given default status,
end of the grace period specified in the restructuring agreement,
during the trial period, the customer made significant/regular repayments:
he customer, as part of his regular payments in accordance with the established restructuring conditions, repaid the material amount in the amount constituting the earlier overdue (if there were overdue amounts) or redemption (if there were no overdue amounts),
the client made regular repayments in accordance with the new schedule taking into account the conditions of restructuring, i.e. no arrears > 30 days during the trial period,
at the end of the probationary period, the customer has no past due amounts and has no concerns about the full repayment of the exposure under the terms of the restructuring agreement.
The Bank has established the following additional terms of reversal of impairment / exit from default status (default) binding for all customers:
If in the trial period a proof or an indication of impairment is identified as a source of default/ indicating a high probability of default, the date of the end of the trial period will be re-established and the trial period starts to count from the beginning from the moment of expiry of the proof/ indication.
If a DPD event > 30 occurs during the trial period and after the grace period, the trial period end date will be reset and the trial period will begin to count from the beginning when the DPD has returned to less than 31 days.
All conditions for reversal of impairment/exit from default should also be met for new exposures to the client, in particular if previous credit exposures of this client previously in restructuring were disposed of or permanently written off.
An exception to the principle of lack of active evidence / impairment triggers constituting the source of default is evidence "classification to Stage 3 / provision" - its persistence does not suspend the start of the trial period (because it is the effect and not the cause of the default) - classification to Stage 3 and the provision is also maintained during the trial period.
35
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Indications of classification of a financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income to Stage 3
At each balance sheet date, the Bank assesses whether there is objective evidence of impairment of debt financial assets classified as at fair value through other comprehensive income. Confirmation of the existence of objective evidence of impairment is the premise for classification of the asset to stage 3.
Evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired permanently may be based on one or more of the following:
significant financial difficulties of the issuer (e.g.: significant negative equity, high losses incurred in the current year exceeding equity, termination of a credit agreement of significant value in another bank),
failure to meet contractual conditions, including in particular failure to pay or default on maturing liabilities (e.g. interest or notional amount), interpreted as materialisation of the issuer’s credit risk,
the granting by its creditors to the issuer of facilities for the repayment of liabilities which it would not otherwise have received,
high probability of bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation of the issuer,
identification of impairment of a financial asset in the previous period,
disappearance of an active market for a financial asset, which may result from the issuer’s financial difficulties,
published analyses and forecasts of credit rating agencies or other entities that confirm a specific (high) risk profile of a financial asset,
other observable data indicating a determinable decrease in the estimated future cash flows resulting from the group of financial assets that appeared after the date of their initial recognition in the Bank’s books. The data referred to above may relate to unfavourable changes in the payment situation of a group of issuers, a country or local economic conditions that are correlated with the lack of repayments from the group of financial assets.
Recognition of an allowance for expected credit losses on debt financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
Impairment losses on debt financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income are recognised in the statement of profit or loss. These losses are excluded from other comprehensive income.
Measurement of expected credit losses
In order to measure the expected credit losses under collective approach, the Bank uses the adjusted to IFRS 9 requirements the existing regulatory capital models (PD, LGD, EAD) developed for the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) approach. The models of risk parameters for the purpose of IFRS 9 follow the same structure as the models for regulatory capital purposes, however the manner of estimating the specified value of PD, LGD and EAD is adjusted to IFRS 9 requirements, in particular it includes reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecast of future economic conditions. The model’s parameters were calibrated in accordance with the “point-in-time” approach. EAD parameter includes the repayment schedules in accordance with credit agreements.
The amount of the revaluation charge calculated collectively is based on the history of losses for asset portfolios with similar credit risk characteristics. For the purposes of determining risk parameters, the Bank uses over thirty models for the needs of which exposures are classified into homogeneous groups with similar characteristics based on different criteria (mainly product characteristics, e.g. loan duration, form of collateral and purpose of the loan, and type of client and financing). Exposures from the retail banking segment are divided into mortgage and consumer. Corporate banking exposures are grouped mainly by customer size (e.g. small and medium-sized enterprises, corporations), customer type (e.g. financial institutions), loan application (e.g. real estate financing, project financing) and product.
The Bank measures the lifetime expected credit losses LEL (Lifetime Expected Loss) on exposures without impairment recognised as the discounted sum of partial losses during the life of the exposure, relating to the events of default in each 12-month period remaining to the maturity date of the exposure, taking into account the weights of the scenarios
For credit exposures classified to Stage 1, a 12-month expected credit loss is applied.
For credit exposures in default at Stage 3 and for which the collective provision is computed, the Bank measured the lifetime expected credit losses.
The time value of money was reflected in expected credit losses by two discount factors:
The discount factor between the moment of default and the moment of debt recovery. It is used for the parameters of the regulatory LGD models.
Discounting between the reporting date and the moment the exposure becomes in default which is partly taken into account in calculating the lifetime expected loss LEL. The Bank assumes that for each time window of 12 months the event of default occurs on average in the middle of the period 0-12 months.
36
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The Bank measures the expected credit losses as the probability weighted average of the few macroeconomic scenarios (mostly three: a baseline, negative and positive scenario) with different probability to occur. The expected loss is determined separately for each scenario and the probability weighted average results from the weights (probabilities) assigned to each scenario (sum of weights = 100%). Such approach fulfils IFRS 9 requirements that the impairment for expected credit losses should reflect an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined based on a number of possible outcomes.
Weightings of scenarios result directly from macroeconomic assumptions made. The Bank has chosen for the 90th percentile of macroeconomic factors distribution as a downside scenario because it corresponds the assumptions of other calculations in the Bank related to risk appetite, which use 90% confidence level (e.g. RWA at risk) and 10th percentile for positive scenario as a mirror approach. 90th and 10th percentile of the distribution imply directly the probabilities of realization of these scenarios – both have statistically a 20% probability of realization. Consequently, the baseline scenario is a supplement of these extreme scenarios and it has 60% probability weighting.
The forecast (measurement) of the expected loss is conducted at each point in time in the future depending on the expected future economic conditions at a given point. Based on the data about past events, the Bank determined the relation between the observable parameters of expected loss (PD, LGD) and macroeconomic factors as functions, based on which – at predicted macroeconomic factors – Bank computes the predicted parameter values of expected loss in a given year in the future in accordance with forward looking “point in time” approach. The impact of macroeconomic factors on expected credit losses is ensured in the Bank by including them in the modelling of particular risk parameters, which enables appropriate selection of factors specific for a given parameter and portfolio type. Selection of appropriate macroeconomic factors constitutes a part of model building process and includes several stages, both expert based that guarantee an economically interpretable relation as well as statistical approach which enables the assessment of their significance and power of relations. The assessment of the adequacy of the impact of macroeconomic factors is part of the overall assessment of the models for determining impairment for expected credit losses as part of the model monitoring performed by the Bank.
For the purpose of measurement of the expected credit loss, the Bank determines the level of EAD exposures only for irrevocable loan commitments through the use of CCF conversion factors (the range of utilization of the undrawn loan commitment during a period from the reporting date till the default event) from regulatory EAD models (estimated in accordance with “through the cycle” approach). EAD decreases during the time according to payment schedule of the particular credit exposure.
For exposures with a specified final repayment date, the time to maturity is equal to the final repayment date. If the final repayment date exceeds 30 years, the expected loss calculation period is limited to 30 years.
For the financial exposures without maturity payment date (e.g.: some revolving credit facilities and credit cards) the expected lifetime is determined by the statistical behavioural parameter.
The LGD parameter, which is a function of used techniques for mitigation of credit risk and it is expressed as percentage of EAD, it is estimated on a product and exposure level based on the parameters of the regulatory LGD models (estimated according to “through the cycle” approach) which were properly calibrated for the purpose of IFRS 9. Collateral recoveries are an integral part of the construction of LGD models and, as a rule, the criteria for recognizing collateral are consistent with the CRR requirements. The most important collaterals recognized by the Bank include mortgage collaterals (residential and commercial) as well as guarantees and sureties.
The level of LGD which is used for the estimation of the amount of the impairment loss according to the collective method for defaulted exposures (PD = 100%), depends on the period during which the exposure was identified as defaulted. In addition, for corporate clients segment in the field of large and medium-sized companies, the value of the LGD parameter is 100% after at least 78 months of the exposure being in default. In a similar way, regarding the retail clients segment and enterpreneurs, the value of the LGD parameter is set to 100% if one of the following conditions is met:
the impairment event took place and the objective evidences of the impairment occurs continuously for 47 months from the date of recognition of impairment in relation to entrepreneurs,
defaulted exposures that belong to the impaired portfolio (POCI),
the exposures were assessed as credit fraud, i.e. they were registered as a suspicion of credit fraud or reported as a notification of a suspected crime.
13.12. Purchased or created financial assets impaired due to credit risk
The Bank recognises as the separate category, the purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets at initial recognition (POCI).
Such assets may be recognised due to following reasons:
purchase of credit impaired financial assets,
significant modification (described in item 13.5 . ) due to derecognition of original loan or
origination of new credit exposure for the client for which other exposures were classified to Stage 3.
Those assets are excluded from the three stage approach described in item 13.11 .
The change in the cumulated lifetime expected credit losses, both positive and negative, is recognised as impairment gain or loss in profit or loss.
37
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
14. Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
14.1. Property, plant and equipment
Own property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment consist of controlled non-current assets and costs to construct such assets. Non- current assets include property, plant and equipment items with an expected period of use above one year, maintained to be used to serve the Bank’s needs or to be transferred to other entities, based on the lease contract or for administrative purposes.
Property, plant and equipment, with the exception of land and buildings, are recorded at purchase price or production cost i.e. after initial recognition they are recorded at historical cost less depreciation and impairment. The historical costs are made up of the purchase price/ production cost and the costs directly related to the purchase of assets.
Each component part of property, plant and equipment items, whose purchase price or production cost is material in comparison with the purchase price or production cost of the entire item, is depreciated separately. The Bank allocates the initial value of the property, plant and equipment into its significant parts.
Land and buildings are carried in accordance with the revaluation model, after initial recognition at a revalued amount, being its fair value at the date of the revaluation less any subsequent accumulated depreciation and subsequent accumulated impairment losses. Revaluations are made with sufficient regularity to ensure that the carrying amount does not differ materially from that which would be determined using fair value at the balance sheet date.
The revaluation effect is reflected in other comprehensive income in case of the value increase, or carried through the income statement in case of the balance sheet asset’s value decrease. However, the increase of value is recognised as income statement insofar as it reverses the decrease of value due to revaluation of the same asset that was previously recognised as costs of a given period. Similarly, the decrease of the asset’s value resulting from revaluation shall be set off against the relevant surplus resulting from the previous revaluation of the same asset. The entire revaluation surplus is carried through retained earnings at the time of withdrawing from use or selling the asset item.
Fixed assets in leasing
The Bank is a party to lease contracts, under which it receives the right to control the use of an identified asset for a given period in exchange for remuneration. The Bank applies IFRS 16 to all lease agreements, except for all lease agreements for intangible assets and exemptions provided for in the standard and described below.
The Bank identifies leasing and non-leasing components in concluded contracts. Non-lease payments under contracts are recognised as an expense in accordance with relevant IFRS. Lease payments are recorded in accordance with the rules described below.
At the date of commencement of the lease, the Bank recognizes assets due to the right to use the assets. The initial valuation of the lease liability is determined by the Bank at the present value of future lease payments. Identifying future lease payments requires a lease period to be determined. When determining the lease period, the Bank takes into account the irrevocable lease period together with the periods for which the lease can be extended and the periods in which the lease can be terminated. In order to make an assessment, the Bank takes into account all relevant facts and circumstances that create an economic incentive to use or not to use these options. At the start of the lease contract, the Bank assesses whether it can be assumed with sufficient certainty that it will benefit the option to extend the lease, or that it will not use the option to terminate the lease. The Bank reviews the lease period in order to reassess significant events or circumstances that may affect the estimated length of the lease period. Leasing ceases to be enforceable if both the lessee and the lessor have the right to terminate the lease without the other party's permission, which results in a slight penalty, at the most. For lease contracts concluded for an indefinite period, in which there is a two-sided notice and potentially high costs related to the termination of the contract, the Bank estimates the lease period.
To determine the discounted value of lease payments, the Bank uses the leasing interest rate, and if the rate is not easily available, the Bank uses the marginal interest rate. The Bank determines the leasing interest rate as the sum of swap interest rate and internal transfer price, taking into account currencies in which lease contracts and contract maturities are denominated. After the lease commencement date, the carrying amount of the liability:
increased by accrued leasing interest, which is recognised in the income statement and losses as interest expenses,
less lease payments paid,
updated as a result of reassessment, changes in leasing or changes in essentially fixed leasing fees.
At the commencement date of the lease, the Bank recognizes assets due to the right to use equal to the initial measurement of the lease liability. The cost of an asset due to the right of use also includes:
38
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
fees paid on the date of commencement or before the date of commencement of the lease, less leasing incentives received,
initial direct costs incurred by the lessee,
costs to be borne by the lessee in connection with bringing the asset to its original condition.
The right to use is depreciated over the duration of the lease and is reduced for impairment losses. The value of the right to use is updated during the lease period as a result of modifications of the lease agreement.
The Bank uses the exemption for:
short-term leases – a contract may be classified as a short-term contract if the duration of the contract does not exceed 12 months and a purchase option is not provided for the subject of the contract,
leases in which the subject of the contract has a low value – assets may be classified as low-value assets if the gross purchase price of the new component does not exceed EUR 5,000 and the subject of the contract is not and will not be sub-leased.
Lease payments under the above mentioned contracts are recognised by the Bank as costs in the income statement in a systematic manner throughout the duration of the lease.
14.2. Intangible assets
An intangible asset is an identifiable non-monetary asset without physical substance.
Intangible assets are deemed to include assets which fulfil the following requirements:
they can be separated from an economic entity and sold, transferred, licensed or granted for use for a fee to third parties, both separately, and together with their accompanying contracts, assets or liabilities,
arise from contractual titles or other legal titles, irrespective of whether those are transferable or separable from the business entity or from other rights and obligations.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on acquisition of an entity is recognised at the acquisition price being the surplus of the aggregate of:
provided payment,
sums of all non-controlling interest in the acquired entity, and
in the case of combining entities executed measured at fair value as at the day of acquiring interest in the capital of the acquired entity, previously belonging to the acquiring entity,
over the net amount determined as at the day of acquiring values of the identifiable acquired assets and assumed liabilities.
After the initial recognition, the goodwill is recognised at acquisition price less any accumulated impairment losses.
Computer software
Purchased computer software licences are capitalised in the amount of costs incurred for the purchase and adaptation for use of specific computer software.
Expenditures attached to the development or maintenance of computer software are recognised as costs when incurred.
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets purchased by the Bank, are recognised at purchase price or production cost less amortization and total amount of impairment losses.
Subsequent costs
Subsequent costs incurred after initial recognition of acquired intangible asset are capitalised only if the following conditions are met:
it is likely that the outlays (taking into account the new version of the software) will result in a significant increase in functionality in relation to the originally assessed performance standard, and
these costs can be reliably measured and attributed to internally used existing software.
In other cases, costs are recognised in the income statement in the reporting period in which they were incurred.
14.3. Depreciation and amortization charges
The depreciation/amortization charge of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets is applied using the straight line method, using defined depreciation/amortization rates throughout the period of their useful lives. The depreciable/amortisable amount is the purchase price or production cost of an asset, less its residual value.
The useful life, depreciation/amortization rates and residual values of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets are reviewed annually. Conclusions of the review may lead to a change of depreciation/amortization periods recognised prospectively from the date of application (the effect of this change is in accordance with IAS 8 carried through income statement).
In case of buildings measured at fair value, the accumulated depreciation balance at the revaluation date is removed from the carrying amount gross, and the net carrying amount is adjusted to the revalued amount.
39
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Depreciation and amortization charges are recognised in the income statement. At each balance sheet date goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful life are regularly tested for impairment. The depreciation/amortization periods are as follows:
lands and buildings 50 years
investments in external fixed assets, period of rental, lease, leasing, no longer than 10 years
devices 3 to 7 years
equipment 5 years
costs of development of software 3 years
software licenses 3 years
14.4. Impairment of other non-financial assets
For each balance sheet date, the Bank assesses the existence of objective triggers for impairment of an asset.
If such a trigger exists, the Bank performs an estimation of the recoverable value. If, and only if, the recoverable amount of an asset is less than its carrying amount, the carrying amount of the asset shall be reduced to its recoverable amount.
As regards company goodwill, it is tested for impairment as at the balance sheet date regardless of whether or not there are triggers for impairment in place.
Recognition of impairment loss
If there are triggers for impairment of common property, i.e. the assets which do not generate cash independently from other assets or groups of assets, and the recoverable amount of the individual asset included among common property cannot be determined, the Bank determines the recoverable amount at the level of the cash-generating unit, to which the given asset belongs. An impairment loss is recognised if the book value of the asset or cash- generating unit exceeds its recoverable amount. The goodwill impairment is determined by estimating the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit the given goodwill applies to. Should the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit be lower than the carrying amount, impairment loss is made.
The impairment loss is recognised in the income statement under General and administrative expenses . Impairment losses for cash-generating units reduce the goodwill of the cash-generating units (group of units) in the first place and then reduce proportionally the book value of other assets in the unit (group of units).
Reversing impairment loss
Goodwill impairment loss is not subject to reversal.
An impairment loss of an asset other than goodwill is reversed if, and only if, there has been a change in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount.
An impairment loss can be reversed only up to the amount, at which the book value of impaired asset does not exceed its book value, which decreased by depreciation/amortization charge, would be established, if any impairment loss had not been recognised.
15. Other financial assets
Other financial assets include trade receivables and other receivables.
The Bank introduced the simplified approach regarding to measurement of the impairment for expected credit losses and recognise the impairment at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses.
In justified cases, and in particular when receivables due to shortages and damages, claims are contested by debtors and other receivables for which the Bank assesses the risk of non-recovery as high, revaluation write-downs are made immediately after such assessment is confirmed. In other cases, trade receivables are subject to impairment write-downs after reaching a certain overdue threshold.
If the effect of the time value of money is material, the value of receivable is determined by discounting the expected future cash flows to the present value, applying the discount rate that reflects the current market assessments of time value of money.
Budgetary receivables are recognised as part of other financial assets, except for corporate income tax receivables, which are a separate item in the statement of financial position.
16. Provisions
Provisions, including provisions for off-balance sheet items, are recognised in the statement of financial position when the Bank has a legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events and it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation. If the effect is material, the amount of provision is measured by discounted, expected cash flows using pre-tax rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and those risks specific to the liability. This is also applicable to the recognition of provisions for risk-bearing off-balance sheet items including non-financial guarantees, letters of credit and irrevocable unutilised credit lines.
40
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Provisions for irrevocable unused credit lines for corporate exposures are recognized in the income statement under the item Impairment for expected credit losses .
The Bank establishes provisions for restructuring costs only when the general criteria of recognising provisions under IAS 37 are met and in particular but not limited to the situation when the Bank is in possession of a formal restructuring plan determining at least the operations or part thereof, basic locations, place of employment, the functions and estimated number of employees entitled to compensation, the expenditure to be undertaken and the term of execution. The commencement of restructuring procedure or the public announcement thereof is a condition indispensable for establishing the provision. The established provisions comprise only the direct and necessary expenditures to be undertaken due to the restructuring procedure, which are not related to the current business operations nor cover the future operating costs.
The Bank creates provisions for legal risk on an individual or portfolio basis:
in an individual approach, the Bank creates provisions for liabilities resulting from court cases and other legal claims if the probability of an outflow of resources to settle the obligation is higher than 50%.
in the case of a larger population of similar court cases or other legal claims, the probability of an outflow of resources to meet the Bank's obligation is measured on a portfolio basis, taking into account the Bank of obligations as a whole, and the provision is estimated using the expected value method as a probability weighted average of a few scenarios (most often three: baseline, positive and negative) with different probabilities assigned to each scenario.
The Bank applies the above principles to legal claims that do not affect cash flows from financial assets recognised in the statement of financial position – in this case the Bank applies IFRS 9, as described in item 13.6 .
If the legal claim relates to a financial asset that has been excluded from the statement of financial position (e.g. repaid), provision is created on the basis of IAS 37.
17. Employee benefits
17.1. Benefits under the Act on employee pension programmes
Expenses incurred due to a programme of certain contributions are recognised as costs in the income statement.
17.2. Short-term employee benefits
Short-term employee benefits of the Bank (other than termination benefits) comprise of remuneration, bonus, paid annual leave and social security contributions.
The Bank recognizes the anticipated, undiscounted value of short-term employee benefits as an expense of an accounting period when an employee rendered service (regardless of payment date) in correspondence with other on-balance liabilities.
The amount of short-term employee benefits on the unused holidays to which Bank employees are entitled is calculated as the total of unused holidays to which particular Bank employees are entitled.
17.3. Long-term employee benefits
17.3.1. Benefits under the Labour Code regulations
Provisions for retirement benefits granted under benefits due to regulations of the Labour Code are estimated on the basis of the actuarial valuation. The provision resulting from actuarial valuation is recognised in Accumulated other comprehensive income and revalued on an annual basis.
A description of the assumptions of the method of calculating the provision for retirement and disability severance pays is included in note 31 . Provisions .
The assumptions of the method used to compute and present actuarial gains and losses are given in the item concerning estimates on retirement and pension benefits provision.
17.3.2. Variable remuneration programme benefits
Variable remuneration benefits to employees that are to be settled in cash are recognised as an expense during the performance period with a corresponding entry of a liability towards employees.
The share-based payment components that are to be settled in cash are recognised as an expense and liability during the performance period (the year for which the employee receives the benefits) based on the benefit’s fair value. The fair value is remeasured every balance sheet date until the settlement with the employee, with changes in the fair value recognised as gains or losses in the statement of profit or loss.
The share-based payment components that are to be settled in shares are recognised as an expense during the performance period based on the fair value. The corresponding entry is in equity. The fair value is remeasured at grant date and any changes are recognised in equity.
The fair value of the share-based payment components is determined with reference to the share price and the present value of estimated dividend payments during the deferral period.
41
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
18. Equity
Equity includes: share capital, supplementary capital from the sale of shares above their nominal value, accumulated other comprehensive income, retained earnings and own shares for the purposes of the employee incentive scheme. All amounts of equity and funds are presented at nominal value.
Share capital
Share capital is presented at nominal value, in accordance with the Articles of Association (the company’s charter) and entry into the commercial register of the National Court Register.
Dividends
Dividends for the financial year which have been approved by the General Shareholders’ Meeting, but not paid at the balance sheet date are disclosed under Dividend liabilities in the item Other liabilities .
Share premium
Share premium is formed from agio obtained from the issue of shares reduced by the attributable direct costs incurred with that issue.
Accumulated other comprehensive income
Accumulated other comprehensive income is created as a result of:
valuation of financial instruments classified for measurement measured at fair value through other comprehensive income,
valuation of derivatives for the element being the effective cash flow hedge,
valuation of non-current assets measured at fair value,
actuarial gains and losses.
The deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from above mentioned valuations are included in the accumulated other comprehensive income. The accumulated other comprehensive income is not subject to profit distribution.
Retained earnings
Retained earnings are created from profit write-offs and are allocated for purposes specified in the Articles of Association (the company’s Charter) or other legal regulations. Retained earnings comprise of:
other supplementary capital,
other reserve capital,
general banking risk fund,
valuation of share-based payments,
undistributed result from previous years,
net result.
Other supplementary capital, other reserve capital and general banking risk fund are created from profit write-offs and are allocated for purposes specified in the Articles of Association (the company’s Charter) or other legal regulations.
General banking risk fund is created in accordance with the Banking Law Act of 29 August 1997 as amended, from profit after tax.
The net financial result is the gross result from the profit and loss account of the current year adjusted with the corporate income tax charge.
Own shares for the purposes of the incentive program
The Bank purchases its own shares in order to fulfil the obligations arising from the incentive scheme, variable remuneration components on the principles described in point 17.3.2 . Variable remuneration programme benefits .
19. Income tax
Income tax is recognised as current and deferred tax. Current income tax is recognised in the income statement. Deferred income tax is recognised in the income statement or equity depending on the type of temporary differences.
19.1. Income tax
Current tax is a liability calculated based on taxable income at the prevailing tax rate at the balance sheet date including adjustments of previous years’ tax liability.
19.2. Deferred income tax
The Bank creates a provision for deferred tax in respect of a timing difference caused by different moment of recognising income as generated and costs as incurred in accordance with the accounting regulations corporate income tax provisions. A positive temporary net difference is recognised in liabilities as Deferred tax provisions . A negative temporary net difference is recognised under Deferred tax assets.
42
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The deferred tax provision is created by using the balance sheet method for all positive timing differences as at the balance sheet date arising between tax value of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount disclosed in the financial statements, except for situations where deferred tax provision arises from:
initial recognition of goodwill,
goodwill the amortization of which is not a tax deductible expense,
initial recognition of an asset or liability under a transaction which does not constitute a business combination and which on its origination has no impact on the gross financial result or taxable income or loss.
Deferred tax assets are recognised with respect to all negative timing differences as at the balance sheet date between the tax value of assets and liabilities and their carrying amount disclosed in the financial statements and unused tax losses. Deferred tax assets are recognised in such amount in which taxable income is likely to be earned allowing to set off negative timing differences, except for the situations when the component of deferred tax assets arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability with a transaction which does not constitute a business combination and on its origination have no impact on the gross financial result or taxable income or loss.
The carrying amount of a deferred tax asset shall be verified for each balance sheet date and reduced if it is no longer likely to achieve taxable income sufficient for a partial or full realization of the deferred tax assets component.
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax provisions are estimated with the use of the tax rates which are expected to be in force when the asset is realised or provision released, assuming the tax rates (and tax provisions) legally or factually in force as at the balance sheet date.
Income tax pertaining to items directly recognised in equity is recognised in equity.
Deferred tax assets and provisions are recognised by the Bank in the statement of financial position after offsetting. The Bank offsets deferred tax assets and deferred tax provisions, where it has legal title to effect such offsetting, and the deferred assets and provisions pertain to the same taxpayer.
IV. Comparability of financial data
Changes in the statement of financial position
In these annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 by 31 December 2024, compared to the annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023, the Bank has introduced changes in the presentation of cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position. The Cash and balances at the Central Bank item has been replaced by Cash and cash equivalents . The new item included financial
assets previously presented in the item Cash and balances with the Central Bank , i.e. cash, other cash and balances with the Central Bank and selected financial assets previously presented in the item Loans and other receivables granted to other banks , i.e. balances on current accounts and overnight deposit accounts with other banks and balances of collateral margins placed with other banks. The amendment was aimed at harmonising data on cash and cash equivalents between the statement of financial position and the statement of cash flows and adapts the presentation to the position of the IFRS Interpretative Committee and the requirements of IAS 7 S tatement of cash flows , as well as to the changing market practice in this respect.
The data as at 31 December 2023 have been restated in order to achieve comparability. The table contains individual items presented in assets of the statement of financial position, in the breakdown and at values presented in the annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 and in the breakdown and at values presented in these annual financial statements. Liabilities and equity did not change and did not require restatement.
as at 31 December 2023
in the annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 ( published data )
change
in the annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024 ( comparable data )
Assets
Cash in hand and balances with the Central Bank
6,752
-6,752
not applicable
Cash and cash equivalents
not applicable
7,039
7,039
Loans and other receivables to other banks
22,827
-287
22,540
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
2,274
2,274
Derivative hedge instruments
208
208
Investment securities
56,528
56,528
Transferred assets
165
165
Loans and other receivables to customers
146,663
146,663
Investments in associates accounted for using the equity method
1,761
1,761
Property, plant and equipment
965
965
Intangible assets
450
450
Deferred tax assets
888
888
Other assets
119
119
Total assets
239,600
0
239,600
43
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Changes in the statement of cash flows
Compared to the annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023, the Bank changed the presentation of dividends received from subsidiaries. In previous periods, they were presented in changes in other assets in cash flows from operating activities, while starting from the annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024, they are presented in the item Dividends received in cash flows from investing activities. Data for 2023 have been revised to ensure comparability.
The table presents items in the statement of cash flows, the value of which has changed compared to those presented in the annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023.
for the year ended 31 December 2023
in the annual financial for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023 ( published data )
change
in the annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024 ( comparable data )
Operating activities
Adjustments, including:
-7,147
-117
-7,264
Change in other assets
559
-117
442
Net cash flows from operating activities
-2,706
-117
-2,823
Investing activities
Dividends received
7
117
124
Net cash flows from investing activities
-783
117
-666
V. Notes to the financial statements
1. Segment reporting
Segments of operation
The management of theBank’s activity is conducted within the areas defined in the Bank’s business model. The Bank’s business model, above all for the purpose of management reporting, includes division of clients into two main segments:
retail banking segment,
corporate banking segment.
The basis for distinguishing individual segments are entity criteria and - in the case of division into sub-segments - financial criteria (especially turnover, level of collected assets). The specific rules of assigning clients to respective segments are governed by the clients segmentation criteria specified in the Bank’s internal regulations.
The Bank has separated in organisational terms the operations performed by the Centre of Expertise Treasury. The Centre of Expertise Treasury manages short-term and long-term liquidity risk in line with the effective regulations and risk appetite internally set at the Bank, manages interest rate risk and invests surpluses obtained from business lines while maintaining the liquidity buffer in the form of liquid assets. The Centre of Expertise Treasury’s net income on operations is allocated to the business lines considering its support function for the Bank’s business lines.
Retail banking segment
Within the framework of retail banking, the Bank provides services to private individuals - the mass client segment and wealthy clients segment.
This activity is analyzed in terms of the main products, including: loan products (overdraft facilities, card-related loans, installment loans, mortgage loans), deposit products (current accounts, term deposits, savings accounts), structured, fund participation units, brokerage services and bank cards.
Corporate banking segment
Corporate banking area encompasses as follows:
providing services to institutional clients,
providing services to individual entrepreneurs,
financial Markets products.
Services to institutional clients encompass strategic clients, large corporate entities and mid-sized companies. For corporate activity, the Bank provides reporting broken down by leading products covering i.e. loan products (working loans, investment loans), deposit products (current accounts, term deposits and negotiated deposits, savings accounts), financial markets products, trust services and capital market operations.
The service of individual entrepreneurs includes natural persons conducting business activity and partner companies that do not keep full accounting in accordance with the provisions of the Act on accounting, civil partnerships or general partnerships whose partners are only natural persons who do not keep full accounting in accordance with the provisions of the Accounting Act, and housing communities. The activity of entrepreneurs is reported in terms of the main products, including credit products (cash loan, credit line, credit card), deposit products (company account, foreign currency account, account for housing communities), terminals and payment gateways.
44
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Financial markets products encompass operations performed in money and capital markets, conducted both on the proprietary basis as well as for the customers’ benefit. Within the framework of this activity, currency, money and derivative instrument market products and securities operations (treasury securities, shares and notes) are specified.
Measurement
The measurement of the segment’s assets and liabilities, segment’s revenue and costs is based on the accounting standards applied by the Bank, included in notes describing applied accounting standards. In particular, both internal and external interest income and costs for individual segments are determined with the use of the transfer price system within the Risk Transfer System (RTS). Transfer prices are defined based on the yield curve for a given currency that is common for assets and liabilities. The transfer price that is determined for the products being assets and liabilities with the same position on the yield curve is identical. The original transfer price – coming from the product measurement regarding the yield curve can be modified and the factors adjusting the transfer price can be the following: a premium for obtaining long-term liquidity, matching of the Bank’s position, a hedging cost for sophisticated products and the pricing policy. Thereafter, based on quotation rates available at news services, yield curves are developed using mathematical equations. Revenue, costs, results, assets and liabilities for a given segment account for elements that are directly attributable to the segment in question, as well as element that may be attributed to that segment based on reasonable premises. The Bank presents segment's interest income reduced by the cost of the interest.
Geographic segments
The Bank pursues business within the territory of the Republic of Poland.
Income statement by segments
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Retail
banking
Corporate banking
Total
Retail
banking
Corporate banking
Total
Income total
4,865
5,857
10,722
4,401
5,723
10,124
net interest income
4,106
4,232
8,338
3,723
4,039
7,762
net commission income, including:
674
1,534
2,208
593
1,486
2,079
commission income, including:
1,030
1,783
2,813
918
1,731
2,649
transaction margin on currency exchange transactions
83
635
718
79
631
710
account maintenance fees
113
372
485
116
361
477
lending commissions
23
493
516
25
481
506
payment and credit cards fees
459
188
647
393
174
567
participation units distribution fees
95
-
95
64
-
64
insurance product offering commissions
205
1
206
192
2
194
other commissions
52
94
146
49
82
131
commission expenses
-356
-249
-605
-325
-245
-570
other income/expenses
85
91
176
85
198
283
General and administrative expenses
-1,946
-1,809
-3,755
-1,926
-1,583
-3,509
including depreciation and amortisation
-180
-137
-317
-184
-124
-308
Segment operating result
2,919
4,048
6,967
2,475
4,140
6,615
impairment for expected credit losses
-30
-849
-879
-6
-452
-458
cost of legal risk of FX mortgage loans
-92
-
-92
-106
-
-106
tax on certain financial institutions
-251
-489
-740
-231
-413
-644
share of profit/(loss) of subsidiaries and associates measured by the equity method
65
169
234
71
181
252
Gross profit
2,611
2,879
5,490
2,203
3,456
5,659
Income tax
-
-
-1,121
-
-
-1,218
Net profit
-
-
4,369
-
-
4,441
45
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Assets, liabilities, and net cash flow by segments
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Retail
banking
Corporate banking
Total
Retail
banking
Corporate banking
Total
Assets of the segment
95,446
155,776
251,222
87,589
148,051
235,640
Segment investments in associates accounted for using the equity method
1,969
-
1,969
1,761
-
1,761
Other assets (not allocated to segments)
-
-
1,750
-
-
2,199
Total Assets
97,415
155,776
254,941
89,350
148,051
239,600
Segment liabilities
131,524
102,202
233,726
117,929
99,566
217,495
Other liabilities (not allocated to segments)
-
-
4,108
-
-
5,486
Equity
-
-
17,107
-
-
16,619
Total equity and liabilities
131,524
102,202
254,941
117,929
99,566
239,600
Capital expenditure
123
115
238
153
125
278
Net cash flow from operating activities
5,412
-4,360
1,052
5,546
-8,276
-2,730
Net cash flow from operating activities (not allocated to segments)
-
-
-1,634
-
-
-93
Net cash flow from operating activities total
5,412
-4,360
-582
5,546
-8,276
-2,823
Net cash flows from investing activities
2,476
2,893
5,369
-357
-309
-666
Net cash flows from financing activities
-6
-3,460
-3,466
-9
7,487
7,478
2. Net interest income
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Interest income, including:
12,534
11,822
interest income calculated using effective interest rate method, including:
11,787
10,781
interest on financial instruments measured at amortised cost
9,450
8,758
interest on loans and other receivables to other banks
1,409
1,026
interest on loans and other receivables to customers
6,939
6,784
interest on investment securities
1,102
948
interest on financial instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
2,337
2,023
interest on loans and other receivables granted to customers
589
528
interest on investment securities
1,748
1,495
other interest income, including:
747
1,041
interest income related to the settlement of valuations of cash flow hedging derivatives
746
1,039
other interest on loans and other receivables to customers measured at fair value through profit or loss
1
2
Interest expenses, including:
-4,196
-4,060
interest on deposits from other banks
-622
-274
interest on deposits from customers
-3,057
-3,124
interest on subordinated liabilities
-80
-76
interest on lease liabilities
-18
-17
other interest cost related to the settlement of valuations of cash flow hedging derivatives
-419
-569
Net interest income
8,338
7,762
The interest costs presented in the table relate to financial liabilities measured at amortised cost.
For assets in Stage 3, interest income is calculated based on net exposure amounts, i.e. amounts that include interest impairment for expected credit losses.
For 2024, interest income on financial assets in Stage 3 amounted to PLN 250 million compared to PLN 170 million in 2023.
46
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Credit holidays
In May 2024, the Act of 12 April 2024 amending the Act on support for borrowers who have taken out a housing loan and are in a difficult financial situation and the Act on crowdfunding for business ventures and assistance to borrowers was published in the Journal of Laws. The Act introduced, among others, the possibility for some borrowers to suspend repayment of up to 4 monthly mortgage loan instalments in the period from June 1 to December 31, 2024 (credit holidays).
In 2024, borrowers representing approx. 9.5% of the PLN mortgage loan portfolio of the Bank’s took advantage of the possibility to suspend instalment repayment. As a result, the Bank’s interest income in 2024 decreased by a loss on modification in the amount of PLN 132 million. The impact of the adjustment is presented under interest on loans and other receivables granted to customers .
3. Net commission income
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Commission income
2,813
2,649
transaction margin on currency exchange transactions
718
710
account maintenance fees
485
477
lending commissions
516
506
payment and credit cards fees
647
567
participation units distribution fees
95
64
insurance product offering commissions
206
194
brokerage activity fees
52
50
fiduciary and custodian fees*
22
26
agency in financial instruments transactions
2
2
other commission
70
53
related to assets / liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss
7
3
other
63
50
Commission expenses
-605
-570
card fees paid
-336
-315
commission paid on agency in selling deposit products
-89
-78
brokerage activity fees
-19
-22
commission paid on disclosing credit information
-23
-22
commission paid on cash handling services
-26
-26
electronic banking services fees
-18
-18
commission paid on trading in securities
-12
-14
costs of the National Clearing House (KIR)
-20
-18
agency in financial instruments transactions
-7
-11
other commission
-55
-46
related to assets / liabilities not measured at fair value through profit or loss
-8
-7
other
-47
-39
Net commission income
2,208
2,079
*) Fiduciary and custodian fees show the commissions earned on custody services, where the Bank keeps or invests assets for their clients.
47
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The table includes the following items relating to financial instruments that are not measured at fair value through profit or loss and which have not been included in the calculation of the effective interest rate:
revenues in the total amount of PLN 523 million from granting loans (PLN 509 million in 2023),
costs in the total amount of PLN 120 million for intermediation in the sale of deposit products, providing credit information (PLN 107 million in 2023).
Revenues from contracts with customers within the meaning of IFRS 15 amounted to PLN 2,290 million in 2024 compared to PLN 2,140 million in 2023.
4. Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
FX result and net income on interest rate derivatives, including
203
214
FX result
143
189
currency derivatives
60
25
Net income on interest rate derivatives
-41
53
Net income on debt instruments held for trading
20
46
Net income on repo transactions
14
14
Total
196
327
The result on derivatives includes the net result on trading and fair value measurement of interest rate instruments (FRA, IRS/CIRS, cap options) and currency instruments (swaps, options).
The result on debt instruments includes the net result on trading in government securities and the result on the fair value measurement of these instruments.
5. Net income on the sale of securities and loans and dividend income
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Net income on the sale of securities measured at amortised cost
-6
-
Net income on sale of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
and dividend income, including:
-37
-15
sale of debt securities
-11
-6
sale of loans
-34
-16
dividend income
8
7
Total
-43
-15
Dividend income received in 2024 and 2023 comes from companies whose shares the Bank kept as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, respectively, in its portfolio.
6. Net (loss)/income on hedge accounting
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Fair value hedge accounting for securities
10
-9
valuation of the hedged transaction
-163
401
valuation of the hedging transaction
173
-410
Cash flow hedge accounting
-
4
ineffectiveness under cash flow hedges
-
4
Total
10
-5
For details of the hedge accounting applied by the Bank, refer to the subsequent part of the financial statements, Risk and capital management section, in chapter II. 3.8 . Hedge accounting .
48
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
7. Net (loss)/income on other basic activities
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Sale of other services
1
5
Net income on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
-3
-2
Banking activity-related compensations and losses
-10
-28
Reversal of provisions for potential customer complaints
10
-
Other
15
1
Total
13
-24
8. General and administrative expenses
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Personnel expenses, including:
-1,909
-1,822
wages and salaries, including:
-1,525
-1,491
variable remuneration programme
-42
-42
retirement benefits
-10
-9
employee benefits
-384
-331
Cost of marketing and promotion
-185
-163
Depreciation and amortisation, including:
-317
-308
on property, plant and equipment
-229
-234
including depreciation of the right to use
-115
-124
on intangible assets
-88
-74
Other general and administrative expenses, including:
-1,344
-1,216
IT costs
-462
-359
advisory and legal services, audit costs
-240
-174
mandatory payments to the Bank Guarantee Fund for the forced restructuring fund
-156
-168
communication costs
-150
-151
transport and representation costs
-47
-47
communication costs
-38
-52
fees to the Polish Financial Supervision Authority
-29
-24
disputed claims
-25
-24
costs from short-term leases and low-value leases
-13
-13
donation
-10
-8
other
-174
-196
Total
-3,755
-3,509
8.1. Employee benefits
Variable Remuneration Programme
Benefits are awarded to the employees covered with the Programme, based on their performance appraisal for a giv-en year. Variable remuneration programme benefits to persons holding managerial positions having a material im-pact on the risk profile of the Bank (in accordance with guidelines and Regulation on the risk management system and internal control system, remuneration policy and a detailed method of capital estimation in banks have been granted in one of two programmes:
An equity-settled share-based payment and cash programme, which operates from mid-2022. In this pro- gramme the benefit is granted in two parts:
one paid in a fixed amount of cash (no more than 50%), and
one granted as rights to ING Bank Śląski shares (at least 50%); an equity-settled share-based payment.
A cash-settled share-based payment and cash programme, which operated until mid-2022. In this programme the benefit is granted in two parts:
one paid in a fixed amount of cash (no more than 50%), and
one paid in cash with the amount of cash based on the price of ING Bank Śląski shares (at least 50%); a cash-settled share-based payment.
The variable remuneration programme for any given performance year is settled over a period of up to six years (the deferral period) in tranches. Furthermore, the components that are settled in shares and in cash are subject to a one-year retention period after settlement.
The significant accounting principles applied to variable remuneration programme benefits are included in chapter III. Significant accounting principles, in item 17.3.2 . Variable Remuneration Programme benefits .
The tables on the following page show the instruments granted under share-based payment schemes.
49
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2024
Fair value of instruments at the measurement date
(in PLN million)
Number of instruments
granted
(pcs.)
Number of instruments
outstanding at the beginning of the period
(pcs.)
Number
of instruments exercised
during 2024
(pcs.)
Number of instruments granted but not yet exercised
as at 31 December 2024
(pcs.)
Equity-settled shares
Programme 2022
10
38,921
38,921
23,101
15,820
Programme 2023
15
60,192
60,192
-
60,192
Programme 2024
17
66,617
66,617
-
66,617
Total
165,730
165,730
23,101
142,629
Cash-settled shares
Programme 2017
17
62,308
799
398
401
Programme 2018
19
66,323
9,113
8,685
428
Programme 2019
19
66,319
18,224
8,594
9,630
Programme 2020
16
57,414
23,251
7,413
15,838
Programme 2021
13
46,868
19,470
3,770
15,700
Programme 2022
10
34,542
34,542
20,480
14,062
Total
333,774
105,399
49,340
56,059
2023
Fair value of instruments at the measurement date*
(in PLN million)
Number of instruments
granted
(pcs.)
Number of instruments
outstanding at the beginning of the period
(pcs.)
Number
of instruments exercised
during 2023
(pcs.)
Number of instruments granted but not yet exercised
as at 31 December 2023
(pcs.)
Equity-settled shares
Programme 2022
10
38,921
38,921
-
38,921
Programme 2023
15
60,192
60,192
-
60,192
Total
99,113
99,113
99,113
Cash-settled shares
Programme 2017
16
62,308
8,959
8,160
8,959
Programme 2018
17
66,323
17,817
8,646
17,875
Programme 2019
17
66,319
26,785
8,561
18,224
Programme 2020
15
57,414
23,251
-
23,251
Programme 2021
12
46,868
46,868
27,398
19,470
Programme 2022
9
34,542
34,542
-
34,542
Total
333,774
158,222
52,765
122,321
*) For equity-settled shares: the product of the number of instruments brought and the fair value of the shares calculated with the discounted dividend model. For cash-settled shares: the product of the number of instruments awarded and the median share price of ING Bank Slaski S.A. from 10 January to 20 February in the year following the evaluation period.
50
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
9. Impairment for expected credit losses
Net impairment for expected credit losses
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Loans and other receivables to other banks, including:
-
-1
measured at amortised cost
-
-1
Investment securities, including:
4
-16
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
-
-9
measured at amortised cost
4
-7
Loans and other receivables to customers, including:
-890
-431
measured at amortised cost
-895
-438
corporate banking
-863
-424
corporate and municipal debt securities
-2
3
retail banking
-32
-14
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
5
7
Provisions for off-balance sheet liabilities
7
-10
Total
-879
-458
Allowances on expected credit losses in the balance sheet
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Loans and other receivables granted to other banks, including:
1
1
measured at amortised cost
1
1
Investment securities, including:
22
26
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
12
12
measured at amortised cost
10
14
Loans and other receivables to customers measured at amortised cost, including:
3,675
3,260
measured at amortised cost
3,657
3,237
corporate banking
2,798
2,281
corporate and municipal debt securities
4
2
retail banking
859
956
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
18
23
Provisions for off-balance sheet liabilities
108
116
Total
3,806
3,403
10. Cost of legal risk of FX mortgage loans
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Provisions for legal risk of FX indexed mortgage loans, including:
relating to loans in the Bank's portfolio
-62
-94
relating to repaid loans
-30
-12
Total
-92
-106
Detailed information on the legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgage loans is presented later in the report in note 31 . Provisions. Significant assumptions regarding the calculation of legal risk provisions for CHF-indexed mortgage loans are described in chapter III. Significant accounting principles, in point 3.3 . Legal risk related to the portfolio of mortgage loans indexed to the Swiss franc exchange rate .
11. Tax on certain financial institutions
Under the Act on the Tax on Certain Financial Institutions (hereinafter referred to as the "Act"), banks are charged a so-called bank tax amounting to 0.0366% of the value of its assets on a monthly basis. The basis for taxation is the sum of assets after deductions provided for in the Act (i.a. by the value of PLN 4 billion, the value of own funds, the value of Treasury securities, the value of assets in the form of securities legally covered by the Treasury guarantee and the value of assets resulting from the repurchase transaction in which Treasury securities are subject). For 2024, the tax amounted to PLN 740 million (PLN 644 million for 2023).
51
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
12. Income tax
Income tax recognised in the income statement
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Current tax, of which:
726
562
current tax for the financial year
724
561
tax on dividends
2
1
Deferred tax, including:
395
656
rise and reversal of temporary differences
-121
138
tax loss settlement
516
518
Total
1,121
1,218
The amount presented for 2024 under tax loss settlement includes the settlement of tax losses incurred by the Bank in previous years - respectively 50% of the tax loss incurred in 2021 was settled and 50% of the tax loss incurred in 2022 was settled - the losses were settled in the amount of PLN 2,717 million and at the same time deferred tax in the amount of PLN 516 million was settled.
Current tax for the financial year
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Current tax for the financial year included in the income statement
724
561
Current tax for the financial year included in equity
81
578
Total
805
1 139
The Bank has two sources of current tax, a tax calculated on the profit and loss account and a tax calculated on the unrealised valuation of hedging instruments (IRS), recorded in other comprehensive income and pertaining to instruments settled in accordance with the STM (settled-to-market) approach.
Current income tax assets / liabilities
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Current income tax assets
-
-
Current income tax liabilities
15
101
Calculation of the effective tax rate
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
A. Profit before tax
5,490
5,659
B. 19% of profit before tax
1,043
1,075
C. Increases – non-deductible expenses, including:
238
192
tax on certain financial institutions
141
122
prudential fee in favour of BGF
28
29
provisions for legal risk of foreign currency mortgage loans and commission returns
17
20
costs of derecognition of credit and non-credit receivables from the balance sheet
5
1
impairment loss on receivables in a part not covered with the deferred tax
37
6
provisions for disputable debt claims and other assets
3
5
State Fund for Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (PFRON) payments
1
2
representation expenses
1
1
other
5
6
D. Decreases – tax exempt income, including:
160
49
valuation using the equity method of subsidiaries
44
48
release of provisions for disputed claims
3
1
research and development allowance settled for 2017, 2022 and 2023
51
-
creation of deferred tax asset due to the forecasted research and development relief for 2024
40
-
creation of a deferred tax asset due to a tax adjustment of the CHF loan portfolio
22
-
E. Income tax from the income statement (B+C-D)
1,121
1,218
Effective tax rate (E : A)
20.42%
21.52%
The deviation in the effective tax rate above 19% in 2024 was mainly due to:
increase, including:
tax on certain financial institutions in the amount of PLN 740 million (PLN 644 million in 2023),
a fee for the BFG (contribution to the resolution fund) in the amount of PLN 150 million (PLN 154 million in 2023),
creation of provisions for legal risk of mortgage loans in foreign currencies in the amount of PLN 92 million (PLN 106 million in 2023).
52
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
reductions, including:
research and development tax credit in the amount of PLN 479 million, which consists of a tax credit settled for 2017, 2022 and 2023 in the amount of PLN 270 million and creation of a deferred tax asset for the projected research and development relief for 2024, based on the amount of PLN 209 million,
creation of a deferred tax asset due to a tax adjustment of the CHF loan portfolio, based on the amount of - PLN 118 million.
13. Earnings and book value per ordinary share
Basic earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per share of the Bank is based on net profit and the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding at the end of the year.
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Net profit attributable to shareholders of ING Bank Śląski S.A.
4,369
4,441
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
130,143,180
130,117,872
Earnings per ordinary share (in PLN)
33.57
34.13
Diluted earnings per share
In 2024 as well as in 2023, there were no factors that would dilute the profit per one share. In the described periods, ING Bank Śląski S.A. issued neither bonds convertible to shares nor options for shares. The share capital comprises ordinary shares only (no preference shares). Therefore, the diluted earnings per share are the same as the underlying profit per share.
Book value per share
The calculation of the book value per one share of the Bankis based on the amount of equity and the number of shares outstanding at the end of the year.
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Book value
17,170
16,736
Number of shares
130,100,000
130,100,000
Book value per share (PLN)
131.98
128.64
14. Cash and cash equivalents
as at
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
transformed data
1 Jan 2023
transformed data
Cash in hand
774
783
933
Balances with the Central Bank
7,396
5,969
1,405
Balances on accounts with other banks, including:
190
287
712
current accounts
104
145
329
overnight deposits
51
73
22
call margins posted
35
69
361
Total
8,360
7,039
3,050
Starting from the financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024, the Bank changed the presentation of cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position. Some of the financial assets in the form of cash on accounts with other banks were transferred from the item Loans and other receivables granted to other banks to the new item Cash and cash equivalents. For more information, see chapter IV . Comparability of financial data . Data for earlier periods have been restated to ensure comparability.
Restricted cash and cash equivalents
The Bank’s parent entity maintains on the current account with the National Bank of Poland the statutory reserve, which at the end of 2024 amounted to 3.5% of the value of deposits received (similar to the end of 2023 and 2022).
The arithmetic mean of the holdings of required reserves, which the Bank’s parent entity is obliged to keep on a current account with the National Bank of Poland, during a given period, was:
PLN 7,602 million for the period from 31 December 2024 to 9 February 2025,
PLN 7,256 million for the period from 30 November 2023 to 1 January 2024,
PLN 6,532 million for the period from 30 November 2022 to 1 January 2023.
Holdings of statutory reserve funds on an overdraft account with the National Bank of Poland are remunerated during the reserve period in the amount determined by the Monetary Policy Council. As at 31 December 2024, as at 31 December 2023, the interest rate was 5.75% (6.75% as at 31 December 2022).
53
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
15. Loans and other receivables to other banks
as at
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
transformed data
1 Jan 2023
transformed data
Reverse repo transactions
20,779
19,000
3,760
Loans and advances
4,202
3,350
2,355
Interbank deposits (excluding overnight deposits)
-
65
377
Receivables from a subsidiary on account of deferred payment
83
126
-
Total (gross)
25,064
22,541
6,492
Allowance for expected credit losses
-1
-1
-
Total (net)
25,063
22,540
6,492
Starting from the financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024, the Bank changed the presentation of cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position. Some of the financial assets in the form of cash on accounts with other banks were transferred from the item Loans and other receivables granted to other banks to the new item Cash and cash equivalents. For more information, see chapter IV . Comparability of financial data . Data for earlier periods have been restated to ensure comparability.
Disclosures on the credit quality of loans and other receivables granted to other banks are presented later in the financial statements in Risk and capital management section, in chapter II. 2.9.6 . Credit quality of other financial assets .
16. Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
as at 31 December
2024
2023
transferred debt securities
other finnancial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
Total
transferred debt securities
other finnancial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
Total
Financial assets held for trading, including:
179
1,926
2,105
165
2,235
2,400
valuation of derivatives
-
898
898
-
900
900
other financial assets held for trading, including:
179
1,028
1,207
165
1,335
1,500
debt securities:
179
521
700
165
719
884
Treasury bonds in PLN
179
499
678
133
600
733
Czech Treasury bonds in CZK
-
22
22
32
119
151
repo transactions
-
507
507
-
616
616
Financial assets other than those held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss, including:
-
22
22
-
39
39
loans obligatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
-
21
21
-
39
39
equity instruments
-
1
1
-
-
-
Total
179
1,948
2,127
165
2,274
2,439
Detailed disclosures on the nominal values of derivative instruments and their valuation broken down into individual types of derivative instruments along with the remaining dates for their implementation are presented in note 17 . Valuation of derivatives .
Securities that can be pledged or sold by the collateral recipient are presented as transferred debt securities . These assets, as required by IFRS 9, are presented separately by the Bank in the statement of financial position under Transferred assets . For further information on assets pledged as security for liabilities, see note 20 .
54
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
17. Valuation of derivatives
The tables below present the nominal values of derivatives whose valuation is presented in financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (positive valuation) and financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (negative valuation) of the Bank’s statement of financial position. Notional amounts of the same-currency transaction derivatives were presented in the amounts purchased, while two-currency transactions showed both purchased and sold amounts. The fair value valuation of derivatives includes a valuation adjustment for counterparty credit risk (CVA) and Bank default (DVA).
2024
as at 31 December
Fair value
Nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
Assets
Liabilities
up to
3 months
from
3 months
to 1 year
over 1 year
Total
Interest rate derivatives, including:
244
431
154,572
227,487
592,220
974,279
settled via CCP
145
135
154,358
226,041
581,887
962,286
contracts for the future FRA interest rate – PLN
5
6
88,974
53,798
5,406
148,178
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
179
350
48,020
154,296
526,609
728,925
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
49
60
13,962
13,984
40,801
68,747
Interest rate swaps (IRS USD) fixed – float
1
1
2,338
1,981
3,203
7,522
Interest rate swaps (IRS CZK) fixed - float
1
2
609
1,033
13,938
15,580
Interest rate swaps (IRS GBP) fixed - float
-
3
669
1,941
257
2,867
Interest rate swaps (IRS HUF) fixed - float
1
1
-
-
52
52
Interest rate swaps (IRS CHF) fixed - float
-
-
-
454
-
454
CAP options – EUR
8
8
-
-
1,934
1,934
CAP options – PLN
-
-
-
-
20
20
Currency derivatives, including:
652
301
40,700
26,192
7,784
74,676
currency contracts (swap, forward), including:
599
215
40,511
24,933
2,216
67,660
currency contracts (swap, forward) EUR / PLN
314
81
18,904
16,127
1,338
36,369
currency contracts (swap, forward) USD / PLN
30
86
9,921
3,659
43
13,623
currency contracts (swap, forward) EUR / USD
192
5
7,729
1,508
398
9,635
currency contracts - other currency pairs
63
43
3,957
3,639
437
8,033
CIRS, inluding:
53
86
189
1,259
5,568
7,016
CIRS EUR/PLN (float-float)
52
10
90
1,259
3,139
4,488
CIRS EUR/PLN (float-fixed)
1
76
99
-
2,429
2,528
Current off-balance sheet transactions, including:
2
1
24,439
-
-
24,439
foreign exchange operations
2
1
1,687
-
-
1,687
operations in securities
-
-
22,752
-
-
22,752
Total
898
733
219,711
253,679
600,004
1,073,394
2023
as at 31 December
Fair value
Nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
Assets
Liabilities
up to
3 months
from
3 months
to 1 year
over 1 year
Total
Interest rate derivatives, including:
347
625
125,668
242,590
550,143
918,401
settled via CCP
223
255
124,912
240,262
541,167
906,341
contracts for the future FRA interest rate – PLN
8
13
59,408
73,894
38,225
171,527
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
257
444
43,087
160,428
461,737
665,252
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
51
136
17,377
7,006
35,554
59,937
Interest rate swaps (IRS USD) fixed – float
2
3
5,296
240
3,439
8,975
Interest rate swaps (IRS CZK) fixed - float
21
21
-
32
9,612
9,644
Interest rate swaps (IRS GBP) fixed - float
-
-
500
440
885
1,825
Interest rate swaps (IRS HUF) fixed - float
1
1
-
-
57
57
CAP options – EUR
7
7
-
550
612
1,162
CAP options – PLN
-
-
-
-
22
22
Currency derivatives, including:
549
431
30,935
12,092
9,548
52,575
currency contracts (swap, forward), including:
471
352
30,576
11,718
2,894
45,188
currency contracts (swap, forward) EUR / PLN
241
199
10,452
5,065
722
16,239
currency contracts (swap, forward) USD / PLN
125
46
4,644
2,938
714
8,296
currency contracts (swap, forward) EUR / USD
22
21
11,699
1,262
572
13,533
currency contracts - other currency pairs
83
86
3,781
2,453
886
7,120
CIRS, inluding:
78
79
359
374
6,654
7,387
CIRS EUR/PLN (float-float)
62
19
211
374
4,286
4,871
CIRS EUR/PLN (float-fixed)
16
60
148
-
2,368
2,516
Current off-balance sheet transactions, including:
4
4
23,661
-
-
23,661
foreign exchange operations
4
4
2,549
-
-
2,549
operations in securities
-
-
21,112
-
-
21,112
Total
900
1,060
180,264
254,682
559,691
994,637
55
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Interest rate derivatives IRS/FRA settled-to-market
IRS / FRA interest rate derivatives submitted for clearing via central counterparties / CCP are settled in accordance with the "settlement-to-market / market settlement" approach. Under the terms of the said service, the balance sheet exposure resulting from the transaction is settled on a daily basis based on the change in the fair value of individual transactions. As a result, no Variation Margin is placed. The carrying amount of individual transactions includes cash flows realised as part of the daily settlement of exposures arising therefrom, including cash flows resulting from the settlement of the price alignment amout, which ensures the economic equivalence of the applied approach to the "collateralized-to-market" approach.
18. Derivative hedging instruments
In the financial statements prepared for 2024 (similarly to 2023), the Bank applies fair value hedge accounting and cash flow hedge accounting. The table below presents the valuation of hedging instruments, broken down into instruments securing the fair value of securities and cash flow hedging instruments. The valuation of hedging instruments is presented in the item Derivative hedge instruments in assets (positive valuation) and liabilities (negative valuation) of the statement of financial position of the Bank.
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
Cash flow hedging instruments
61
72
205
273
Instruments hedging the fair value of securities
-
11
3
7
Total hedging instruments
61
83
208
280
For details of the hedge accounting applied by the Bank, refer to the subsequent part of the financial statements, Risk and capital management section, in chapter II. 3.8 . Hedge accounting .
19. Investment securities
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
31,839
23,830
debt securities, including:
31,585
23,594
Treasury bonds in PLN
26,271
21,259
Treasury bonds in EUR
-
546
European Union bonds
2,064
-
European Investment Bank bonds
2,838
1,378
Austrian government bonds
412
411
equity instruments
254
236
Measured at amortised cost, including:
27,053
32,698
debt securities, including:
27,053
32,698
Treasury bonds in PLN
11,859
13,095
Treasury bonds in EUR
2,872
2,940
European Investment Bank bonds
6,654
6,701
Bonds of the Polish Development Fund (PFR)
3,860
3,860
Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego bonds
1,808
1,805
NBP bills
-
4,297
Total
58,892
56,528
The value presented in the item equity instruments in the category of assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) includes investments in shares issued by entities that are considered to be material from the perspective of the Bank's operations. The approach to the fair value measurement of these instruments is described in the further part of the report in note 36 . Fair value . In 2024, the Bank received income in the form of dividends in the amount of PLN 8 million (PLN 7 million in 2023), which was presented in the profit and loss account under Net income on the sale of securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and dividend income and dividend income .
Disclosures on the credit quality of investment securities are presented later in the financial statements in the section Risk and capital management , in chapter II. 2.9.6 . Credit quality of other financial assets .
56
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
20. Assets securing liabilities
Assets securing liabilities that meet the criteria for separate presentation in the statement of financial position (transferred assets)
The Bank presents separately in the statement of financial position, assets securing liabilities that can be pledged or resold by the collateral recipient (transferred assets). IFRS 9.3.2.23(a) requires these assets to be segregated and presented separately from other assets in the statement of financial position.
As at 31 December 2024 (similar to 31 December 2023), the Bank held assets securing liabilities in the portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss.
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Bods securing liabilities arising from securities sold with a repurchase agreement (sell-buy-back transactions), including:
Treasury bonds in PLN
179
133
Czech Treasury bonds in CZK
-
32
Total
179
165
Other assets securing liabilities
The carrying amount of other assets securing liabilities that do not meet the criteria for separate presentation in the statement of financial position is presented next to the table..
as at 31 December
2024
2023
portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
portfolio of financial assets measured at amortised cost
Total
portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
portfolio of financial assets measured at amortised cost
Total
Treasury bonds in PLN, including:
286
822
1,108
245
831
1,076
providing security for the benefit of the Bank Guarantee Fund
-
449
449
-
529
529
constituting a block on the obligation to pay a contribution to the guarantee fund of banks
-
201
201
-
200
200
constituting a blocking of the obligation to pay a contribution to the banks’ compulsory restructuring fund
286
-
286
245
-
245
constituting the lodging of securities collateral for initial margin
-
31
31
-
31
31
representing the payment of securities collateral for the initial margin for the ATS Market
-
61
61
-
61
61
providing security for the KDPW CCP settlement fund
-
10
10
-
10
10
relevant margin for the market of the ATS, the margin fund for the market of the ATS
-
70
70
-
-
-
Treasury bonds in EUR, including:
-
66
66
-
68
68
constituting the margin for the settlement of EUREX transactions
-
66
66
-
68
68
European Investment Bank bonds, including:
200
390
590
202
397
599
providing security for settlements with LCH
-
252
252
-
257
257
constituting the margin for the settlement of EUREX transactions
200
113
313
202
115
317
in the Euroclear account, earmarked as collateral for transactions not submitted to clearing houses
-
25
25
-
25
25
Austrian Government bonds securing the settlements made with LCH
412
-
412
411
-
411
Total
898
1,278
2,176
858
1,296
2,154
57
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The blocking of securities takes place taking into account the conditions resulting from:
Act on the Bank Guarantee Fund, deposit guarantee system and forced restructuring
Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council (EU) No. 648/2012 of 4 July 2012
from concluded contracts,
liabilities under repo agreements.
The Bank has deposited call-type margins as security for derivative transactions. Receivables in this respect are presented in note 14 . Cash and cash equivalents and in note 21 . Loans and other receivables to customers .
Restricted assets, apart from the instruments presented in this note, also include the value of the obligatory reserve that the Bank is required to maintain in its current account with the NBP. More information on the required reserve is provided in note 14 . Cash and cash equivalents .
Securities not constituting the Bank's assets accepted as collateral for liabilities under repo transactions
The market value of buy-sell-back / reverse repo securities was PLN 507 million as at 31 December 2024 compared to PLN 607 million as at 31 December 2023. As at 31 December 2024, securities worth PLN 487 million were further resold (compared to PLN 596 million as at 31 December 2023).
21. Loans and other receivables to customers
2024
2023
Measured at amortised cost
150,037
140,190
Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
6,459
6,473
Total (net)
156,496
146,663
Some mortgage loans have been designated by the Bank to the "Maintenance and Sale" business model and may be sold to ING Bank Hipoteczny S.A. (a subsidiary of the Bank) as part of a pooling transaction. These loans are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.
From the point of view of the consolidated financial statements, loans subject to pooling still meet the criterion of the "Maintenance" business model, due to the fact that pooling transactions take place within the Group.
The Bank uses the discounted cash flow model to measure mortgage loans designated to the portfolio measured at fair value. Due to the use of input data in the valuation model, which are not based on observable market data, the valuation technique belongs to Level 3.
Disclosures on the credit quality of the loan portfolio are presented later in the financial statements in the section Risk and capital management, in chapter II. 2.9.2 . Quality of loan portfolio .
as at 31 December
2024
2023
gross
impairment for expected credit loss
net
gross
impairment for expected credit loss
net
Loan portfolio, of which:
150,492
-3,657
146,835
141,699
-3,237
138,462
Corporate banking
90,085
-2,798
87,287
87,130
-2,281
84,849
loans in the current account
17,724
-219
17,505
16,481
-142
16,339
term loans
67,790
-2,575
65,215
66,457
-2,137
64,320
debt securities (corporate and municipal)
4,571
-4
4,567
4,192
-2
4,190
Retail banking
60,407
-859
59,548
54,569
-956
53,613
mortgages
50,435
-160
50,275
45,396
-199
45,197
loans in the current account
688
-64
624
706
-63
643
other loans and advances
9,284
-635
8,649
8,467
-694
7,773
Other receivables, of which:
3,202
-
3,202
1,728
-
1,728
repurchase agreements
1,040
-
1,040
-
-
-
call margin posted
759
-
759
607
-
607
other
1,403
-
1,403
1,121
-
1,121
Total
153,694
-3,657
150,037
143,427
-3,237
140,190
58
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
22. Investments in associates accounted for using the equity method
carrying amount
Name
nature of
the capital relationship
the Bank's percentage share in the entity's share capital
2024
2023
Investments in subsidiaries, including::
1,966
1,761
ING Investment Holding (Polska) S.A.*
subsidiary
100,00%
1,456
1,271
ING Bank Hipoteczny S.A.
subsidiary
100,00%
468
457
ING Usługi dla Biznesu S.A.
subsidiary
100,00%
38
32
Nowe Usługi S.A.
subsidiary
100,00%
1
1
SAIO S.A.**
subsidiary
100,00%
3
n/a
Investments in associates, including:
3
n/a
DomData IDS Sp. z o.o.
associate
40,00%
3
n/a
Total
1,969
1,761
*) ING Investment Holding (Poland) S.A. holds shares in the following entities: ING Commercial Finance S.A. (100% shares), ING Lease (Poland) Sp. z o.o. (100% interest), Paymento Financial S.A. (100% interest) and an associate of Goldman Sachs TFI S.A. (45% interest). At the end of 2023, ING Investment Holding (Poland) S.A. also held shares in SAIO S.A. (100% of shares).
**) On 27 May 2024, i.e. on the date of entry in the shareholder register, ownership of 100% of the shares of SAIO S.A. from ING Investment Holding (Poland) S.A. was transferred to ING Bank Śląski S.A. (in accordance with the provisions of the sale agreement concluded on 20 May 2024 between ING Investment Holding (Poland) S.A. and the Bank).
Acquisition by the Bank of an associate of Dom Data IDS Sp. z o.o.
On 19 January 2024, ING Bank Śląski S.A. obtained the consent of the President of the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection (UOKiK) for the concentration related to the acquisition of 40% of shares in Dom Data Services Sp. z o.o. in the 4th quarter of 2023. (The approval of the UOKiK’s president was a condition for the finalisation of the acquisition). In April 2024, the company’s name was changed to Dom Data IDS Sp. z o.o.
The table presents a reconciliation of the carrying amount of investments in subsidiaries and associates for 2024 and 2023.
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Opening balance
1,761
1,624
Acquisition of shares
4
-
Valuation using the equity method in the period
234
252
Devidends received
-31
-117
Other
1
2
Closing balance
1,969
1,761
23. Property, plant and equipment
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Right of use assets, including:
462
431
real estate
439
413
means of transport
23
18
Own real estate
185
215
Investments in non-owned fixed assets
88
93
Computer hardware
100
101
Other property, plant and equipment
70
68
Fixed assets under construction
64
57
Total
969
965
There are no legal constraints on property, plant and equipment at the end of 2024 and 2023.
Contractual obligations to purchase property, plant and equipment
In 2024, the Bank concluded agreements with business partners resulting in future increase in the value of property, plant and equipment in the total amount of PLN 46 million. Due to the framework nature of some of the contracts, this amount is not targeted - its amount will result from cost estimates calculated during the implementation. The agreements pertain to real estate (buildings and structures), investments in external fixed assets, fixed assets under construction and other fixed assets. At the end of 2023, the Bank had agreements (partly framework agreements) on real estate (buildings and structures), investments in external fixed assets, fixed assets under construction and other fixed assets for the total amount of PLN 7 million.
59
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The tables present changes in gross value and accumulated depreciation for individual groups of property, plant and equipment in 2024 and 2023.
2024
for the year ended 31 December
right of use assets
real estate
means of transport
other assets
Total
own real estate
investments in non- owned fixed assets
computer hardware
other property, plant and equipment
fixed assets under construction
Total
Opening gross value
843
45
1
889
406
509
483
403
57
2,747
Additions, including:
165
15
1
181
9
33
53
20
102
398
new contracts for the right of use
47
14
-
61
-
-
-
-
-
61
adjustment of the asset in connection with the recalculation of the lease liability
118
1
1
120
-
-
-
-
-
120
purchases
-
-
-
-
-
23
-
-
102
125
investment takeovers
-
-
-
-
9
10
53
20
-
92
Reductions, including:
-60
-9
-
-69
-3
-8
-3
-1
-95
-179
reduction of the scope and early termination of the contract
-53
-9
-
-62
-
-
-
-
-
-62
adjustment of the asset in connection with the recalculation of the lease liability
-7
-
-
-7
-
-
-
-
-
-7
sale and liquidation
-
-
-
-
-
-1
-3
-
-
-4
investment takeovers
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-92
-92
other
-
-
-
-
-3
-7
-
-1
-3
-14
Fair value change, including:
-
-
-
-
-22
-
-
-
-
-22
included in income statement*
-
-
-
-
-22
-
-
-
-
-22
Closing gross value
948
51
2
1,001
390
534
533
422
64
2,944
Opening accumulated depreciation
-430
-27
-1
-458
-191
-416
-382
-335
-
-1,782
Changes in the period, including:
-79
-1
-1
-81
-14
-30
-51
-17
-
-193
depreciation charges
-105
-10
-
-115
-15
-30
-51
-18
-
-229
reduction in scope and early termination of the contract
26
9
-1
34
-
-
-
-
-
34
other
-
-
-
-
1
-
-
1
-
2
Closing accumulated depreciation
-509
-28
-2
-539
-205
-446
-433
-352
-
-1,975
Closing net value
439
23
0
462
185
88
100
70
64
969
*) in line General and administrative expenses , in detailed item maintenance costs of buildings and real estate valuation to fair value .
60
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
for the year ended 31 December
right of use assets
real estate
means of transport
other assets
Total
own real estate
investments in non- owned fixed assets
computer hardware
other property, plant and equipment
fixed assets under construction
Total
Opening gross value
704
40
1
745
420
474
453
378
26
2,496
Additions, including:
196
14
-
210
12
47
31
25
112
437
new contracts for the right of use
70
13
-
83
-
-
-
-
-
83
adjustment of the asset in connection with the recalculation of the lease liability
126
1
-
127
-
-
-
-
-
127
purchases
-
-
-
-
-
37
-
-
112
149
investment takeovers
-
-
-
-
9
10
31
24
-
74
reclassification from non-current assets held for sale
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
1
-
4
Reductions, including:
-57
-9
-
-66
-
-12
-1
-
-81
-160
reduction of the scope and early termination of the contract
-35
-9
-
-44
-
-
-
-
-
-44
adjustment of the asset in connection with the recalculation of the lease liability
-22
-
-
-22
-
-
-
-
-
-22
sale and liquidation
-
-
-
-
-
-1
-1
-
-
-2
investment takeovers
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-74
-74
other
-
-
-
-
-
-11
-
-
-7
-18
Fair value change, including:
-
-
-
-
-26
-
-
-
-
-26
included in income statement*
-
-
-
-
-26
-
-
-
-
-26
Closing gross value
843
45
1
889
406
509
483
403
57
2,747
Opening accumulated depreciation
-331
-26
-1
-358
-175
-387
-331
-319
-
-1,570
Changes in the period, including:
-99
-1
-
-100
-16
-29
-51
-16
-
-212
depreciation charges
-114
-10
-
-124
-15
-29
-51
-15
-
-234
reduction in scope and early termination of the contract
15
9
-
24
-
-
-
-
-
24
Reclassification from non-current assets held for sale
-
-
-
-
-1
-
-
-1
-
-2
Closing accumulated depreciation
-430
-27
-1
-458
-191
-416
-382
-335
-
-1,782
Closing net value
413
18
0
431
215
93
101
68
57
965
*) in line General and administrative expenses , in detailed item maintenance costs of buildings and real estate valuation to fair value .
61
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
24. Intangible assets
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Goodwill obtained as a result of a branch of ING Bank NV contributed in kind
223
223
Software
130
193
Outlays for intangible assets
61
33
Other intangible assets
2
1
Total
416
450
Changes in 2024 and 2023 in particular groups of intangible assets are presented below.
2024
for the year ended 31 December
Goodwill
Software
Outlays for intangible
assets
Other
intangible
assets
Total
Opening gross value
223
1,476
33
20
1,752
Additions, including:
-
73
113
2
188
purchases
-
-
113
-
113
investment takeovers
-
73
-
2
75
Reductions, including:
-
-23
-85
-
-108
investment takeovers
-
-
-75
-
-75
sale and liquidation
-
-23
-
-
-23
other
-
-
-10
-
-10
Impairment
-
-26
-
-
-26
Closing gross value
223
1,500
61
22
1,806
Opening accumulated depreciation
-
-1,283
-
-19
-1,302
Changes in the period, including:
-
-87
-
-1
-88
depreciation charges
-
-87
-
-1
-88
Closing accumulated depreciation
-
-1,370
-
-20
-1,390
Closing net value
223
130
61
2
416
2023
for the year ended 31 December
Goodwill
Software
Outlays for intangible
assets
Other
intangible
assets
Total
Opening gross value
223
1,331
21
19
1,594
Additions, including:
-
145
129
1
275
purchases
-
-
129
-
129
investment takeovers
-
115
-
1
116
acquisition of an organised part of an enterprise
-
30
-
-
30
Reductions, including:
-
-
-117
-
-117
investment takeovers
-
-
-116
-
-116
other
-
-
-1
-
-1
Closing gross value
223
1,476
33
20
1,752
Opening accumulated depreciation
-
-1,183
-
-18
-1,201
Changes in the period, including:
-
-100
-
-1
-101
depreciation charges
-
-73
-
-1
-74
acquisition of an organised part of an enterprise
-
-27
-
-
-27
Closing accumulated depreciation
-
-1,283
-
-19
-1,302
Closing net value
223
193
33
1
450
62
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Contractual obligations to purchase intangible assets
In 2024, the Bank concluded agreements with contractors for the future purchase of intangible assets for a total amount of PLN 167 million, however, due to the framework nature of some of the agreements, this amount is not the target amount. These agreements, as in the previous year, concern the purchase of licenses and the implementation of computer software.
At the end of 2023, the Bank had contracts (partly of a framework nature) for the purchase of licenses and software implementation for a total amount of PLN 33 million.
Impairment test of cash generating units with respective goodwill
The goodwill impairment test is carried out at least once every year, irrespective of identification of any triggers for impairment.
At the Bank, the impairment test covered the goodwill obtained as a result of a branch of ING Bank NV contributed in kind, which was assigned to the corporate activity of the Bank. The smallest identifiable cash-generating units were determined and goodwill totalling PLN 223 million was assigned thereto. No other additional elements of intangible value and indefinite useful life were identified that could be assigned to the identified cash-generating units.
The test input data cover the economic capital, risk-weighted assets and profit before tax per segment and effective tax rate. The test is performed using the model that calculates and compares the current value of free cash flow of the unit to the estimated book value of the unit’s funds. The cash flows of the unit are defined as net profits less capital needed to maintain the solvency ratio at the required level.
At the end of 2024, a discount rate of 11.56% was used to discount the cash flows, representing the weighted average cost of capital, estimated on the basis of the risk-free rate (5.89%), the beta factor (1.03) and the equity risk premium (5.50%). As at 2023 yearend, the discount rate used to discount the flows was 11.42% and was estimated based on a risk-free rate of 5.20%, a beta factor of 1.13 and a share price risk premium of 5.50%. Other assumptions include the nominal growth rate after the forecast period (3.5% at the end of 2024 as well as at the end of 2023).
The recoverable value was determined based on the estimation of the useable value of the assets component taking into account the estimated forecast of expected future cash flows generated during the continued use. The cash flow forecasts are based on rational assumptions that reflect the most accurate appraisal of the management regarding all the conditions that will appear during the remaining lifetime of the assets. The cash flow forecasts are based on mid-term plan approved by the Bank and the strategy covering the maximum period of the next three
years. The data regarding the subsequent years come from extrapolation. Extrapolation assumes that the cash flow generating centre will maintain the gross profit to risk weighted assets ratio at the level from the last year of the Bank’s forecast and its profits will increase by previously determined growth rate. Legitimacy of the assumptions made is verified periodically, and any divergence between the cash flows estimated based on the future cash flows and the actual ones is analysed as appropriate.
The test showed the surplus of present value over the net book value of the cash-generating unit thus no impairment was determined.
N As at 31 December 2024, the sensitivity analysis of the goodwill impairment test shows that:
increasing the discount rate by 1 p.p. would result in a decrease in the surplus of net cash flows over the net book value of the cash-generating unit by 20% (compared to 18% at the end of 2023),
reduction of the discount rate by 1 p.p. would result in an increase in the surplus of net cash flows over the net book value of the cash-generating unit by 26% (compared to 24% at the end of 2023).
63
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
25. Deferred tax
Movements in temporary differences during the year
2024
for the year ended 31 December
opening balance
changes carried through profit or loss
changes carried through other comprehensive income
closing balance
Deferred tax assets
tax losses
516
-516
-
-
impairment for expected credit losses
419
42
-
461
revaluation of financial instruments
86
26
-34
78
employee benefits
72
6
-
78
provision for restructuring
22
-5
-
17
other provisions
142
-12
-
130
settlement of the difference between tax and balance sheet depreciation
27
15
-
42
finance lease
4
3
-
7
research and development relief for 2024
-
40
-
40
tax adjustment for the CHF loan portfolio
-
22
-
22
other
1
-
-
1
Total
1 289
-379
-34
876
Deferred tax losses
revaluation of financial instruments
148
-
-21
127
accrued interest
224
12
-
236
settlement of prepayments/accruals due to depreciation/ amortisation resulting from the investment relief
1
-
-
1
effective interest rate adjustment
28
4
13
45
Total
401
16
-8
409
Deferred tax disclosed in the balance sheet, of which:
888
-395
-26
467
deferred tax assets
467
2023
for the year ended 31 December
opening balance
changes carried through profit or loss
changes carried through other comprehensive income
closing balance
Deferred tax assets
tax losses
1,034
-518
-
516
impairment for expected credit losses
388
31
-
419
revaluation of financial instruments
145
9
-68
86
employee benefits
64
8
-
72
provision for restructuring
9
13
-
22
other provisions
135
7
-
142
settlement of the difference between tax and balance sheet depreciation
18
9
-
27
effective interest rate adjustment
104
-86
-18
-
finance lease
-
4
-
4
other
12
-11
-
1
Total
1,909
-534
-86
1,289
Deferred tax losses
revaluation of financial instruments
101
-
47
148
accrued interest
156
68
-
224
settlement of prepayments/accruals due to depreciation/ amortisation resulting from the investment relief
1
-
-
1
effective interest rate adjustment
-
55
-27
28
financial leasing
1
-1
-
-
Total
259
122
20
401
,
,
,
,
Deferred tax disclosed in the balance sheet, of which:
1,650
-656
-106
888
deferred tax assets
888
64
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Deferred tax recognised directly in equity
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Deferred tax in accumulated other comprehensive income, due to:
82
57
financial assets valued through other comprehensive income - debt instruments
50
67
financial assets valued through other comprehensive income - equity instruments
44
40
financial assets valued through other comprehensive income - loans
-14
-27
cash flow hedges
9
-16
actuarial gains/losses
-7
-7
Deferred tax in retained earnings due to:
5
4
incentive employee programs
5
4
Total
87
61
26. Other assets
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Prepayments, including:
98
93
accrued income
42
41
due to commissions
1
1
due to general and administrative expenses
55
51
Other assets, including:
23
26
settlements with recipients
13
21
public and legal settlements
2
2
other
8
3
Total
121
119
including financial assets
23
26
Expected settlement period of other assets
up to 1 year
51
55
over 1 year
70
64
Disclosures on the credit quality of other financial assets are presented later in the financial statements in the section Risk and capital management, in chapter II. 2.9.6 . Credit quality of other financial assets .
27. Liabilities to other banks
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Current accounts
828
636
Interbank deposits
343
191
Loans received*
9,055
7,681
Received call deposits
575
317
Other liabilities
2
2
Total
10,803
8,827
*) Loans received includes liabilities for non-senior loans (NPS) received by ING Bank Śląski S.A. from ING Bank N.V. More information on NPS loans can be found in the Risk and capital management section, in chapter I. 4 . MREL requirements .
28. Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Financial liabilities held for trading, including:
valuation of derivatives
733
1,060
other financial liabilities held for trading, including:
667
762
book short position in trading securities
487
596
repo transactions
180
166
Total
1,400
1,822
Detailed disclosures on the nominal values of derivative instruments and their valuation broken down into individual types of derivative instruments along with the remaining dates for their implementation are presented in note 17 . Valuation of derivatives .
65
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
29. Liabilities to customers
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Deposits, including:
218,437
202,429
Corporate banking
92,763
90,343
current deposits
61,229
60,864
including O/N deposits
5,045
6,453
saving deposits
20,013
19,444
term deposits
11,521
10,035
Retail banking
125,674
112,086
current deposits
31,850
28,816
saving deposits
76,338
67,713
term deposits
17,486
15,557
Other liabilities, including:
1,504
2,611
liabilities under monetary hedges
751
823
call deposits
7
11
other liabilities
746
1,777
Total
219,941
205,040
30. Subordinated liabilities
Bank has in its balance sheet two subordinated loans resulting from agreements with the parent entity, i.e. with ING Bank N.V. based in Amsterdam. These are:
The agreement concluded 30 September 2019 in the amount of EUR 250 million.
Agreement concluded on 30 October 2018 for the amount of EUR 100 million.
Both loans were granted for a period of 10 years. The Bank has the right to early repayment of each of them after 5 years, subject to obtaining the relevant consent of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (KNF). Interest on both loans is payable quarterly at EURIBOR 3M plus a margin (1,66% for the 2019 loan and 1,22% for the 2018 loan). The financial conditions of the loans do not differ from market conditions. The Bank obtained KNF’s consent for including both loans in the Tier 2 capital.
At the end of 2024, the total carrying amount of subordinated loans was PLN 1,499 million (PLN 1,526 million at the end of 2023).
31. Provisions
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Provision for off-balance sheet liabilities
108
116
Provision for legal risk of foreign currency mortgage loans*
253
128
Provision for retirement benefits
99
88
Provision for restructuring
91
116
Provision for litigation
45
38
Other provisions
37
50
Total
633
536
*) In addition to the provision for legal risk of foreign currency mortgage loans, the Bank estimates the adjustment to the gross carrying amount of CHF-indexed mortgage loans recognised in the statement of financial position and recognises it in the statement of financial position in the item Loans and other receivables granted to customers . In chapter III. Significant accounting principles , in item 3.3 . Legal risk related to the portfolio of mortgage loans indexed to the Swiss franc exchange rate are presented the change in 2024 and and 2023, as well as assumptions regarding of both provisions and adjustment to the gross carrying amount due to the legal risk of CHF-indexed mortgages.
The tables below present the movements in the individual provisions in 2024 and 2023.
2024
for the year ended 31 December
Provision for off-balance sheet liabilities
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Provision for legal risk
Provision for retirement benefits
Provision for restructuring
Provision for litigation
Other provisions
Total
Opening balance
33
24
59
116
128
88
116
38
50
536
provisions recognised/ reversed
-9
10
-8
-7
102
8
-
10
-8
105
ransfer within provisions
-
-
-
-
38
-
-
-
-4
34
utilisation
-
-
-
-
-15
-
-25
-3
-1
-44
actuarial gains/losses
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
3
other
-
-
-1
-1
-
-
-
-
-
-1
Closing balance
24
34
50
108
253
99
91
45
37
633
Expected provision settlement period:
up to 1 year
-
-
7
40
19
5
71
over 1 year
108
253
92
51
26
32
562
66
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
for the year ended 31 December
Provision for off-balance sheet liabilities
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Provision for legal risk
Provision for retirement benefits
Provision for restructuring
Provision for litigation
Other provisions
Total
Opening balance
39
54
15
108
54
70
49
34
33
348
provisions recognised/ reversed
-5
-29
44
10
11
6
86
7
20
140
transfer within reserves
-
-
-
-
73
-
-
-
-
73
utilisation
-
-
-
-
-10
-
-19
-3
-3
-35
actuarial gains/losses
-
-
-
-
-
12
-
-
-
12
other
-1
-1
-
-2
-
-
-
-
-
-2
Closing balance
33
24
59
116
128
88
116
38
50
536
Expected provision settlement period:
up to 1 year
-
-
6
39
17
6
68
over 1 year
116
128
82
77
21
44
468
Provision for retirement benefits
The Bank creates provisions for retirement and disability severance pays in accordance with IAS 19. The provision for retirement and disability severance pays granted under benefits under the regulations resulting from the Labour Code is calculated using the actuarial method by an independent actuary as the present value of the Bank’s future, long-term liabilities to employees by headcount and pay as at the date of the update. Provisions resulting from actuarial valuation are recognised and revalued in annual periods.
The calculation of provisions is based on a number of assumptions, both with regard to discount rates, projected salary increases and employee turnover, death risk and others.
Assumptions adopted for the valuation:
discount rate – 5.80% (5,40% at the end of 2023),
long-term wage growth rate – 5.00%.
The table below includes revision of the balance-sheet liability.
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Opening balance
88
70
Costs included in the income statement, including:
11
9
regular employment costs
6
4
costs of interest
5
5
Actuarial gains / losses
3
12
Paid benefits
-3
-3
Closing balance
99
88
The sensitivity of the model to the assumed values of individual assumptions as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 is presented in the table below. The base variant is the value of pension and disability provisions recognised in the Bank’s books as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, respectively.
Provisions for retirement and pension benefit (in PLN million)
2024
2023
lower bracket
base variant
upper bracket
lower bracket
base variant
upper bracket
Discount rate (-1% / base variant / + 1%)
90
99
110
80
89
98
Deviation from the assumed dynamics of changes in salaries (- 0.5% / base variant / +0.5%)
94
99
105
84
89
94
Provision for restructuring
In 2023, the Bank’s Management Board decided to continue in 2024-2026 the process initiated in 2016, which is related to the employment restructuring resulting from the continuation of a long-term project to evolve the Bank’s organisational structure, including, above all, further optimisation of the number of outlets and development of digital channels in the retail segment, reconstruction of the organisational structure and processes in the corporate segment, as well as optimisation and automation of processes in the Bank’s business support units.
In 2023, a restructuring provision was created in the amount of PLN 86 million, which is intended to cover personnel costs. It was recognised in the statement of profit or loss under General and administrative expenses - personnel expenses .
67
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The value of the restructuring provision at the end of 2024 was PLN 91 million, compared to PLN 116 million at the end of 2023.
Legal risk of foreign currency mortgage loans
The significant assumptions concerning the calculation of the amount of the gross balance sheet value adjustment / provision for legal risk for the CHF-indexed mortgage loan portfolio presented in the statement of financial position and already removed from the statement of financial position as at 31 December 2024 are described in chapter III. Significant accounting principles , in point 3.3 . Legal risk related to the portfolio of mortgage loans indexed to the Swiss franc exchange rate .
To date, the Bank has not received any class action, and neither of the clauses used by the Bank in the agreements has been entered in the register of prohibited clauses.
As at 31 December 2024, 1,673 court cases were pending against the Bank (1,389 cases at the end of 2023) in connection with concluded CHF-indexed loan agreements in PLN. The outstanding principal of the mortgage loans to which these proceedings related was PLN 284 million as at 31 December 2024 (PLN 291 million at the end of 2023). By 31 December 2024, 568 court cases had ended with a final court judgement.
As at 31 December 2024, the Bank was also subject to 22 court cases (11 cases at the end of 2023) in connection with concluded EUR mortgage loan agreements. The outstanding principal of the loans concerned was below PLN 1 million as at 31 December 2024 (similar to the end of 2023).
The most important findings of the Court of Justice of the European Union (CJEU) and the Supreme Court in recent years regarding loan agreements indexed or denominated in foreign currencies are presented below.
On 3 October 2019, the CJEU issued a judgment concerning the possible consequences of recognizing by a national court that a given contractual provision is abusive. The Court confirmed that the evaluation of the contract should not be automatic. It is up to the national court to assess whether, after finding that a given provision is abusive, the contract - in accordance with national law - cannot continue to be in force without such a provision. It is also for the national court to assess the potential consequences for the consumer of the annulment of the credit agreement in question.
On 7 May 2021, the Civil Chamber of the Supreme Court, composed of 7 judges, adopted a resolution, at the same time giving this resolution the force of a legal principle. The Supreme Court decided that the provision considered abusive (ineffective) from the beginning is not binding. In addition, according to this resolution, if the court finds the loan agreement invalid, each party will settle separately. Thus, the Supreme Court upholds the
position that the bank's and the consumer's claims are independent and do not automatically offset each other. The Supreme Court did not decide that each indexed or denominated loan agreement should be annulled. A finding that a contractual provision is abusive should, as a rule, result in the application by national courts of such solutions that restore the balance. According to the Supreme Court, the contract should be considered definitively ineffective if the consumer - duly informed about the consequences - does not agree to be bound by a provision considered abusive.
On 8 September 2022, the CJEU issued a judgment on mortgage loans denominated in a foreign currency. This judgment confirmed the position already presented by the Court in the past, i.e. in the judgment of 3 October 2019, according to which, if the consumer objects to it, the national court cannot replace the unfair contract term concerning the exchange rate with an optional provision of domestic law. Nor can the national court remove only the element of a contractual term which renders it genuinely unfair, leaving the remainder of it effective, if such removal would amount to altering the content of the term which affects its substance. If the loan agreement cannot continue to apply without a clause containing an unfair term, it should be declared invalid in absolute terms. The Tribunal also stated that the limitation period for the customer's claims may begin only when the consumer becomes aware of the unfair terms of the contract. The date of signing the contract does not matter.
On 5 April 2023, the Supreme Court issued a judgment in which it confirmed that the presence of abusive clauses in the contract does not automatically invalidate the entire contract. The purpose of Directive 93/13 is not to annul all contracts containing prohibited terms, but to restore the balance between the parties. It is therefore possible, on the basis of a specific court case, for the court to recognize that without the abusive indexation clause, the contract may continue to be in force. It seems, however, that the impact of this ruling on the jurisprudence of the courts is limited, because currently the courts conclude that the contract is invalid not from the mere fact of the presence of abusive clauses in them, but from the fact that without these clauses the contract cannot continue to function.
On 15 June 2023, the European Court of Justice (CJEU) issued a judgment in a case regarding the answer to the question of the referring court regarding whether the parties, in addition to reimbursement of money paid in performance of the contract (bank - loan principal, consumer - installments, fees, commissions and insurance premiums) and statutory interest for delay from the time of request for payment, may also demand any other benefits, including receivables (in particular remuneration, compensation, reimbursement of costs or indexation of the benefit).
As regards consumer claims, the CJEU referred to national law and emphasized that it is for the referring court to assess, in the light of all the circumstances of the dispute, whether the inclusion of such consumer claims complies with the principle of proportionality.
68
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
As regards banks' claims, the Court pointed out that the Directive precludes banks from being entitled to demand compensation from the consumer beyond the repayment of the capital paid out and beyond the payment of statutory interest for late payment, if this would lead to “compensation for the loss of profit which it intended to make from that contract.” Indicating the need to return the capital, the Court did not determine whether it is about its real or nominal value, which is a particularly important question in the light of high inflation.
In its judgment of 21 September 2023 in Case C-139/22, the CJEU held that :
1) In order for a contractual term to be regarded as unfair, it is sufficient to establish that its content correspo nds to the terms of a standard contract entered in the register of prohibited clauses, which does not preclud e, however, that in the particular proceedings the bank can prove that, in the light of all the relevant circum stances of the case, that term is not abusive (in particular, it does not produce effects identical to those ent ered in the register of prohibited clauses) .
2) An unfair contract term shall not be made unfair by the fact that the consumer may choose to perform his contractual obligations under the contract on the basis of another contract term which is fair .
3) The trader shall be required to provide information on the essential characteristics of the contract and the ri sks inherent in the contract of each consumer, including where the relevant consumer has appropriate kno wledge and experience in the specific field .
4) In view of the answer to Question No 3, the CJEU considered it pointless to answer Question No 4 (that ques tion was asked only in the event that the third question was answered in the negative, which was not the c ase here) .
However, in the opinion of the banks, this judgment does not close the way for Polish courts to assess consumer c laims from the perspective known to Polish law and also the institution of abuse of rights present in other Europe an legal orders .
On 7 December 2023, the CJEU issued another adverse judgement for banks, which, however, does not bring anything groundbreaking. The CJEU stated that the consumer does not have to declare that he is aware of the consequences of the cancellation of the contract before the courts, and that the consumer has the right to reimbursement of the full value of the claims, without deducting capital interest.
In its judgement of 14 December 2023, the CJEU stated that the limitation period must be symmetrical for both parties. Therefore, the limitation period for client claims cannot start earlier than the limitation period for bank claims. The CJEU confirmed the sanction of permanent ineffectiveness, which means that the limitation period for both parties should be counted from the customer's express statement that he knows the consequences of
cancellation of the contract. This is in line with the current case law of Polish courts after the resolution of the 7 judges of the Supreme Court of 7 May 2021.
By the resolution of the Supreme Court of 25 April 2024, the Supreme Court resolved legal issues regarding loans indexed to or denominated in foreign currency (the so-called Swiss franc loans), presented by the First President of the Supreme Court, stating that:
1) If it is concluded that a provision of an indexed or denominated loan agreement relating to the method of determining the exchange rate of a foreign currency constitutes an unlawful contractual term and is not binding, in the current legal situation it cannot be assumed that this provision is replaced by another method of determining the exchange rate of a foreign currency resulting from legal or customary provisions.
2) If it is not possible to determine the foreign currency exchange rate binding on the parties in an indexed or denominated loan agreement, the agreement is also not binding to the remaining extent.
3) If, in performance of a loan agreement, which is not binding due to the unlawful nature of its provisions, the bank has disbursed to the borrower all or part of the loan amount, and the borrower has made repayments of the loan, independent claims for repayment of undue performance to each of the parties arise.
4) If the loan agreement is not binding because of the unlawful nature of its provisions, the limitation period for the bank’s claim for repayment of the amounts paid under the loan shall, as a rule, start to run from the day following the day on which the borrower has challenged the bank’s binding effect on the provisions of the agreement.
5) If the loan agreement does not bind due to the unlawful nature of its provisions, there is no legal basis for either party to claim interest or other remuneration for the use of its funds in the period from the fulfilment of undue performance until the moment of delay in the reimbursement of this benefit.
The above answers are in principle consistent with the approach to these issues in the existing case law, in particular in the CJEU judgments. Therefore, it seems that the resolution will not significantly change the situation of banks in these processes. However, it may cause courts to stop ruling on the ‘de-franking’ of loans in the event of clauses on exchange rate tables being found abusive, and in any event annul them.
On 24 October 2024, the CJEU issued a judgement in case C 347/23 in response to a preliminary question from the Regional Court in Warsaw. The judgement means that borrowers who took out a mortgage loan for the purchase of real estate in order to lease it (under the conditions described in the CJEU judgement) are subject to protection provided for in consumer regulations.
69
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Settlement programme
From 25 October 2021, the Bank offers the possibility for borrowers to conclude voluntary settlements in accordance with the proposal presented in December 2020 by the Chairman of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority. The Bank's customers may submit a request for mediation through the Mediation Center of the Court of Arbitration of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority. The mediation process can be used by customers who have a housing mortgage loan or a housing construction and mortgage loan indexed with the CHF exchange rate at the Bank for their own housing purposes, excluding mortgage loans and the above-mentioned loans, where one of the purposes of lending was to consolidate non-housing liabilities. A mediation agreement can only be signed for one of the active housing loans. The conversion takes place on the terms presented by the Chairman of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority. Detailed rules for the settlement of the loan and determination of the type of interest rate for the future are the subject of arrangements in the mediation process before the Polish Financial Supervision Authority in accordance with the current offer of settlements offered by the Bank. The Bank also proposes settlements for loans subject to court proceedings.
By the end of 2024, the Bank had concluded 840 settlements (by the end of 2023, 743 settlements), including 777 settlements before the PFSA Court of Arbitration (by the end of 2023, respectively 698 settlements).
32. Information on initiated administrative proceedings and significant court proceedings
The value of proceedings concerning liabilities or receivables pending in 2024 did not exceed 10% of the Bank’s equity. In the Bank’s opinion, none of the individual proceedings pending in 2024 in front of a court, arbitration court or public administration authority, or all of them jointly pose a threat to the Bank’s financial liquidity.
Detailed information on the legal environment related to the legal risk of the CHF-indexed mortgage portfolio and information on court cases in connection with concluded CHF-indexed mortgage loan agreements are presented in note 31 . Provisions .
PFSA proceedings
On 12 October 2018, the Polish Financial Supervision Authority imposed a fine on the Bank in the amount of PLN 0.5 million, pursuant to Art. 232 sec. 1 of the Act on Investment Funds and Alternative Investment Funds Management, in the wording before the amendment made by the Act of 31 March 2016, in connection with the breach of depository’s obligations set out in Art. 72 of the Act in connection with the Bank acting as the depositary of the Inventum Premium SFIO and Inventum Parasol FIO funds with separate sub-funds. In the course of reconsidering the case, the PFSA confirmed the violations and did not identify any circumstances
that would justify reducing the fine. In connection with the proceedings, a provision in the amount of PLN 0.5 million was created in December 2018. The Bank paid the imposed fine in the third quarter of 2020. On 1 October 2020, the Bank appealed against the said decision to the Provincial Administrative Court. In the judgment of 7 April 2021, the Provincial Administrative Court overruled the decision of 12 October 2018 and the decision of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority of 12 August 2020 upholding this decision. The PFSA filed a complaint with the Supreme Administrative Court on 27 July 2021. On 25 August 2021, the Bank responded to the complaint. The date of the hearing before the Supreme Administrative Court has not been set.
On 17 June 2020, the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (PFSA, KNF) initiated administrative proceedings to impose a penalty on ING Bank Śląski S.A, in connection with suspicion of breach of depositary duties defined in art. 72 of the Act on investment funds and management of alternative investment funds in connection with the Bank’s function of depositary of specific funds and Article 9(2) of the above mentioned act. The proceedings ended on 17 December 2021 with the issuance of a Decision under which the PFSA imposed an administrative penalty of PLN 4.3 million on the Bank. The fine of PLN 4.3 million was paid. On 21 November 2022, the Bank filed a complaint with the Provincial Administrative Court. Pursuant to the content of the complaint, the Bank demands that the Decision imposing an administrative penalty be repealed in its entirety. In a judgment of 8 March 2023, the Provincial Administrative Court dismissed the Bank's complaint in its entirety. The justification for the judgment was received on 21 June 2023, after analyzing it, the Bank decided to file a cassation complaint with the Supreme Administrative Court. The complaint was prepared and submitted on time. The date of the hearing before the Supreme Administrative Court has not been set.
On 22 November 2023, the Polish Financial Supervision Authority initiated an administrative proceeding regarding the imposition of a fine on ING Bank Śląski S.A. pursuant to Art. 176i sec. 1 point 4 of the Act on Trading in Financial Instruments. At this stage of the proceedings, it is not possible to reliably estimate the amount of the potential penalty.
Proceedings initiated by the President of the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection (UOKiK)
Proceedings on the application of practices infringing collective consumer interests regarding unauthorized transactions
On 22 June 2021, the UOKiK opened an investigation against ING concerning the Bank’s replies to customer reports of unauthorized transactions, including the reimbursement of transaction amounts at D+1. In the course of the proceedings, the Bank repeatedly provides the explanations and documents required by the Office.
70
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
On 22 November 2022, the Bank received a notice from the UOKiK to initiate proceedings for a practice damaging the collective interests of consumers, together with a request to respond to the following allegations:
non-reimbursement to consumers within D+1 of the consumer requesting the return of the unauthorized transaction or restoring the account to the condition that would have existed if the unauthorized payment transaction had not taken place; the only exceptions, according to the UOKiK, are situations where the Bank informs the law enforcement authorities of the suspicion of a criminal offense by the consumer or 13 months have elapsed from the date on which the transaction was debited or the day on which the transaction was to be executed; UOKiK claims that this may infringe Article 46(1) of the Payment Services Act and compromise the collective interests of consumers and, and may therefore constitute a practice that would be affected;
providing misleading information in response to a complaint by suggesting that the use of individual credentials means correct authentication, which in turn means demonstrating a correct authorization of transactions, which may mislead consumers regarding the obligations of the trader under Article 46 of the Act and the distribution of the burden of proof that the payment transaction has been authorized - which, according to the UOKiK, may constitute an unfair market practice and undermine the collective interests of consumers, and consequently constitute a practice that infringes the collective interests of consumers;
providing consumers with misleading, incorrect information about the correct authorization of transactions in response to a complaint, while pointing out the lack of consent of consumers to carry out a transaction (i.e. a lack of authorization) by indicating that the customer has led to the transaction as a result of a breach of one of the obligations referred to in Article 42 of the Act and that the customer is therefore fully liable for the transaction being advertised, and the recovery is possible as a result of action by the law enforcement authorities at the request of the injured party, which may constitute an unfair market practice and, consequently, constitute a practice which infringes the collective interests of consumers.
On 16 January 2023, the Bank sent a letter in the proceedings containing a very comprehensive explanation of its position rejecting the above-mentioned allegations, indicating both the correct interpretation of the provisions of the Payment Services Act in the Bank's opinion and the analysis of certain cases described in the order by the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection. The case is pending. UOKiK has decided to extend the deadline for completing the proceedings until 30 March 2025.
In connection with the proceedings, as at 31 December 2023, the Bank created a provision in the amount of PLN 20 million. As at 31 December 2024, the provision amounted to PLN 22 million.
Proceedings on provisions providing for the possibility of changing a standard contract, contract or table of fees and commissions for important reasons, the so-called modification clauses
On 1 April 2019, the President of the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection (UOKiK) initiated ex officio proceedings to recognize a standard contract as illegal in terms of contractual provisions that may violate Art. 23a of the Act on competition and consumer protection. The proceedings concern provisions providing for the possibility of changing the standard contract, contract or table of fees and commissions for important reasons, the so-called modification clauses.
In the opinion of the President of UOKiK, the analysed modification clauses may constitute prohibited contractual provisions due to:
the possibility of unilaterally changing the general terms and conditions of the contract as to its essential provisions, in the scope of contracts enabling the generation of debt on the part of consumers, concluded for a specified period,
general, imprecise nature of the premises for a unilateral amendment to the contract, which does not allow consumers to verify them correctly, and in some provisions there are no time limits as to the scope of changes,
no provisions regarding the possibility of continuing a contract concluded for a specified period of time regarding crediting consumer needs under the existing rules in the event of failure to accept unilateral proposed changes from the bank.
In the letter of 13 May 2021, the Office for Competition and Consumer Protection notified the Bank that the collection of evidence had been completed. The Office for Competition and Consumer Protection decided to extend the deadline for the completion of the proceedings until 30 April 2025.
As at 31 December 2024 the Bank has not identified any rationale for making provisions on this account, similarly as at 31 December 2023.
Proceedings on the allegation of practices restricting competition on the market of acquiring services related to payments with payment cards in Poland
After conducting antitrust proceedings against ING Bank Śląski S.A. and other banks, at the request of the Polish Trade and Distribution Organization - the Employers' Association (POHiD), the President of the Office of Competition and Consumer Protection issued a decision on 29 December 2006 stating that the Bank had committed practices restricting competition. As restricting competition, UOKiK found the practice consisting in the participation by
71
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
various Polish banks, including the Bank, in an agreement restricting competition on the acquiring services market related to the settlement of consumers' obligations towards merchants, for payments for goods and services purchased by consumers, with the use of payment cards on territory of Poland by jointly setting the amount of the interchange fee charged for transactions made with Visa and MasterCard cards in Poland. Due to the finding of competition restricting practices, UOKiK imposed fines, including penalties on the Bank in the amount of PLN 14 million.
From this decision, among others The bank appealed to the Court of Competition and Consumer Protection (SOKiK). By ruling on 12 November 2008, SOKiK changed the decision of UOKiK, so that it did not find any practice restricting competition. On 22 April 2010, this judgment was quashed by a judgment of the Court of Appeal, which referred the case to SOKiK for re-examination. Another judgement of the Court of Appeal was upheld, which resulted in the obligation to pay a fine. However, the amount of the fine was refunded to the Bank following the judgement of the Supreme Court, which overturned the judgement of the Court of Appeal. Currently, as a result of the Appellate Court’s decision of 23 November 2020, the case is being reconsidered by the SOKiK. Further hearings were held following an exchange of pleadings between the parties. The court admitted the evidence from the expert opinion. The opinion was served on the parties who replied to it.
Due to the lack of final decisions, the amount of the refunded penalty was not recognized in the profit and loss account. As at 31 December 2024, the value of the provision was PLN 14 million, similarly as at 31 December 2023.
Litigation concerning loans based on variable interest rate and the rules for determining the WIBOR reference rate
As at 31 December 2024, the Bank was subject to 196 court proceedings (92 proceedings as at 31 December 2023) in which clients question the basis of the mortgage loan agreement on the variable interest rate structure and the rules for determining the WIBOR reference rate. The Bank questions the validity of the claims raised in these cases, as the use of the WIBOR index is compliant with the law. The WIBOR benchmark is set by an administrator, independent of the bank, and supervised by the Polish Financial Supervision Authority. When granting such loans, the Bank provides clients with all the information required by law, i.e. the ratio and the risk of variable interest rate. This is confirmed by the case law to date, which is favourable for the Bank. As at 31 December 2024, 12 cases were already completed with a positive result.
The Częstochowa Regional Court in a case against one of the banks, in which the plaintiff raises objections regarding the WIBOR rate, decided to refer the following questions to the Court of Justice of the European Union by order of 31 May 2024:
1) Does Article 1(2) of Directive 93/13, which excludes from the directive the terms of a contract which reflect, inter alia, the applicable laws or regulations, permit the examination of variable-rate contractual terms on the basis of the WIBOR benchmark?
2) If the answer to the first question is in the affirmative, does Article 4(2) of Directive 93/13, which excludes the assessment of the unfairness of contractual terms relating to the determination of the main subject-matter of the contract or of the price/remuneration, permit the examination of variable-rate contractual terms on the basis of the WIBOR benchmark?
3) In the event of a positive answer to the first and second questions, can the provisions of the agreement on variable interest rates based on the WIBOR reference rate be regarded as contrary to the requirements of good faith and causing a significant imbalance in the parties’ rights and obligations arising under the agreement to the detriment of the consumer, due to the consumer’s inadequate information regarding the exposure to the risk of a variable interest rate, including, in particular, the failure to indicate how the benchmark on which the variable interest rate is set is determined and what doubts are related to its non-transparency and the uneven distribution of this risk among the parties to the agreement?
4) If the previous questions are answered positively, is it possible to continue the operation of a contract in which the interest rate on the amount of the loan principal will be based on the second component determining the interest rate contained in the contract, i.e. the bank’s fixed margin, which will change the interest rate on the loan from variable to fixed?
On 3 July 2024, the request for a preliminary ruling was formally submitted to the CJEU and the case was given the case number C-471/24. On 28 October 2024, the Polish Government submitted to the CJEU its position on the preliminary questions asked in this case, in which it recommends a negative answer to all the above questions. This position is in line with the banks' arguments.
Court proceedings concerning the sanction of free credit
As at 31 December 2024, there were 75 court proceedings against the Bank (45 proceedings as at 31 December 2023) regarding the free loan sanction. As at 31 December 2024, 23 cases were already completed, and none of them had any irregularities in contracts that would have been the basis for recognising the statement on the sanction of the free loan.
A lawsuit by borrower against one of the banks was brought to the court in Poland for the imposition of a free loan sanction, i.e. depriving the lender of the right to interest and other fees resulting from the agreement. In the course of the proceedings, the court raised certain doubts, with which it referred a preliminary ruling to the CJEU. On 13
72
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
February 2025, the CJEU issued a judgement in Case C-472/23, answering the following questions asked by the Polish court:
1) The fact that the credit agreement refers to an annual percentage rate of charge which is overstated because certain terms of the agreement were subsequently found to be unfair (i.e. abusive) and therefore not binding on the consumer does not in itself constitute a breach of the obligation to provide information.
2) The fact that the credit agreement mentions a number of circumstances justifying an increase in the charges relating to the performance of the contract, without the consumer, who is reasonably well informed and reasonably observant and circumspect, being able to ascertain whether those charges have occurred or whether they have had an effect on them, constitutes an infringement of the obligation to provide information, in so far as that indication is liable to call into question the consumer’s ability to assess the extent of his obligation.
3) Article 23 of Directive 2008/48 does not preclude national legislation which provides, in the event of a breach of the obligation to provide information imposed on the creditor, for a uniform penalty consisting in depriving the creditor of his right to interest and charges, irrespective of the individual degree of seriousness of the breach, in so far as that breach is liable to undermine the consumer’s ability to assess the extent of his obligation.
Ad 1) W tym wyroku TSUE przypomniał, iż przepisy nakazują podać w umowie kredytu konsumenckiego szereg szczegółowych informacji, w tym rzeczywistą stopę oprocentowania (obliczaną według podanego wzoru matematycznego) i całkowity koszt kredytu ponoszony przez konsumenta. W orzecznictwie przyjmuje się, że brak wiernego podania wymaganych informacji pozbawia konsumenta możliwości określenia zakresu jego zobowiązania, tj. wysokości kwot do spłaty (wyrok TSUE z 21 marca 2024 r. w/s Profi Credit Bułgaria, C 714/22).
Ad 1) In this judgement, the CJEU reminded that the law requires a number of detailed information to be provided in a consumer credit agreement, including the actual interest rate (calculated according to the given mathematical formula) and the total cost of the credit incurred by the consumer. The case-law assumes that the lack of faithful provision of the required information deprives the consumer of the possibility to determine the scope of his obligation, i.e. the amount of amounts to be repaid (judgement of the CJEU of 21 March 2024 in Profi Credit Bulgaria, C 714/22).
It must be assumed literally that providing incorrect information about the APR does not have to be an underestimation of it, the bank may just as well overstate the APR, and ‘allowing a credit agreement to contain an overstated APR could deprive the indication of practical usefulness to the consumer’ (for the sake of clarity: one of the elements of the dispute was that, after removing the provision of the prohibited APR, the APR is lower than that provided in the contract). However, in the CJEU’s opinion, the situation that the removal of the contested provision
leads to an overstatement of the RSSO — calculated by the lender according to this mathematical formula — does not mean a breach of disclosure obligations.
(Ad 2) However, this does not imply that the creditor had the right freely and freely to modify the terms of the contract, including the amount of the fees, in the course of its performance. Information on loan repayment terms is a key element, including the prerequisites for changing these parameters; therefore, the agreement should indicate in a transparent manner the reasons for and manner of changes in the amount of fees related to the loan granted. According to the CJEU, the lender’s use of variable (and evolving) economic indicators that are difficult to verify, including parameters controlled by the bank itself (e.g. the level of bank costs), is not a condition of a clear definition of the terms of the agreement.
Ad 3) Regarding, on the other hand, whether a civil court verdict may result in a free credit sanction depriving the bank of all its receivables, or whether it should be proportional to the scale of the infringements, the CJEU pointed out that according to the directive these consequences should be effective, proportionate and dissuasive, and therefore their severity should be adequate to the gravity of the infringement. Therefore, since the lack of correct information restricts the consumer’s exercise of his rights and makes it difficult to understand his obligations, the CJEU considers that the sanction of a free loan provided for by national law can be considered disproportionate only if the breach of those obligations could not affect the consumer’s ability to assess his obligations. That, in turn, means that national law may allow a penalty in the form of deprivation of interest and other entitlements to the creditor — but the assessment of the conditions and circumstances depends, of course, on the facts and must therefore be carried out by the referring court.
Other proceedings
On 23 January 2020, the Bank received a notice from the President of the Office for Personal Data Protection (President of the DPA) regarding the audit of the compliance of the processing of personal data with personal data protection regulations, i.e. Regulation (EU) 2016/679 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 27 April 2016 on the protection of natural persons with regard to the processing of personal data and on the free movement of such data and repealing Directive 95/46/EC (General Data Protection Regulation) and the Act of 10 May 2018 on personal data protection. On 9 December 2021, the Bank received a notice from the President of UODO on the initiation of ex officio administrative proceedings in this area. The Bank shall take the action required by law during the proceedings. As at 31 December 2023, the Bank has not identified any rationale for making provisions on this account, similarly as at 31 December 2023.
73
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
33. Other liabilities
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Accruals, including:
1,002
1,111
due to employee benefits
375
346
of which variable remuneration programme
48
53
due to commissions
210
208
due to general and administrative expenses
417
557
O ther liabilities, including:
2,458
3,738
lease liabilities
500
455
interbank settlements
1,023
2,462
settlements with suppliers
141
122
public and legal settlements
180
147
liability to pay to the BFG guarantee fund
172
172
liability to pay to the BFG resolution fund
244
199
other:
198
181
Total
3,460
4,849
Including financial liabilities
2,458
3,738
Expected settlement period of other liabilities
up to 1 year
2,616
3,993
over 1 year
844
856
34. Equity
34.1. Share capital
The Bank’s share capital is PLN 130,100,000 and is sub-divided into:
92,600,000 A-series ordinary bearer's shares with face value of PLN 1.00 each, and
37,500,000 B-series ordinary bearer's shares with face value of PLN 1.00 each.
Each ordinary share entitles its holder to dividend and one vote during the general meeting. All shares are fully paid .
34.2. Accumulated other comprehensive income
The following table presents the balances of accumulated other comprehensive income as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2022, respectively. The tables on next page show the reconciliation of changes in accumulated other comprehensive income during 2024 and 2023.
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Accumulated other comprehensive income, including:
from financial assets measured through other comprehensive income – debt instruments, including:
-5
-69
deferred tax
-50
-67
current tax *
51
83
from financial assets measured through other comprehensive income – equity instruments, including:
186
171
deferred tax
-44
-40
from financial assets measured through other comprehensive income – loans, including:
-63
-117
deferred tax
14
27
from cash flow hedges, including:
-4,849
-5,169
deferred tax
-9
16
current tax **
1,147
1,196
from actuarial gains / losses, including:
-31
-28
deferred tax
7
7
Total
-4,762
-5,212
*) current tax on the valuation of debt instruments - due to the fact that the debt securities included in all portfolios are jointly owned by one taxpayer of corporate income tax (hereinafter "CIT"), the Bank calculated for all portfolios jointly, separately for each security and using the FIFO method, tax results on purchase and sale of debt securities. The method of determining tax results on the purchase/sale of debt securities results in a different distribution of the results achieved in terms of valuation than for accounting purposes. Accounting unrealised valuation in accumulated other comprehensive income for CIT purposes becomes a real-ised valuation, on which the Bank pays current tax. For this reason the current tax is recorded for the part of the unre-alised valuation in accumulated other comprehensive income that is realised in terms of CIT.
**) current tax on the valuation of hedging derivatives - the Bank uses the service “settlement-to-market”, or “STM”, provided for by the Regulation of the KDPW/LCH/EUREX (CCP) in respect of the approach to the settlement of IRS and FRA instruments. Even though the effective portion of the de-rivative hedge instruments resulting from the measurement of derivative hedging instruments is recognised in other comprehensive income, due to the STM
74
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
mechanism it is settled in cash and the amount paid to/ received from CCP represents tax income/ expense for the purpose of the corporate income tax (CIT). That is why the current tax is rec-ognised in other comprehensive income. Details on the STM services are presented in note 17 . Valuation of derivatives .
Accumulated other comprehensive income - change in balance
2024
for the year ended 31 December
changes in the fair value of financial assets measured through other comprehensive income
debt instruments
equity instruments
loans
cash flow hedges
actuarial gains / losses
Total
Balance at the beginning of the period
-69
171
-117
-5,169
-28
-5,212
gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity
55
15
54
-1,447
-
-1,323
transfer to financial result in connection with the sale
9
-
-
1,767
-
1,776
actuarial gains/losses
-
-
-
-
-3
-3
Balance at end of period
-5
186
-63
-4,849
-31
-4,762
2023
for the year ended 31 December
changes in the fair value of financial assets measured through other comprehensive income
debt instruments
equity instruments
loans
cash flow hedges
actuarial gains / losses
Total
Balance at the beginning of the period
-347
78
-77
-7,752
-19
-8,117
gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity
273
93
-40
425
-
751
transfer to financial result in connection with the sale
5
-
-
2,158
-
2,163
actuarial gains/losses
-
-
-
-
-9
-9
Balance at end of period
-69
171
-117
-5,169
-28
-5,212
In the item financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income – gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity in relation to debt securities, changes in the fair value of items classified in this category have been presented, without taking into account the changes resulting from the valuation of the hedged risk , in terms of items covered by the fair value hedge accounting.
With respect to cash flow hedges:
gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity - the amount of the effective part of the hedging relationship in the cash flow hedging strategy of the portfolio of financial assets/liabilities is presented.
in the item transfer to the financial result - the amortization of the effective part of the hedging relationship of the cash flow hedging strategy was presented on the dates when the hedged item results in the profit or loss.
The rules relating to the above items are described in detail in chapter III. Significant accounting principles, in item 13.8.1 . and in the section Risk and capital management, in chapter II. 3.8 . Hedge accounting.
34.3. Retained earnings
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Other supplementary capital
315
315
Reserve capital
14,803
14,699
General risk fund
1,215
1,215
Valuation of share-based payments, including:
24
72
deffered tax
-5
-4
Retained earnings from previous years
57
8
Result for the current year
4,369
4,441
Total
20,783
20,750
Supplementary capital
Supplementary capital is formed from appropriations from profit after tax, surpluses generated under issue of shares above their face value and extra contributions paid up by the shareholders to be used for covering balance- sheet losses. The decision on the use of the supplementary capital is taken at the General Meeting.
Reserve capital
The reserve capital is created irrespective of the supplementary capital from profit after tax write-offs, in the amount passed by the General Meeting. The reserve capital may be allocated to cover special costs and expenses, and also to increase the share capital from the Bank’s funds. The decision on activation of the reserve capital is taken by the General Meeting.
General Risk Fund
The General Risk Fund is established in accordance with the Banking Law Act from the post-tax profits and is used for unidentified risk of banking activity. The decision on the use of the Fund is taken by the Management Board.
75
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Dividend payout
Details of the Bank’s dividend policy and divided payout constraints are included in the section Risk and capital management , in item I. 5 . Dividend Policy .
Retained earnings - change in balance
2024
for the year ended 31 December
Other supplemen- tary capital
Reserve
capital
General risk fund
Valuation of share-based payments
Retained earnings from previous years
Result for the current year
Total
Balance at the beginning of the period
315
14,699
1,215
72
4,449
0
20,750
net result for the current period
-
-
-
-
-
4,369
4,369
dividend payment*
-
-
-
-
-4,339
-
-4,339
write-down of profit to reserve capital
-
110
-
-
-110
-
-
valuation of incentive employee programmes
-
-
-
-48
52
-
4
using the reserve capital created for the implementation of the employee incentive programme
-
-6
-
-
6
-
-
Settlement of the acquisition and transfer of own shares to employees
-
-
-
-
-1
-
-1
Balance at end of period
315
14,803
1,215
24
57
4,369
20,783
*) In 2024, the Bank paid out a dividend from the 2023 profit and from the reserve capital allocated for the payment of dividend in the amount of PLN 4,339 million, i.e. PLN 33.35 per share.
2023
for the year ended 31 December
Other supplemen- tary capital
Reserve
capital
General risk fund
Valuation of share-based payments
Retained earnings from previous years
Result for the current year
Total
Balance at the beginning of the period
315
12,994
1,215
59
1,714
0
16,297
net result for the current period
-
-
-
-
-
4,441
4,441
profit written off to reserve capital
-
1,714
-
-
-1,714
-
-
valuation of share-based payments
-
-
-
17
-
-
17
using the reserve capital created for the implementation of the employee incentive programme
-
-9
-
-
9
-
-
settlement of the acquisition and transfer of own shares to employees
-
-
-
-4
-
-
-4
accounting for the acquisition of an organised part of an enterprise
-
-
-
-
-1
-
-1
Balance at end of period
315
14,699
1,215
72
8
4,441
20,750
35. Contingent liabilities
35.1. Contingent liabilities granted
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Undrawn credit facilities
44,587
43,597
Guarantees
8,018
8,117
Undrawn overdrafts in current account
1,409
1,418
Credit card limits
1,896
1,693
Letters of credit
393
277
Reverse transactions
281
-
Total
56,584
55,102
The Bank discloses obligations to grant loans. These obligations include approved loans, credit card limits and overdrafts in current accounts.
76
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The Bank issues guarantees and letters of credits to secure fulfilment of obligations of the Bank’s customers to third parties. The value of guarantees and letters of credit disclosed above reflects the maximum loss that can be incurred and that would be disclosed as at the balance sheet date should the customers fail to fulfil their obligations in full.
The Bank charges commissions for contingent liabilities granted, which are settled in line with the specific nature of the particular instrument.
As at 31 December 2024, the Bank also had granted off-balance sheet commitments (so-called commitments under binding offers) in the amount of PLN 904 million resulting from the transfer of a credit decision to the customer (in the case of mortgage loans) and additionally a draft agreement for a specific credit product (in the case of other loans and advances to natural persons).
Financial guarantee contracts by maturity
as at 31 December
2024
2023
up to 1 month
167
458
over 1 month and up to 3 months
866
1,073
over 3 months and up to 1 year
3,558
2,791
over 1 year and up to 5 years
2,751
2,992
over 5 years
676
803
Total
8,018
8,117
35.2. Contingent liabilities received
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Guarantees received
23,164
19,228
Financing
1,948
264
Total
25,112
19,492
Guarantee commitments received consist of collateral values for loans granted by the Bank. Funding commitments received include the value of deposits and loans that do not meet the criteria for recognition in the statement of financial position at the time of the financial statements.
36. Fair value
36.1. Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in statement of financial position
Based on the methods used to determine fair value, the Bank classifies individual financial assets/liabilities into one of three categories, the so-called level in the fair value measurement hierarchy. The description of particular levels of the valuation hierarchy is contained in chapter III. Significant accounting principles , in item 13.7 .
In 2024, as in 2023, there were no transfers between levels of the valuation hierarchy.
The tables present the carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value, broken down by measurement hierarchy levels.
77
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2024
as at 31 December
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Financial assets, including:
32,285
1,466
6,735
40,486
Financial assets held for trading, including:
521
1,405
-
1,926
valuation of derivatives
-
898
-
898
other financial assets held for trading, including:
521
507
-
1,028
debt securities, including:
521
-
-
521
treasury bonds in PLN
499
-
-
499
Czech Treasury bonds
22
-
-
22
repo transactions
-
507
-
507
Financial assets other than those held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss, including:
-
-
22
22
loans are obligatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
-
-
21
21
equity instruments
-
-
1
1
Derivative hedge instruments
-
61
-
61
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
31,585
-
254
31,839
debt securities, including:
31,585
-
-
31,585
treasury bonds in PLN
26,271
-
-
26,271
treasury bonds in EUR
2,064
-
-
2,064
European Union bonds
2,838
-
-
2,838
Austrian government bonds
412
-
-
412
equity instruments
-
-
254
254
Transferred assets, including:
179
-
-
179
Treasury bonds in PLN from the portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
179
-
-
179
Loans and other receivables measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
-
-
6,459
6,459
Financial liabilities, including:
487
996
-
1,483
Financial liabilities held for trading, including:
487
913
-
1,400
valuation of derivatives
-
733
-
733
book short position in trading securities
487
-
-
487
repo transactions
-
180
-
180
Derivative hedge instruments
-
83
-
83
2023
as at 31 December
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Financial assets, including:
24,478
1,724
6,748
32,950
Financial assets held for trading, including:
719
1,516
-
2,235
valuation of derivatives
-
900
-
900
other financial assets held for trading, including:
719
616
-
1,335
debt securities, including:
719
-
-
719
treasury bonds in PLN
600
-
-
600
Czech Treasury bonds
119
-
-
119
repo transactions
-
616
-
616
Financial assets other than those held for trading, measured at fair value through profit or loss, including:
-
-
39
39
loans are obligatorily measured at fair value through profit or loss
-
-
39
39
Derivative hedge instruments
-
208
-
208
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
23,594
-
236
23,830
debt securities, including:
23,594
-
-
23,594
treasury bonds in PLN
21,259
-
-
21,259
treasury bonds in EUR
546
-
-
546
European Investment Bank bonds
1,378
-
-
1,378
Austrian government bonds
411
-
-
411
equity instruments
-
-
236
236
Transferred assets, including:
165
-
-
165
Treasury bonds in PLN from the portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
133
-
-
133
bonds of the Czech State Treasury in CZK from the portfolio of financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
32
-
-
32
Loans and other receivables measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
-
-
6,473
6,473
Financial liabilities, including:
596
1,506
-
2,102
Financial liabilities held for trading, including:
596
1,226
-
1,822
valuation of derivatives
-
1,060
-
1,060
book short position in trading securities
596
-
-
596
repo transactions
-
166
-
166
Derivative hedge instruments
-
280
-
280
78
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Valuation of financial instruments classified to level 2 of the valuation hierarchy
The Bank classifies derivatives and repo transactions to level 2 of valuation hierarchy.
Derivatives
The following models are applied for non-linear transactions (FX options), depending on the product type:
the European vanilla option and a European digital option – the Garman-Kohlhagen model,
Cap/Floor (back-to-back transactions) – the Bachelier model.
The following are the input data for the models:
the FX rate – obtained by the parties from the National Bank of Poland’s website,
implied volatilities – obtained from Bloomberg,
profitability curves similar to those for linear derivatives.
Fair value for linear instruments (other derivatives) is determined based on discounted future cash flows at the transaction level. The fair value determined in that manner is the PV of those cash flows.
All input data used for the creation of the revaluation curves are observed on the market, and include: deposit market rates, forward points, FRA rates, IRS rates, OIS rates, FX basis points, basis points among the indexes for variable rates, and FX rates. The data come from the Reuters system and come mainly from brokers. Market data quality is controlled during the daily contribution process for revaluation rates.
Derivatives are generally valued according to the concept of OIS curves with the assumption of the existence of transaction valuation collateral in the form of a deposit bearing interest at the ESTR rate. The exceptions are transactions in PLN and CZK subject to settlement within central clearing houses (LCH, KDPW, EUREX) and bilateral transactions concluded on the basis of an ISDA agreement with a CSA annex in the collateral currency of PLN or without the annex. For these transactions, the NPV is settled in the original currency, which is reflected in the valuation curves used (discount curve based on IBOR, FRA and IRS quotes).
Repo transactions
Fair value for repo transactions is determined based on future payment flows discounted according to the profitability curve for the so-called cash instruments.
Valuation of financial instruments classified to level 3 of the valuation hierarchy
The financial assets classified to level 3 of the valuation as at 31 December 2024 and as at 31 December 2023 include unlisted equity instruments and loans that did not meet the SPPI criterion according to IFRS 9.
Equity instruments
Fair value measurement of unquoted equity interests in other companies is based on the discounted cash flow, dividend or economic value added model. Estimates of future cash flows were prepared based on medium-term profitability forecasts prepared by the Management Boards of these companies. The discount rate is based on the cost of equity estimated using the CAPM (Capital Asset Pricing Model). At the end of 2024, it was in the range of 11.7%-13.7%, depending on the company, compared to 11.4%-13.4% at the end of 2023. Fair value measurement of unquoted equity interests in other companies as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 covered the following entities: Biuro Informacji Kredytowej S.A., Krajowa Izba Rozliczeniowa S.A. and Polski Standard Płatności sp. z o.o.
As at 31 December 2024, the sensitivity analysis of the valuation of equity instruments shows that:
adoption of the target dividend payment rate by +10p.p. / -10p.p. compared to the base scenario, would result in a valuation increase / decrease of 10% (by 10% as at 31 December 2023);
adopting the cost of equity by -0.5p.p. / +0.5p.p. compared to the base scenario, would result in a valuation increase by 6%/ decrease by 5% (increase / decrease by 7% as at 31 December 2023);
a combination of effects from points 1) and 2), would result in respectively an increase of valuation by 11% / decrease of valuation by 9% (18%/15% as at 31 December 2023).
In 2024, the change in the valuation of equity instruments classified to level 3 of the valuation hierarchy included in other comprehensive income amounted to PLN 15 million (in 2023: PLN 93 million).
79
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Loans
The fair value methodology of the loan portfolio is based on the discounted cash flow method. Under this method, for each contract being valued, expected cash flows are estimated, discount factors for particular payment dates and the value of discounted cash flows is determined as at the valuation date. Valuation models are powered by business parameters for individual contracts and parameters observable by the market, such as interest rate curves, liquidity cost and cost of capital. The change in the parameters adopted for the valuation did not have a significant impact on the valuation value as at 31 December 2024.
The impact of the valuation of loans classified to level 3 of the valuation hierarchy is presented in the statement of profit or loss in the item Net income on financial instruments measured at fair value through profit or loss and FX result . It was negligible both in 2024 and in 2023.
Discount rates for mortgage loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income were on average 6.6% at the end of 2024 (compared to 6.8% at the end of 2023), while the sensitivity analysis of fair value as at 31 December 2024 indicates that a change in the discount rate by +0.5/-0.5 p.p. in the absence of a change in expected flows results in a change in fair value by around -2.3/+2.4%, respectively. For comparison, the sensitivity analysis of fair value as at 31 December 2023 indicated that a change in the discount rate by +0,5/-0,5 p.p. in the absence of a change in expected cash flows resulted in a change in fair value by approx. -/+2.3%, respectively.
Change in financial assets classified to level 3 of measurement
2024
for the year ended 31 December
loans obligatorily measured
at fair value
through profit or loss
equity instruments
measured at fair value
through profit or loss
equity instruments
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
loans at fair value through other comprehensive income
Opening balance
39
-
236
6,473
Additions, including:
-
1
18
1,685
loans granted during the period and disbursement of new tranches / acquisition of equity instruments
-
1
-
1,637
valuation referred to accumulated other comprehensive income
-
-
18
48
Reductions, including:
-18
-
-
-1,699
loan repayments
-18
-
-
-504
sale to ING Bank Hipoteczny S.A.
-
-
-
-1,195
Closing balance
21
1
254
6,459
2023
for the year ended 31 December
loans obligatorily measured
at fair value
through profit or loss
equity instruments
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
loans at fair value through other comprehensive income
Opening balance
55
121
8,213
Increases, including:
-
115
442
loans granted during the period and disbursement of new tranches
-
-
348
valuation referred to accumulated other comprehensive income
-
115
94
Reductions, including:
-16
-
-2,182
loan repayments
-16
-
-905
sale to ING Bank Hipoteczny S.A.
-
-
-1,277
Closing balance
39
236
6,473
80
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
36.2. Non-financial assets measured at fair value in the statement of financial position
Own real property
The Bank measures properties held at fair value and classifies them to level 3 of the measurement hierarchy. At the end of 2024, their balance sheet value was PLN 185 million, compared to PLN215mn at the end of 2023. The change in the balance of own property is presented in this report in note 23 . Property, plant and equipment .
The valuation of the own property is carried out by an independent valuer using the income method in accordance with the applicable rules for the valuation of the property. The results of real properties appraisals were presented in the income statement in the item General and administrative expenses (in note 8 . , in detailed item maintenance costs of buildings and real estate valuation to fair value ).
As at 31 December 2024, the sensitivity analysis of the valuation of own property indicates that, assuming a capitalisation rate of -0.5p.p. / +0.5p.p. compared to the base scenario, it would result in a valuation increase of 6.1% (PLN 16 million) / a valuation decrease of 5.4% (PLN 14 million), respectively.
As at 31 December 2023, the sensitivity analysis of the valuation of own property indicates that, assuming a capitalisation rate of -0.5p.p. / +0.5p.p. compared to the base scenario, it would result in a valuation increase of 6.4% (PLN 17 million) / a valuation decrease of 5.6% (PLN 15 million), respectively.
36.3. Financial assets and liabilities not measured at fair value in statement of financial position
The tables present a comparison of the carrying amount with the fair value for investment securities measured at amortized cost, the loan portfolio and amounts due to customers and subordinated liabilities. For other financial assets and liabilities as well as guarantees and off-balance sheet liabilities not measured at fair value in the statement of financial position, the fair value is close to the carrying amount.
In 2024, the same as in 2023, there were no transfers between levels of the valuation hierarchy.2024
as at 31 December
Fair value
Carrying amount
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Investment securities at amortised cost
27,053
20,459
5,384
-
25,843
treasury bonds in PLN
11,859
11,317
-
-
11,317
treasury bonds in EUR
2,872
2,750
-
-
2,750
European Investment Bank bonds
6,654
6,392
-
-
6,392
bonds of the Polish Development Fund (PFR)
3,860
-
3,618
-
3,618
Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego bonds
1,808
-
1,766
-
1,766
Loans and receivables to customers, including:
150,037
-
1,040
149,447
150,487
Corporate banking segment, including:
87,287
-
-
87,772
87,772
loans and advances (in the current account and term ones)
82,720
-
-
83,361
83,361
corporate and municipal debt securities
4,567
-
-
4,411
4,411
Retail banking segment, including:
59,548
-
-
59,513
59,513
mortgages
50,275
-
-
49,987
49,987
other loans and advances
9,273
-
-
9,526
9,526
Other receivables
3,202
-
1,040
2,162
3,202
Liabilities to customers
219,941
-
-
219,870
219,870
Subordinated liabilities
1,499
-
-
1,610
1,610
81
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
as at 31 December
Fair value
Carrying amount
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Investment securities at amortised cost
32,698
21,571
9,505
-
26,781
treasury bonds in PLN
13,095
12,409
-
-
12,409
treasury bonds in EUR
2,940
2,744
-
-
2,744
European Investment Bank bonds
6,701
6,418
-
-
6,418
bonds of the Polish Development Fund (PFR)
3,860
-
3,507
-
3,507
Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego bonds
1,805
-
1,703
-
1,703
NBP bills
4,297
-
4,295
-
4,295
Loans and receivables to customers, including:
140,190
-
-
140,665
140,665
Corporate banking segment, including:
84,849
-
-
85,355
85,355
loans and advances (in the current account and term ones)
80,659
-
-
81,340
81,340
corporate and municipal debt securities
4,190
-
-
4,015
4,015
Retail banking segment, including:
53,613
-
-
53,582
53,582
mortgages
45,197
-
-
44,870
44,870
other loans and advances
8,416
-
-
8,712
8,712
Other receivables
1,728
-
-
1,728
1,728
Liabilities to customers
205,040
-
-
205,003
205,003
Subordinated liabilities
1,526
-
-
1,261
1,261
The Bank discloses the data on the fair value of loans and deposits recognised respectively in the groups of financial assets and financial liabilities carried at amortised cost considering the effective interest rate.
For the purpose of fair value calculation of the PLN mortgage loan portfolio, a yield curve containing transfer prices is used, which are calculated on the basis of WIBOR 1M, WIBOR 6M and WIRON 1M rates, respectively.
To compute fair value of other assets and deposits measured at amortised cost and financial liabilities measured at amortised cost considering the effective interest rate the transfer price is applied. The transfer price is calculated as:
PLN: BID rates being WIBID overnight, OFFER rates being WIBOR overnight.
EUR: BID rates being EURIBOR overnight, OFFER rates being EURIBOR overnight.
USD and CHF: BID rates being LIBOR overnight, OFFER rates being LIBOR overnight.
BID rates are used to compute fair value of financial liabilities measured at amortised cost; in the case of financial assets measured at amortised cost OFFER rates are applied. All intermediate points on the curves are interpolated linearly.
Credit loss estimations reflect the credit loss provisioning model in place at the Bank in the model of impairment for expected credit losses.
In certain aspects, the model adopted by the Bank is based on the assumptions that do not confirm the prices of verifiable current market transactions referring to the same instrument – the model does not take into account restructuring-based changes either.
Loans and other receivables
The credit portfolio including securities classified to financial assets measured at amortised cost is divided into sub- portfolios according to the product type, client segment and the currency.
In the case of those sub-portfolios, the discounting factor is used for each cash flow.
For loans/securities, the discounting factor is assumed as the total of:
the market rate based on the yield curve as at the balance sheet date, and
the average margin based on the portfolio of loans granted in the first and second month of the current quarter.
For that purpose, the following assumptions are adopted:
use to calculate loans granted in the first and second month of the current quarter,
division into the abovementioned product groups, and
the spot at the yield curve on the basis of which the relevant market rate is set is reflected by the revaluation date for each loan.
As a result for loans and other receivables, the fair value, that arises during calculation, is the total of the net present value of cash flows of a single loan/ security (in the case of the mortgage portfolio, the fair value is the total of the net present value of cash flows of the aggregated mortgage portfolio).
In the case of the portfolio of mortgage loans in PLN, the income method is used to measure them at fair value.
82
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Key assumptions:
for the needs of the valuation, the original schedule of principal and interest repayments is adjusted by taking into account prepayments, credit risk and adopting a timely structure of interest rates,
credit risk parameters, i.e. PD lifetime and LGD, discounted for the purposes of the valuation, are included in the expected cash flows,
for the purposes of estimating cash flows, prepayments are taken into account, estimated based on the analysis of historical data on the basis of the prepayment model used,
the calculation of the discount rate adopted to estimate the value of cash flows takes into account all risks and costs, excluding the prepayment risk and credit risk costs reflected in the flows,
prepayment risk is reflected in cash flows,
application of the calibration margin determined on the basis of the portfolio of mortgage loans granted in the first and second month of the current quarter, analogous to the measured portfolio.
As at 31 December 2023, in connection with the ongoing legislative process regarding the amendment of the Act on crowdfunding for business ventures and assistance to borrowers, the Bank took into account in the valuation of PLN mortgages, the potential impact of extending loan moratoria for 2024. As at 31 December 2023, taking into account the status of the legislative process, the Bank’s calculation was based on the expert assumption that market participants assumed a 75% probability of the Act coming into force in the version published in the draft.
The fair value of the loan is calculated as the sum of discounted cash flows from principal repayments and interest payments, taking into account the prepaid capital and the cost of credit risk.
In the case of loans without any repayment schedules and loans from the impaired group, it is assumed that the fair value for those loans equals their book value.
Investment securities measured at amortised cost
In the case of investment securities measured at amortized cost, the fair value of disclosure securities that are quoted on an active market is determined based on the price in this market, for other securities in this portfolio the model described above in Loans and other receivables is used.
37. Offsetting of financial instruments
The following disclosure relates to offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities that are subject to an enforceable contingent master agreement. ISDA agreements (for derivative transactions) and GMRA (for securities repo and reverse repo transactions) are the main framework agreements concluded by the Bank. Additional collateral for derivative exposures are security deposits, which the Bank makes and receives as part of the so-called Credit Support Annex (CSA), i.e. attachments to ISDA agreements.
83
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2024
Financial assets
as at 31 December
Related amounts not offset
in the statement of financial position
Gross amounts of recognised financial assets
Net amounts of financial assets presented
in the statement of financial position
Financial
instruments
Cash collateral
received
Net amount
Derivatives, including:
1,139
959
-287
-580
92
valuation of derivatives
963
898
-226
-
672
derivative hedge instruments
176
61
-61
-
-
derivatives collateral
-
-
-
-580
-580
Securities loans with repurchase agreements received, including:
22,326
22,326
-
-22,177
149
transactions classified as loans and other receivables to other banks
20,779
20,779
-
-20,661
118
transactions classified as loans and other receivables granted to customers
1,040
1,040
-
-494
546
transactions classified as held for trading financial assets
507
507
-
-1,022
-515
Total
241
Financial Liabilities
as at 31 December
Related amounts not offset
in the statement of financial position
Gross amounts of recognised financial liabilities
Net amounts of financial liabilities presented
in the statement of financial position
Financial
instruments
Cash collateral
pledged
Net amount
Derivatives, including
996
816
-287
-53
476
valuation of derivatives
842
733
-226
-
507
derivative hedge instruments
154
83
-61
-
22
derivatives collateral
-
-
-
-53
-53
Securities loans with repurchase agreements received, including:
180
180
-
-179
1
transactions classified as held for trading financial liabilities
180
180
-
-179
1
Total
477
2023
Financial assets
as at 31 December
Related amounts not offset
in the statement of financial position
Gross amounts of recognised financial assets
Net amounts of financial assets presented
in the statement of financial position
Financial
instruments
Cash collateral
received
Net amount
Derivatives, including:
1 188
1 108
-589
-326
193
valuation of derivatives
944
900
-405
-
495
derivative hedge instruments
244
208
-184
-
24
derivatives collateral
-
-
-
-326
-326
Securities loans with repurchase agreements received, including:
19 616
19 616
-
-19 689
-73
transactions classified as loans and other receivables to other banks
19 000
19 000
-
-19 081
-81
transactions classified as held for trading financial assets
616
616
-
-608
8
Total
120
Financial Liabilities
as at 31 December
Related amounts not offset
in the statement of financial position
Gross amounts of recognised financial liabilities
Net amounts of financial liabilities presented
in the statement of financial position
Financial
instruments
Cash collateral
pledged
Net amount
Derivatives, including
1,421
1,340
-589
-93
658
valuation of derivatives
1,097
1,060
-405
-
655
derivative hedge instruments
324
280
-184
-
96
derivatives collateral
-
-
-
-93
-93
Securities loans with repurchase agreements received, including:
166
166
-
-165
1
transactions classified as held for trading financial liabilities
166
166
-
-165
1
Total
659
84
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
38. Custody activities
In 2023, a decision was made to withdraw from offering the services of a custodial bank, a depositary bank and the service of maintaining a shareholder register. This entailed the need to terminate all contracts with customers in relation to these products. The year 2024 saw the gradual closure of new relationships and the transfer of assets belonging to clients outside the Bank. The Bank does not resign from its custody licence. Fiduciary operations related to maintaining securities accounts and their operational servicing will continue, but ultimately only for the Bank’s own needs. In addition, the Bank will continue to offer the issue agent service and will be a liquidator of investment funds, aiming to gradually reduce their number as the work progresses.
As at 31 December 2024, the Bank maintained 41 securities accounts with securities held for the Bank’s clients (301 as at 31 December 2023). These accounts do not meet the definition of assets and are not presented in the Bank’s financial statements.
At the end of 2024, the Bank’s acted as a depositary bank for 2 investment funds and 2 pension funds. For comparison at year end of 2023, the Bank’s acted as a custodian bank for 80 investment funds and sub-funds, 2 pension funds and measured the net asset value and net asset value per participation unit of 8 insurance capital funds (90 funds in total).
39. Supplementary information to the statement of cash flows
Cash and cash equivalents
For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, the Bank accepts as cash and cash equivalents assets in the form of cash and other cash, cash on accounts with the Central Bank and cash on accounts with other banks (including balances on current accounts and overnight deposit accounts and balances of call margins posted). These financial assets are presented in the statement of financial position in Cash and cash equivalents and in note 14 .
Explanation of the classification of the Bank’s activities into operating, investment and financial activities in the cash flow statement
Operating activity includes the core activities of the Bank, not classified as investment or financial activities.
Investing activities include the acquisition and sale of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and debt
securities measured at amortised cost (excluding short-term treasury bills and NBP bills). Inflows from investment activities also include dividends received on account of the holding of shares in other entities.
Financial activities concern long-term (over 1 year) financial operations carried out with financial entities. Inflows
from financial activities indicate the sources of financing of the Bank, obtained e.g. by taking long-term loans and
borrowings from other banks and from financial entities other than banks. Outflows from financing activities mainly concern repayments of long-term liabilities by the Bank (i.a. repayments of loans and interest received, repayments of lease liabilities), and also include dividend payments to owners and acquisition of own shares for the purposes of the employee incentive programme.
Reasons for differences between changes in certain items recognised in statement of financial position and in cash flow statement
Below are presented the differences between the changes in the balance resulting from the statement of financial position and the changes reported in the cash flow statement.
The explanations for the reasons for the differences are as follows:
Difference no
Explanation of the reasons for the difference
Difference 1
Changes in the balance of individual assets and liabilities have been adjusted for interest, which is presented in the item Interest received (from assets) or Interest paid (from liabilities).
Difference 2
Changes in the valuation of fair value recognized in other comprehensive income are excluded from the changes in the balances of individual assets and liabilities.
Difference 3
Changes in the balances of Investment Securities exclude changes related to the purchase and sale or redemption of debt securities valued at amortized cost (excluding short-term Treasury bills and NBP money bills). These changes were presented as cash flows from investing activities .
Difference 4
The change in other assets includes non-monetary - except depreciation - changes in the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (cash changes related to these items are presented in cash flows from investing activities ).
Difference 5
The amount of lease liabilities repaid was excluded from the change in other liabilities , which was presented in cash flows on financing activities .
Difference 6
Changes in liabilities to other banks were excluded from the amounts of loans drawn for long-term financing, which together with the amount of interest payments on these loans, were excluded from the change in liabilities to other banks .
Difference 7
The amount of the settlement of the acquisition of own shares for the purposes of the incentive scheme, which was recognised in retained earnings, was excluded from the change in other liabilities .
Difference 8
The change in other assets includes the change in current income tax receivables resulting from the deduction from overpayment for 2021 of tax liabilities due to other taxes (tax on certain financial institutions and tax on goods and services).
Difference 9
The changes in the stocks of individual assets and liabilities were excluded from the changes resulting from the acquisition of an organised part of the enterprise in 2023.
In the tables on subsequent pages, individual differences have been numbered according to the list presented in the table above.
85
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2024
for the year ended 31 December
change of balance
in statement of
financial position
in cash flow
statement
difference,
including:
Difference 1
Difference 2
Difference 3
Difference 4
Difference 5
Difference 6
Difference 7
change in provisions
97
94
-3
-
-3
-
-
-
-
-
change in loans and other receivables to other banks
-2,523
-2,505
18
18
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
326
336
10
10
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in hedge derivatives
-50
345
395
-
395
-
-
-
-
-
change in investment securities
-2,364
-7,747
-5,383
91
98
-5,572
-
-
-
-
change in transferred assets
-14
-12
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in loans and other receivables to customers
-9,833
-9,845
-12
-79
67
-
-
-
-
-
change in other assets, including:
-20
change in ‘other assets’ in the statement of financial position
-2
-2
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
other changes
-
-18
-18
-
-
-
-18
-
-
-
change in liabilities to other banks
1,976
460
-1,516
-10
-
-
-
-
-1,506
-
change in financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
-422
-448
-26
-26
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in liabilities to customers
14,901
14,922
21
21
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in other liabilities, including:
-1,279
change in ‘other liabilities’ in the statement of financial position
-1,389
-1,294
95
-
-
-
-
95
-
-
other changes
-
15
15
-
5
-
-
-
-
10
86
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
for the year ended 31 December
change of balance
in statement of
financial position
in cash flow
statement
difference,
including:
Difference 1
Difference 2
Difference 3
Difference 4
Difference 5
Difference 6
Difference 8
Difference 9
change in provisions
188
177
-11
-
-11
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in loans and other receivables to other banks
-16,048
-16,020
28
28
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
-321
-315
6
6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in hedge derivatives
-159
3,030
3,189
-
3,189
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in investment securities
-8,180
-7,126
1,054
83
458
513
-
-
-
-
-
change in transferred assets
-1
-2
-1
-1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in loans and other receivables to customers
-930
-713
217
266
-49
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in other assets, including:
442
change in ‘other assets’ in the statement of financial position
2
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
other changes
-
440
440
-
-
-
-127
-
-
566
1
change in liabilities to other banks
8,169
433
-7,736
-29
-
-
-
-
-7,707
-
-
change in liabilities to customers
12,798
12,768
-30
-30
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
change in other liabilities, including:
535
change in ‘other liabilities’ in the statement of financial position
422
520
98
-
-
-
-
98
-
-
-
other changes
-
15
15
-
20
-
-
-
-
-
-5
87
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Change in the balance of liabilities presented in financial activities of the statement of cash flows
2024
for the year ended 31 December
long-term loans received
subordinated liabilities
lease liabilities
Opening balance
7,681
1,526
455
changes from cash flows recognised in financing activities of thestatement of cash flows, of which:
1,056
-82
-95
incurring liabilities
1,506
-
-
repayment of liabilities
-
-
-95
interest payments on liabilities
-450
-82
-
non-cash changes included in operating activities of the statement of cash flows
318
55
140
including changes due to exchange rate differences
-142
-26
-4
Closing balance
9,055
1,499
500
2023
for the year ended 31 December
long-term loans received
subordinated liabilities
lease liabilities
Opening balance
-
1,644
400
changes from cash flows recognised in financing activities of the statement of cash flows, of which:
7,659
-74
-98
incurring liabilities
7,707
-
-
repayment of liabilities
-
-
-98
interest payments on liabilities
-48
-74
-
non-cash changes included in operating activities of the statement of cash flows
22
-44
153
including changes due to exchange rate differences
-55
-120
-14
Closing balance
7,681
1,526
455
40. Related entities
The Bank holds shares in the following subsidiaries and associates:
100% of shares in ING Investment Holding (Poland) S.A., which holds shares in:
100% of shares in ING Commercial Finance S.A.
100% of shares in ING Lease (Polska) Sp. z o.o.
100% of shares in Paymento Financial S.A.
45% of shares in Goldman Sachs TFI S.A. - associate,
100% of ING Bank Hipoteczny S.A.,
100% of shares in ING Usługi dla Biznesu S.A.,
100% of shares in Nowe Usługi S.A.
100% of shares in SAIO S.A.
40% of shares in Dom Data IDS Sp. z o.o. - an affiliate.
ING Lease (Polska) Sp. z o.o. capital group consists of 5 special purpose vehicles, in which ING Lease (Polska) Sp. z o.o. holds 100% of shares.
ING Bank Śląski S.A. is a subsidiary of ING Bank N.V., which as at 31 December 2024 held 75% of the share capital of ING Bank Śląski and 75% of the total number of votes at the General Meeting of ING Bank Śląski S.A. The ultimate parent company is ING Groep N.V. with its registered office in the Netherlands.
ING Bank Śląski S.A. conducts transactions with ING Bank N.V. and its subsidiaries on the interbank market. These are both short-term deposits and loans as well as derivatives operations. The Bank also maintains bank accounts of ING Group entities and receives and grants guarantees to entities from the ING Group.
The Bank has two subordinated loans and three non-preferred senior loans (NPS) in its balance sheet, which result from agreements concluded with ING Bank N.V.
The operating costs incurred by the Bank on behalf of the Parent Entity result primarily from contracts for the provision of consulting and advisory services, data processing and analysis, providing software licences and IT support. As regards costs incurred by the Bank on behalf of other related parties, outsourcing agreements concerning the provision of system resource hosting services for various applications, lease of IT equipment, monitoring of availability and performance of IT applications and infrastructure, as well as penetration tests and IT security monitoring play a dominant role.
88
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
All the above-mentioned transactions are carried out on market terms.
Costs are presented at net value (excluding VAT).
In 2024, the Bank carried out two sales transactions to ING Bank Hipoteczny S.A. of receivables from the mortgage loan portfolio in the total amount of PLN 1,192 million. In 2023, the Bank carried out two sales transactions to ING Bank Hipoteczny S.A. of receivables from the mortgage loan portfolio in the total amount of PLN 1,277 million. The purchase price was determined at the market value level each time.
The tables present figures relating to receivables and liabilities, revenues and costs as well as outlays on fixed assets, which result from transactions concluded between the Bank and its related entities.
as at 31 December
2024
2023
ING Bank N.V.
Other ING Group entities
Associates
Affiliated entities
ING Bank N.V.
Other ING Group entities
Associates
Affiliated entities
Receivables
Nostro accounts
5
1
-
-
18
1
-
-
Deposits placed
-
-
-
-
73
-
-
-
Loans
-
-
15,298
-
-
-
14,306
-
Positive valuation of derivatives
181
-
-
-
138
-
-
-
Reverse repo
20,351
-
-
-
19,000
-
-
-
Other receivables
3
-
12
-
4
8
8
-
Liabilities
Deposits received
475
239
302
55
131
129
221
40
Loans received, including:
9,055
-
-
-
7,681
-
-
-
Subordinated loan
1,499
-
-
-
1,526
-
-
-
Loro accounts
247
72
2
-
61
156
-
-
Negative valuation of derivatives
34
-
-
-
70
-
-
-
Other liabilities
231
17
12
-
252
16
8
-
Off-balance-sheet operations
Off-balance sheet liabilities granted
667
183
7,257
-
599
384
7,276
-
Off-balance sheet liabilities received*
72
9
-
-
96
-
-
-
FX transactions
14,427
-
-
-
16,988
-
-
-
IRS
188
-
-
-
191
-
-
-
Options
591
-
-
-
592
-
-
-
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Income and expenses
Income, including:
448
6
846
56
216
6
901
42
net interest and commission income/expenses
126
5
878
56
150
7
913
42
net income on financial instruments
322
-
-
-
62
-1
1
-
result on sale of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
-
-
-34
-
-
-
-16
-
net (loss)/income on other basic activities
-
1
2
-
4
-
3
-
General and administrative expenses
-343
-71
-6
-
-260
-51
-7
-
89
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
41. Transactions with the management staff and employees
Loans to Bank employees and senior management
Employees of the Bank use loans on the same terms as the Bank’s other clients (there are no preferential loans for employees). Loans to employees are included in the amount of loans to customers and as at 31 December 2024 amounted to PLN 239 million (excluding loans from the Company Social Benefit Fund). As at 31 December 2023, their value amounted to PLN 201 million.
Granting a loan, cash loan, bank guarantee and surety for persons in the Bank's management is defined by a separate procedure and monitoring in accordance with the Regulation of the President of ING Bank Śląski S.A.
The financial statements for 2024 include bank loans, cash loans, guarantees and sureties granted to the Bank’s management (within the meaning of Article 79 of the Banking Law) in the amount of PLN 31 million. As at 31 December 2023, their value amounted to PLN 28 million.
In-House Social Benefits Fund
Employees may take advantage of various forms of social assistance within the framework of Bank of the Company Social Benefit Fund. The balance of loans granted from the Company Social Benefit Fund as at 31 December 2024, it amounted to approximately PLN1 million, similar as at 31 December 2023. The balance of the Company Social Benefit Fund as at 31 December 2024 was PLN 27 million, compared to PLN 17 million as at 31 December 2023.
Remuneration of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board Members
The composition of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board as at the end of 2024 was presented in the chapter I. Bank details in point 7 . ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board and Supervisory Board composition .
Emoluments of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board Members
2024
2023
Short-term employee benefits, including:
remuneration
14
13
benefits
2
2
Total
16
15
Short-term employee benefits comprise: base remuneration, insurance, mutual fund contributions, medical care and other benefits awarded by the Supervisory Board.
Emoluments of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board Members under the Variable Remuneration Programme
2024
2023
Short-term benefits
Long-term benefits
Short-term benefits
Long-term benefits
Cash payments
4
3
4
3
Own stock
4
3
4
3
Total
8
6
8
6
Short-term benefits comprise the benefits under the Variable Remuneration Programme – the non-deferred part. Long-term benefits comprise the benefits under the Variable Remuneration Programme – the deferred part.
Emoluments of Members of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board for 2024 under the Variable Remuneration Programme have not yet been awarded.
In accordance with the Bank’s remuneration system, Members of the Bank’s Management Board may be entitled to a bonus for 2024, part of which will be paid in 2025, and part of which will be deferred for subsequent years (2026-2032). The maximum possible amount of the bonus for 2024, for which the provision was created, is PLN 14 million, including PLN 4 million for cash withdrawals in 2025, and PLN 10 million for the deferred part of the bonus. The final decision regarding the amount of bonus will be made by the Supervisory Board of the Bank.
As at 31 December 2023, the provision for cash payment of the bonus for Members of the Bank’s Management Board was PLN 14 million. The bonus for 2023 approved by the Supervisory Board in 2024 amounted to PLN 11 million.
In the years ended 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023, no post-employment benefits were paid to Management Board Members.
Members of the Management Board have entered into non-competition agreements after they cease to perform functions in the Bank’s Management Board. In the event of failure to appoint for a new term of office or dismissal, Management Board Members are entitled to a severance pay. Information on severance pay for Management Board Members is included in their employment contracts and is due only in the case of termination of the employment contract by the Bank for reasons other than those entitling it to terminate the employment contract without notice.
90
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Remuneration of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Supervisory Board Members
The composition of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Supervisory Board as at the end of 2024 was presented in the chapter I. Bank details in point 7 . ING Bank Śląski S.A. Management Board and Supervisory Board composition .
Emoluments of ING Bank Śląski S.A. Supervisory Board Members
2024
2023
Short-term employee benefits, including:
remuneration
1
1
Total
1
1
The Management Board Members and other persons employed by ING Bank Śląski S.A. do not receive any remuneration or awards for performing functions in the governing bodies of subsidiaries and affiliated entities of the ING Bank Śląski S.A. Group.
Volume of ING Bank Śląski shares held by Bank Management Board and Supervisory Board Members
As part of the Incentive Programme addressed to persons having a significant impact on the Bank’s risk profile, the Bank grants free-of-charge own shares as a component of variable remuneration.
As at 31 December 2024, Members of the Bank’s Management Board held a total of 17,498 shares, which consisted of non-deferred own shares for the period from 1 July to 31 December 2022 (6,835 shares after taking into account the sale of 937 shares), the first part of deferred shares for the period from 1 July to 31 December 2022 (1,079 shares) and non-deferred shares for the period from 1 January to 31 December 2023 (9,584 shares).
As at 31 December 2023, Members of the Bank’s Management Board held non-deferred own shares for the period from 1 July to 31 December 2022 in the total number of 7,772 shares.
Members of the Bank’s Supervisory Board did not hold any shares in ING Bank Śląski S.A. either as at 31 December 2024 or as at 31 December 2023.
42. Headcount
The headcount in the Bank at the end of 2024 and 2023 was, respectively:
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Individuals
7,553
7,906
FTEs
7,504.6
7,874.2
43. Significant events after the balance sheet date
None.
91
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Risk and capital management
Risk and capital
management
92
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Risk and capital management
I. Capital management
1. Introduction
Capital management at ING Bank Śląski S.A. is aimed at enabling and facilitating the Bank’s development in accordance with the adopted strategy and business model. In addition, it allows you to actively manage capital, taking into account the size and dynamics of changes, both now and in the future (including in a stressful situation). Capital management takes place in three perspectives: normative/regulatory perspective, economic capital perspective and stress perspective.
The overriding goal of capital management in the Bank is to have a sufficient and effective capitalisation of the Bank to implement its business strategy and development plans, while meeting all internal and external prudential requirements. This means financial flexibility in the current and future environment to adapt to changing market and regulatory conditions.
As part of capital management, the Bank:
identifies and assesses the materiality of the risks occurring in its operations,
conducts activities aimed at estimating and monitoring economic capital, capital requirement and own funds,
monitors potential risks to capital adequacy,
allocates economic capital to business lines,
sets internal limits in order to limit the generated capital requirements and economic capital,
pursues an appropriate investment policy,
establish an adequate pricing policy,
pursues a dividend policy resulting from the long-term capital objective and preferred capital structure,
plans economic capital and capital requirement and own funds,
prepares contingency capital plans defining the steps to be taken in the event of a risk to capital adequacy,
analyses the impact of macroeconomic factors on capital adequacy in accordance with the " Stress Test Policy ".
The superior document regulating capital management in the Bank is the Capital Management Policy at ING Bank Śląski S.A .
2. Minimum capital requirements
In accordance with the letter of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority received on 11 December 2024, the Bank maintains the buffer of another systemically important institution buffer equivalent to 1% of the total risk exposure amount.
On 19 December 2024, the Bank received a letter from the Polish Financial Supervision Authority on the non- determination of an additional capital charge recommended under Pillar II ("P2G") in order to absorb potential losses resulting from the occurrence of stress conditions.
The minimum level of capital adequacy results from the obligation to maintain minimum levels of capital ratios resulting from the following external regulations:
Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 (4.5% for CET1, 6% for T1 and 8% for TCR),
Act of 5 August 2015 on macroprudential supervision of the financial system and crisis management in the financial system sanctioning additional capital buffers, including:
capital conservation buffer, which in 2023 was 2.5%,
other systemically important institution buffer of 1% imposed by PFSA decision, received on 11 December 2024 (change from 0.5% in force in 2023),
93
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
ountercyclical capital buffer applicable to exposures to which such buffer has been imposed by the competent authorities. The countercyclical buffer is variable over time depending on the structure of the exposures concerned and the levels of countercyclical buffer rates imposed on the exposures concerned (as at the end of December 2024, the countercyclical buffer was effectively 0.009%, compared to 0.013% as at the end of December 2023),
Regulation of the Minister of Development and Finance of 18 March 2020 repealing the Regulation on the systemic risk buffer; however, following a cautious approach, the Bank monitors capital ratios taking into account the size of the systemic risk buffer.
Consequently, as at 31 December 2024, the minimum capital requirements for the Bank are:
CET1 >= 7.83%,
T1 >= 9.51%,
TCR >= 11.51%.
3. Capital adequacy
3.1. Capital adequacy objectives
The risk appetite determines the maximum amount of risk that the Bank is prepared to accept, thus supporting stability and further development. As part of risk and capital management, the Bank defines risk appetite parameters (RAS - Risk Appetite Statement) and capital targets of the Bank, which enable the Bank to implement its Strategy, including dividend targets.
The Capital Adequacy RAS also defines capital limits for specific risks.
For capital purposes, the Bank maintains a management buffer that enables the implementation of the strategy in the conditions of unexpected regulatory and business changes.
3.2. Own funds
The Bank's own funds consist of:
Common Equity Tier 1 capital, which at the end of 2024 amounted to PLN 16,942 million (PLN 17,522 million at the end of 2023),
Tier 2 capital, which at the end of 2024 amounted to PLN 1,341 million (PLN 1,530 million at the end of 2023).
As at 31 December 2024, as at 31 December 2023, no Tier 1 additional capital (AT1) is identified in the Bank.
Own funds accepted for calculation of the total capital ratio
as at 31 December
2024
2023 *
Tier 1
16,942
17,522
Tier 1 core capital
16,942
17,522
equity instruments qualifying as Tier 1 core capital
1,086
1,081
retained earnings, including:
81
1,190
retained earnings in previous years
81
80
recognized profit
-
1,110
accumulated other comprehensive income
88
-43
reserve capital
15,118
15,014
general bank risk funds
1,215
1,215
value adjustments due to prudent valuation requirements
-42
-35
goodwill and other intangible assets
-371
-308
deferred tax assets based on future profitability and not arising from temporary differences after deducting related income tax liabilities
-
-516
shortfall in credit risk adjustments against expected losses under the IRB approach
-468
-132
shortfall in coverage for non-performing exposures
-30
-11
transitional adjustments to common equity Tier 1 capital
265
67
Tier 2
1,341
1,530
equity instruments qualifying as Tier 2 capital
1,341
1,507
excess of provisions over expected eligible losses under the IRB approach
-
23
Own funds taken into account in total capital ratio calculation
18,283
19,052
*) On 11 April 2023, the Bank’s Ordinary General Meeting approved the distribution of profit for 2023. The inclusion of the net profit generated in 2023 in own funds as at 31 December 2023 resulted in an increase in own funds to the level of PLN 19,052 million, which is presented in the table above. According to the value presented in the annual financial statements for 2023, the level of own funds was PLN 17,846 million.
3.3. Capital requirement
For reporting purposes, in 2024 and 2023, the Bank used the Advanced Internal Ratings-Based Approach and the Standardised Approach to calculate the capital requirement for credit risk . The Bank has obtained the approval of
94
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
the Polish Financial Supervision Authority and the National Bank of the Netherlands for the use of the Advanced Internal Ratings Based (AIRB) method for exposure classes: companies and credit institutions.
In the area of operational risk , since June 2020, the Bank has been using the STA (the standardised approach)
method.
In the area of market risk , the Bank uses the base method and the method of updated average return period
(depending on the type of risk).
The Bank also sets capital requirements for concentration risk , settlement risk and credit valuation adjustment (CVA)
risk . In all cases, requirements are set in accordance with the CRR Regulation.
The total capital requirement is dominated by the credit risk requirement. At the end of 2024 it accounted for 86% of the total requirement compared to 84% at the end of 2023.
3.4. Capital ratios
As at 31 December 2024, the total capital ratio (TCR) for the ING Bank Śląski was 15.62% and the Tier 1 ratio was 14.48% compared to 18.74% and 17.24% at the end of 2023.
The main drivers of the change in the total capital ratio are:
as part of Common Equity Tier 1:
dividend payout from prior years’ profit - decrease of the total capital ratio by 0.99 p.p.,
decrease in the value of deferred tax assets based on future profitability and not resulting from temporary differences - increase in the total capital ratio by 0.51 p.p.,
temporary increase of the shortage of credit risk adjustments in view of expected losses according to the IRB method - decrease of the total capital ratio by 0.33 p.p.,
application of the transitional period for unrealised gains and losses on the portfolio measured at fair value through other comprehensive income - increase in the total capital ratio by 0.23 p.p.,
under Tier 2 capital:
increase in the amount of subordinated loans not included in own funds due to the fact that they entered the period of the last 5 years to the maturity date - decrease in the total capital ratio by 0.14 p.p.,
under the capital requirement:
increase in risk-weighted assets due to model changes - decrease in the total capital ratio by 1.16 p.p.,
increase in risk-weighted assets due to changes in credit volumes - decrease in the total capital ratio by 0.90 p.p.
The surplus of the total capital ratio over the regulatory requirement (together with P2G) decreased from 7.41 p.p. to 4.11 p.p. and the surplus of Tier 1 ratio decreased from 7.91 p.p. to 4.97 p.p.
Total capital ratio and Tier 1 capital ratio
as at 31 December
2024
2023 *
Own funds taken into account in total capital ratio calculation
18,283
19,052
Capital requirements
wymóg kapitałowy z tytułu ryzyka kredytowego i ryzyka kredytowego kontrahenta
8,079
6,840
wymogi kapitałowe z tytułu ryzyka pozycji, ryzyka walutowego i ryzyka cen towarów
98
108
wymóg kapitałowy z tytułu ryzyka operacyjnego
1,175
1,175
wymóg kapitałowy z tytułu ryzyka korekty wyceny kredytowej (CVA)
11
9
Total capital requirement
9,363
8,132
Total capital ratio
15.62%
18.74%
Minimum required level
11.51%
11.33%
Surplus TCR ratio
4.11 p.p.
7.41 p.p.
Tier 1 capital ratio
14.48%
17.24%
Minimum required level
9.51%
9.33%
Surplus T1 ratio
4.97 p.p.
7.91 p.p.
*) On 11 April 2024, the Bank’s Ordinary General Meeting approved the distribution of profit for 2023. The inclusion of net profit generated in 2023 in own funds as at 31 December 2023 resulted in an increase in TCR and Tier 1 ratios to 18.74% and 17.24% respectively, which is presented in the table. According to the values presented in annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023, TCR and Tier 1 ratios as at 31 December 2023 were 18.02% and 16.50%, respectively.
Transitional provisions
In the calculation of capital ratios, the Bank used transitional provisions to mitigate the impact of the implementation of IFRS 9 on the level of own funds. Additionally, as at 31 December 2024, the Bank applied the temporary treatment of unrealised gains and losses measured at fair value through other comprehensive income in accordance with Article 468 of the CRR. If the Bank did not apply the transitional provisions, the Bank’s capital ratios would be as follows.
95
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
as at 31 December
2024
2023
the level of capital ratios without transitional provisions
Total capital ratio (TCR)
15.41%
18.68%
Tier 1 capital ratio
14.27%
17.17%
3.5. Impact of CRR 3 on the Bank’s capital adequacy
On 1 January 2025, amended capital adequacy regulations - CRR3 1 - began to apply, significantly modifying the existing approach to capital requirements calculation. The changes materially affected the capital requirements for credit and operational risk. The amended provisions have had little effect on the decrease of certain own funds items.
The effect of the introduced changes is an increase in the Bank’s total capital ratio (TCR) by less than 2 p.p.
The main reason for the increase in capital ratios is the reduction in the total risk exposure amount (TREA). The largest decreases concern credit risk exposures (RWA) and operational risk, for which a new capital requirement calculation method has been introduced.
For credit risk, changes in the RWA level are differentiated. The largest declines were recorded for the portfolio of mortgage loans of natural persons and the portfolio of enterprises from the strategic customers segment. In turn, the largest increase in RWA concerned the portfolio of non-bank financial sector entities (NBFI).
Despite the reduction of TREA, it is not necessary for the Bank to maintain additional capital requirements resulting from the newly introduced reduction of profits from the use of advanced methods (IRB), the so-called Output floor 2 .
The entry into force of the amended regulations is accompanied by significant regulatory uncertainty resulting from the uncompleted work on the clarification documents. The estimated level of capital requirements is based on current supervisory interpretations and the final impact may change.
Additionally, RWA levels calculated using the internal ratings-based method (IRB) may be subject to increased volatility in subsequent periods resulting from the expected supervisory decisions related to the functioning of these
1 Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2024 amending Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as regards credit risk requirements, credit valuation adjustment risks, operational risk, market risk and minimum capital threshold .
2 New obligation for banks using advanced methodologies (such as the IRB approach) to maintain capital requirements at the level not lower than the reference one - determined using standardised methodologies.
methods. The estimated level of capital requirements is based on current supervisory interpretations and the final impact may be even higher.
4. MREL requirements
2024
2023
MREL – TREA (including combined buffer requirement)
23.49%
26.31%
minimum required level (including combined buffer requirement)
19.95%
19.30%
surplus (+) / deficiency (-) of the MREL – TREA ratio
3.54 p.p.
7.01 p.p.
minimum required level (not including combined buffer requirement)
16.44%
16.29%
surplus (+) / deficiency (-) of the MREL – TREA ratio
7.05 p.p.
10.02 p.p.
MREL - TEM
10.57%
11.02%
minimum required level
5.91%
5.91%
surplus (+) / deficiency (-) of the MREL – TEM ratio
4.66 p.p.
5.11 p.p.
On 7 June 2024, the Bank received a letter from the Bank Guarantee Fund (BFG) regarding a joint decision of the resolution authorities, i.e. Single Resolution Board (SRB) and the BFG, on the minimum level of own funds and write- down/conversion liabilities (MREL). This decision is based on the ING Group’s ‘Single Point of Entry’ (SPE) forced restructuring strategy.
The BFG, in consultation with the SRB, set the MREL requirement for the Bank at 19.95% of the total risk exposure amount (TREA) - taking into account the combined buffer requirement of 3.51% as at the end of 2024 and 5.91% of the total exposure measure (TEM) at the individual level. The Bank is obliged to meet the MREL requirement for both, TREA and TEM, at the same time. The entire MREL requirement should be met in the form of own funds and liabilities meeting the criteria set out in Article 98 of the Act on the BGF, which transposes Article 45f(2) of the BRRD2.
In addition, the BFG indicated that the part of the MREL corresponding to the recapitalisation amount should be satisfied in the form of the following instruments: additional Tier 1 (AT1), Tier 2 capital instruments (T2) and other subordinated eligible liabilities acquired directly or indirectly by the parent entity. The Bank estimates that the MREL part of the recapitalisation amount requirement is 8.44% TREA and 2.91% TEM.
At the same time, the BFG indicated that the Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) instruments held by the Bank for the purpose of the combined buffer requirement cannot be included in the MREL requirement expressed as a percentage of the total risk exposure amount (TREA).
96
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
At the end of 2024, the Bank had three non-preferred senior loans (NPS) from ING Bank N.V., with a nominal value of EUR 2.110 million. This value includes:
a loan of EUR 350 million, taken out on 10 October 2024 for a period of 4 years (with the right to early repayment after 3 years),
a loan of EUR 1,500 million, taken out on 22 December 2023 for a period of 4 years (with the right to early repayment after 3 years) and
a loan of EUR 260 million, taken out on 5 January 2023 for a period of 6 years (with the right to early repayment after 5 years).
All loans are an element of the single point of entry (SPE) strategy for ING Group. The Bank includes NPS funds in eligible liabilities for the purposes of the minimum requirement of own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL). Interest on the loans is payable quarterly at EURIBOR 3M plus a margin (1.50% for the October 2024 loan, 2.01% for the December 2023 loan and 2.35% for the January 2023 loan). As at 31 December 2024, the carrying amount of liabilities due to NPS loans amounted to PLN 9,055 million (compared to PLN 7,681 million as at 31 December 2023) and was recognised in the statement of financial position in the item Liabilities to other banks .
5. Dividend policy
The most important assumptions of the Bank's dividend policy are as follows:
stable realisation of dividend payments in a foreseeable perspective in the amount of up to 50% of the Bank’s annual net profit in compliance with the prudent management principle and all regulatory requirements the Bank is obliged to comply with, and taking into account the adopted Best Practice for WSE Listed Companies 2021,
a proposal to pay dividends in an amount higher than the ratio indicated above is possible if justified by the bank’s financial situation (e.g. from retained earnings or reserve capital) and provided that all other requirements of the law and the dividend policy are met.
possibility of dividend payouts from capital surplus over the minimum capital adequacy ratios and above the minimum levels of capital ratios determined by the Polish Financial Supervision Authority for dividend payouts.
When deciding on the proposed amount of dividend payment, the Bank’s Management Board takes into account the supervisory requirements communicated within the framework of the official communication of the PFSA concerning the dividend policy of banks, as well as the following considerations:
the current economic and financial condition of the Bank and the Bank’s Group, including limitations when financial losses are generated or in case of low profitability (low return on assets / equity),
assumptions of the management and risk management strategy of the Bank and the Bank’s Capital Group,
restrictions resulting from Art. 56 of the Act on Macro-prudential Supervision over the Financial System and Crisis Management in the Financial System of 5 August 2015,
the need to reduce current period profits or unapproved annual profits included in own funds by foreseeable dividends, in accordance with Article 26 of EU Regulation No 575/2013,
macroeconomic environment.
PFSA’s guidelines with respect to dividend for 2024
On 10 December 2024, the Polish Financial Supervision Authority published its position on the dividend policy in 2025. Up to 50% of the 2024 profit can be paid out only by banks that simultaneously meet the following criteria:
do not implement a recovery programme,
are positively assessed as part of the Supervisory Review and Evaluation process (final BION rating not worse than 2.5),
have a leverage level (LR) of more than 5%,
have a Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio not lower than the required minimum: 4.5% + 56.25% * P2R requirement + combined buffer requirement 3 + P2G 4 ,
have a Tier 1 capital ratio (T1) not lower than the required minimum: 6% + 75% * P2R requirement + combined buffer requirement + P2G,
have a total capital ratio (TCR) not lower than the minimum required: 8% + P2R + combined buffer + P2G.
The amount of up to 75% of the 2024 profit can be paid out only by banks that meet the criteria for a 50% payout, and at the same time whose portfolio of receivables from the non-financial sector is characterised by good credit quality (the share of NPL, including debt instruments, at a level not exceeding 5%).
The Bank should meet the criteria set out above both on an individual and consolidated level, as at the end of 2024 and on the date of the decision on the payment of dividend by the General Meeting.
3 taking into account the target announced level of the countercyclical capital buffer, i.e. 2%.
4 Pillar II Guidance or additional capital recommendation - measures the Bank’s sensitivity to an unfavourable macroeconomic scenario using the results of stress supervisory tests. Sensitivity defined as: relative change in CET1 calculated between the lowest level of CET1 in the scenario horizon and CET1 at the start of the test, taking into account supervisory adjustments.
97
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The maximum dividend level possible to pay is limited to 75%, due to the expectation of ensuring the stability of the Polish financial sector by adjusting the capital base of supervised entities to the level of risk incurred by them and protecting recipients of financial services of these entities.
Declared and paid dividends
The Management Board of ING Bank Śląski S.A. intends to recommend to the General Meeting of the Bank the adoption of a resolution on allocation of approx. 75% of the Bank’s 2024 separate profit, i.e. the amount of PLN 3,276 million, for dividend payment. The proposed dividend per share is PLN 25.18 gross. The proposed dividend date is 6 May 2025 and the proposed dividend payment date is 12 May 2025. As at the date of preparation of these financial statements, the Bank meets the criteria and requirements of the PFSA allowing for the payment of a dividend from the profit for 2024 to the amount of 75%. The amount of the proposed dividend takes into account both the current financial and capital situation of the Bank and its development plans.
On 11 April 2024, the Ordinary General Meeting of the Bank adopted a resolution on the payment of dividends from the profit for 2023 and from the reserve capital intended for the payment of dividends. On the basis of this resolution, on 6 May 2024, the Bank paid a dividend in the total amount of PLN 4,339 million, i.e. PLN 33.35 gross per share.
98
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
II. Risk management
1. Introduction
1.1. Risk categories
The most important risks in the Bank’s operations include:
credit risk,
market risk,
liquidity and funding risk,
operational risk.
In addition, as material risks in its operations, the Bank identifies:
compliance risk (compliance),
model risk,
business risk,
risks related to transaction security and stability of IT systems,
risks related to the security of personal data.
ESG risks deserve special attention, which are not treated by the Bank as a separate risk category, but rather as a factor strengthening the Bank’s basic risk categories (i.e. financial risks - credit, market, liquidity and funding risks, and non-financial risks).
A detailed description of each of the above risks is presented below.
1.2. Risk management organisation
The Bank’s Management Board and Supervisory Board play a special role in the risk management process. The Bank also has a number of committees that play an active role in managing individual risk types. The following diagrams present the organisational structure of risk management.
Risk Models Department
ESG Risk Management Department
Bussines Credit Risk Department
Market Risk Management Department
Credit Inspection Department
Risk Systems Department
Integrated Risk Department
Consumer Credit Risk Department
Regional Credit Risk Department
Strategy and Transformation Team
Wholesale Banking Risk Department
Model Risk Management Department
Operational Risk Management Department
Corporate Credit Restructuring Department
Risk integration
Credit risk
CRO
CEO
Centre of Expertise - Compliance
Management Board
Supervisory Board
99
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
1.3. Risk management system
The risk management system is an integrated set of rules, mechanisms and tools (including, among others, policies and procedures) relating to risk processes. The role of the risk management system is risk management, adequate to the size and profile of the risk incurred by the Bank, through constant identification, measurement or evaluation, monitoring, risk control, including risk mitigation, and risk reporting along with assessment of the effectiveness of risk mitigation actions taken. As part of risk control, the Bank hedges against risk or mitigates it by introducing appropriate control mechanisms, a system of limits and an adequate level of provisions (provisions), as well as capital and liquidity buffers.
As part of the risk management system, the Bank:
has a specified frequency of risk measurement or assessment that is adequate to the scale and complexity of the business,
apply formalised rules for determining the amount of risk taken and rules for risk management,
apply formalised procedures to identify, measure or estimate and monitor risk, which also take into account the expected level of risk in the future,
apply formalised risk limits and rules of conduct in the event of exceeding limits, including introducing methods and measures to eliminate exceeding limits in the future,
applies the adopted management reporting system that enables monitoring of the level of risk,
has an organisational structure adapted to the size and profile of the risk incurred,
has qualified staff of risk management units and provides training for employees of the first and second lines of defence.
The risk management system is defined in the General Policy of Risk Management at ING Bank Śląski S.A .
Three Lines of Defence Model
The risk and control structure in the Bank is based on the three lines of defence model. This model aims to provide a
stable and effective framework for risk management by defining and implementing three 'levels' of risk management, with different roles, responsibilities and responsibilities for supervision.
Among other things, it is responsible for:
assessment, control and mitigation of all risks affecting their business, and the completeness and accuracy of financial statements and risk reports with respect to their areas of responsibility
conducting risk assessments and taking mitigating actions to maintain the level of risk consistent with the designated risk appetite,
implementation, application and testing of control mechanisms resulting from policies and other regulations, also for outsourced activities (outsourcing).
Among other things, he is responsible for formulating and translating risk appetite into methodologies and policies in order to support and monitor risk control by the Bank’s management.
issuing regulations and providing risk management methods and tools, including supporting the first line of defence during this process,
verifying the application of risk regulations by the first line of defence
as part of its control activities, it performs its own independent assessment of the effectiveness of the first line of defence through inspections, tests, reviews and other forms of control.
It provides an independent assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of the risk management system, the internal control system, corporate governance and the implemented systems and processes in the first and second line of defence.
all teams and business units all support function teams and units, including: IT, Operations, HR, Legal Department, Finance
all teams and units in the Risk Division (CRO) entities in the area of compliance risk (Compliance)
Internal Audit Department
First line of defence
Second line of defence
Third line of defence
Supervisory Board
Management Board
Credit Policy Committee
Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO)
Audit Committee
Risk Committee
Remuneration and Nomination Committee
ESG Risk Committee
Non-Financial Risk Committee
Models Risk Committee
IT Risk and Security Committee
100
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The internal control system is described in the Policy Internal control system at ING Bank Śląski S.A. It is one of the elements of bank management and its foundations, principles and objectives result from the Banking Law Act, the Regulation of the Minister of Finance, Funds and Regional Policy on the risk management system and internal control system and remuneration policy in banks and Recommendation H on the internal control system in banks issued by the Polish Financial Supervision Authority.
The purpose of the internal control system is to ensure:
1. Effectiveness and efficiency of the Bank’s operations.
2. Reliability of financial reporting.
3. Compliance with the Bank’s risk management principles.
4. Compliance of the Bank’s operations with legal regulations, internal regulations and market standards.
The internal control system consists of:
a) Control function - an element of the internal control system, which consists of all control mechanisms in the processes operating in the Bank, independent monitoring of their compliance and reporting as part of the control function. Includes positions, groups of people or organisational units responsible for the implementation of tasks assigned to this function.
b) The Centre of Expertise - Compliance - acting as the compliance unit, with the task of identifying, assessing, controlling and monitoring the risk of non-compliance of the Bank’s operations with laws, internal regulations and market standards, and presents reports in this respect.
c) The Internal Audit Department - an independent unit tasked with examining and assessing, in an independent and objective manner, the adequacy and effectiveness of the risk management system and internal control system as part of the first and second line of defence.
1.4. Risk management rules
ING Bank Śląski S.A. manages credit, market, liquidity and funding and non-financial (operational and compliance) risks in accordance with the principles set out by the standards of Polish law, the regulations of the Polish Financial Supervision Authority (KNF) and other authorised bodies, as well as in accordance with the standards set by the ING
Group to the extent that it does not lead to a breach of the aforementioned regulations and best practice documents.
Irrespective of the need to ensure regulatory and legal compliance (compliance), the Bank considers the management of credit, market, liquidity and operational and financial risks as a fundamental and integral part of the overall Bank management.
Risk management is carried out on the basis of appropriate analyses independent of the risk management system, on the basis of strategies, policies, instructions, procedures and plans.
1.5. Risk appetite
The risk appetite determines the maximum level of risk that the Bank is prepared to accept, thus supporting stability and further development. As part of risk and capital management, the Bank determines risk appetite parameters (RAS - Risk Appetite Statement) in the following key areas:
RAS on capital adequacy,
RAS on liquidity and funding and market risk,
RAS for credit risk
RAS for non-financial risks (operational, compliance and models).
101
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2. Credit risk
2.1. Introduction
The Bank treats credit risk management as a fundamental and integral part of the overall management of the Bank.
Credit risk is understood as:
a risk of a financial loss that may be suffered by the Bank as a result of default by debtors in whole and at the agreed time on their credit obligations to the Bank, or
a risk of reduced economic value of credit exposures or groups of credit exposures as a result of impaired ability of debtors to service their debt at the agreed time.
2.2. Credit risk management objectives
The Bank’s primary objective in the credit risk management process is to support the effective achievement of business objectives through proactive risk management and organic growth activities, while:
maintaining a safe level of capital and liquidity ratios standards and an appropriate level of provisions,
ensuring compliance with legal regulations and requirements of supervisory authorities.
The specific objectives of credit risk management are:
supporting business initiatives,
maintaining credit losses at the assumed level,
continuous verification, assessment of the adequacy and development of applied procedures, models and other elements of the risk management system,
adapting operations to changing external conditions,
maintaining an appropriate level of capital requirements for credit risk and provisions,
ensuring compliance with the requirements of the regulator.
2.3. Credit risk management strategy
The credit risk management strategy supports business objectives while maintaining a safe level of solvency and liquidity of the Bank and an adequate level of provisions. It is designated in order to ensure the optimal development of the loan portfolio, while maintaining the appropriate quality and profitability of credit operations and capital allocation. The primary objective of defining the credit risk management strategy is to optimise the relationship between risk and return on capital, taking into account information about the current and prospective macroeconomic environment, the Bank’s portfolio and the level of implementation of RAS limits.
The credit risk management strategy takes into account the "look to the future", including the need to maintain competitiveness, attractiveness and development of the Bank’s offer.
2.4. Credit risk management system
The overriding documents governing credit risk management are: General Risk Management Principles at ING Bank Śląski and Credit Risk Management Policy at ING Bank Śląski .
The Bank’s credit risk management system consists of:
general principles of credit risk management and mitigation,
RAS strategies and limits,
general principles of concentration risk management,
credit risk management policies, instructions and procedures,
credit risk systems, tools and models,
management reporting system enabling monitoring of the level of credit risk,
organisational structure adjusted to the size and profile of the credit risk incurred by the Bank.
102
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The activities that the Bank undertakes as part of the risk management system may include:
risk avoidance - liquidation or limitation of activities that generate an excessively high level of risk or a type of risk that cannot be effectively controlled,
risk mitigation - taking actions aimed at reducing the probability of adverse events or limiting the effects of such events,
risk transfer - transferring all or part of the risk to another entity, e.g. through insurance or securitisation of a loan portfolio,
accepting risk - refraining from undertaking the above activities for economic or practical reasons, as part of the Bank’s risk appetite.
In addition, the Bank has a properly defined credit risk assessment and measurement process, independent of the lending function, including:
an effective rating system,
effective process of obtaining relevant information, including forecasts, used to measure expected credit losses,
an assessment policy that ensures that the measurement of expected credit losses is carried out on an individual or collective basis,
an effective model validation process that ensures that models generate accurate, consistent and objective forecasts and estimates on an ongoing basis,
clear, formal communication and coordination of all employees involved in the process of risk assessment and valuation of expected credit losses.
The Bank’s credit risk management system, including the organisational structure, organisation of the credit process, internal regulation system, tools and models used, is subject to ongoing verification and adaptation to ensure the implementation of the Bank’s strategy, including the risk appetite. In this way, the Bank achieves the goal of maintaining the adequacy of its activities in the area of identification, assessment, measurement, monitoring and management of activities subject to credit risk, as well as maintaining consistency and compliance with regulatory requirements.
The Bank’s risk policy for the credit exposure portfolio takes into account the fact that the activity generating credit risk may also be related to other types of risks, i.e., among others: liquidity, market, operational, legal and reputation risk, which may mutually reinforce each other and takes into account ESG risk.
The Bank optimises and limits losses due to incurred credit risk by:
setting internal limits,
appropriate design of credit products,
application of security measures,
use of functional control,
efficient monitoring, restructuring and recovery,
monitoring changes in clients’ creditworthiness and creditworthiness,
regular monitoring and validation of models used to identify and measure credit risk
conducting analyses of trends and values of key risk indicators.
Credit risk is managed by the Bank in an integrated manner based on:
strategic planning,
a coherent system of limits, policies and procedures, and
risk management tools, including risk identification, measurement and control.
This integrated system consists of all processes in the Bank carried out in connection with lending activities.
The systems and models supporting the assessment of the clients’ creditworthiness and credit reliability:
from Business Clients and Wholesale Banking – are built and monitored in accordance with the requirements of the Advanced Capital Requirements Approach for credit risk and ING Group standards (excluding SE&Micro and Easy Lending clients),
from the Business Clients Division (SE&Micro and Easy Lending clients) – are application and behavioural scoring models reflecting the statistical level of client risk, built in accordance with the requirements contained in supervisory regulations,
from the Retail Division – are scoring models (application models, behavioural models and BIK scoring) reflecting the statistical level of client risk, built in accordance with the requirements contained in supervisory regulations.
103
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
In its assessment of credit risk, the Bank uses the following models:
PD (Probability of Default),
LGD (Loss given Default),
EAD (Exposure at Default).
The models are designed in compliance with the requirements set forth in supervisory regulations and are applied inter alia to determine the volume of provisions, economic capital for credit risk for internal and external reporting requirements, reporting to the supervisory authority, to determine loan pricing and client profitability. The effectiveness of the models is reviewed on the basis of monitoring and validation processes.
Credit risk management in the Bank is carried out on the basis of advanced credit risk assessment models. In the credit risk reporting process, information relating to IRB models is included with a frequency adjusted to the materiality and type of information presented and the position of the recipient. As a rule, detailed information relating to IRB models is presented to senior management, in particular to:
The Bank’s Management Board – results of monitoring of the correctness of functioning of the AIRB approach in compliance with the Policy of Changes and Monitoring of the Internal Rating Method at ING Bank Śląski S.A. ,
the Credit Policy Committee – results of monitoring of credit risk models, in compliance with the Credit risk model management instruction at ING Bank Śląski S.A. and the results of model validation in compliance with the Risk model validation policy .
the Assets and Liabilities Committee (ALCO) – stress tests in accordance with the Stress Testing Policy .
As part of the Risk Division’s quarterly report, the results of the analysis of the credit risk profile of the corporate and retail mortgage-backed exposure portfolios are presented to the Bank’s Management Board and the Risk Committee of the Supervisory Board in accordance with the model monitoring process, in particular:
risk profiles by categories,
migration among the categories,
estimation of relevant parameters in individual categories,
comparison of realised factors of default, realised LGD values, and realised credit conversion factors (CCF) with expected values.
The Bank also takes into account in the credit risk management process data on impairment losses (credit provisions), which are presented in a dedicated report. The monthly report in a shortened version is presented to the
Bank’s Management Board and the quarterly report in a full and shortened version is presented to the Bank’s Supervisory Board.
2.5. Organisational structure of credit risk management
Each of these areas controls and supervises the scope of the Bank’s activity entrusted to it and the risk management process.
CRO
Risk Models Department
ESG Risk Management Department
Bussines Credit Risk Department
Market Risk Management Department
Credit Inspection Department
Risk Systems Department
Integrated Risk Department
Consumer Credit Risk Department
Regional Credit Risk Department
Strategy and Transformation Team
Wholesale Banking Risk Department
Model Risk Management Department
Operational Risk Management Department
Corporate Credit Restructuring Department
Risk integration
Credit risk
104
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2.6. Risk appetite RAS
RAS is a bank-wide risk appetite, defined by setting limit values for the most important measures. The Bank-wide risk appetite is supported and hedged by setting more detailed strategic and internal limits and other risk measures.
Types of RAS for credit risk:
sales limits and portfolio size,
portfolio quality limits/ for risk parameter values,
monitoring and recovery efficiency limits,
sectoral limits,
concentration limits, including limits for the portfolio of mortgage-backed credit exposures resulting from the requirements of Recommendation S,
quantitative and quality parameters of RAS for ESG risk.
In addition to RAS limits, the Bank sets limits for credit risk for individual areas, business lines, products and transaction limits, which are accepted by the relevant credit decision maker. In addition, internal concentration limits are set for industries of the economy, accepted forms of collateral, regions and mortgage-backed credit exposures. The ongoing performance of RAS limits is monitored and reported during the year, on a monthly basis.
In the further part of the chapter, in the section containing quantitative disclosures, a breakdown of the Bank’s largest exposures to entities / groups of related entities and concentration of exposures to corporate clients in the national economy industries is presented. The Bank does not identify any other significant risk concentrations than those mentioned above and those presented in this chapter and in the notes to the financial statements.
2.7. Principles of credit activity
The basic principle that the Bank follows in its lending activities is compliance with the law and external regulations related to lending activities, i.e.:
The Banking Law Act,
Macroprudential Supervision Act,
Foreign exchange law,
Recommendations issued by KNF,
EBA LOM (Loan Origination and Monitoring) guidelines,
The CRR Regulation,
anti-money laundering regulations, etc.
The Bank does not engage in credit transactions and does not engage in activities whose ethical aspect raises doubts and which could harm the good name of the Bank.
The following principles shall apply in the course of carrying out credit activities:
the Bank acquires and maintains in the loan portfolio credit exposures, which ensure security of the Bank’s deposits and capital,
the Bank acts in the interest of the client, taking into account both his needs and capabilities; it avoids a situation in which the granted financing would contribute to the client entering a debt spiral,
the Bank attracts clients in accordance with the applicable regulations and requirements regarding the provision of necessary information, documentation and compliance with procedures,
the Bank provides credit services effectively and professionally, respecting the interest of customers and the expectations of the Bank's shareholders as regards the increase in the value of ING Bank Śląski S.A. and taking into account the requirements resulting from the competitive environment,
the Bank does not conclude transactions or credit exposures without learning and understanding the economic basis of the transaction,
the Bank accepts credit risk if it is able to effectively control it and - in the event of default - performs debt recovery procedures,
the Bank does not provide exposures in cases where it exposes itself to reputation risk,
the Bank makes decisions regarding new types or directions of credit exposures (e.g. new markets, market segments, customer groups, products) after prior analysis and assessment of new opportunities and related risks,
in business relations, the Bank applies the principle of "equal rights", i.e. it requires the same documents and information from the same clients - from a credit risk perspective - and pays particular attention to their equal treatment,
the Bank maintains open communication with clients regarding information requirements in the credit process.
as part of cooperation with business partners, the Bank observes the following principles::
105
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
conducts verification of business partners with whom it cooperates in the process of granting loans,
has procedures for the circulation of documentation between the client, business partner and the Bank,
has procedures for quality control of business partners,
does not grant a power of attorney or the right to make credit decisions in the name and on behalf of the Bank when granting (distributing) loans,
determines the acceptable level of risk for individual sales channels,
monitors the quality of the loan portfolio granted through individual business partners.
2.8. Credit risk management rules
Credit risk management is a continuous process consisting of all the Bank’s activities related to the performance of credit activities. All units and persons who perform tasks within the credit process work closely together to:
improving the efficiency of risk management, and
maintaining risk at a level consistent with the strategy, approved risk appetite (RAS) and the Bank’s financial plans.
The credit risk management process is carried out in the Bank through three functionally and organisationally independent lines of defence.
The Bank applies organisational solutions taking into account the separation of the function of selling banking products from the function of risk acceptance at all levels of the organisational structure, including the Bank’s Management Board. The separation of the function of monitoring and controlling the risk of credit exposures (including concentration risk) from the function of selling banking products and the risk acceptance function is maintained at all levels of the Bank’s organisational structure below the level of the Bank’s Management Board, and for retail credit exposures also at the level of the Management Board.
In the case of simplified, automated credit process paths, the separation of the sales function of banking products from the risk acceptance function of credit exposures is based on the independence of the process of building and validating tools supporting the risk acceptance process from the sales and operational functions. Competence in credit decisions relating to individual credit transactions is separate from decision-making competences in the sphere of shaping credit policy and credit risk management rules.
Credit risk is managed by the Bank both at the level of the loan exposure portfolio and at the level of individual transactions.
Risk management of the credit exposure portfolio
Credit risk management of the credit exposure portfolio is carried out by:
efining the credit risk management strategy,
reconciliation of quality parameters and quantitative parameters of RAS/their level with the business side,
development, implementation and monitoring of the credit policy,
analysing the macroeconomic situation and individual industries and formulating guidelines for lending directions,
development and implementation of credit products,
determination of competence levels for acceptance of credit policy and product deviations,
development and implementation of tools supporting risk measurement and assessment,
analysis and assessment of the method of credit process implementation and the scope of functional control,
portfolio management of credit exposures,
training of employees participating in the credit process,
development and maintenance of an employee incentive system aimed at compliance with internal credit standards.
Bank managing the credit risk profile:
sets, monitors and reports internal concentration limits for industries, types of collateral, regions and mortgage-backed credit exposures,
monitors and analyses the quality of adopted collateral,
monitor and report compliance with prudential standards resulting from Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions as amended and amending Regulation (EU) No. 648/2012 and the Banking Law Act,
sets, monitors and reports internal concentration limits, taking into account individual sub-portfolios,
defines changes in credit policy and product offer, taking into account the cyclical nature of the economy and changes taking place on the real estate market,
obtains market data about the quality of loan portfolios and compares them with own loan portfolios.
106
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Capital adequacy and creation of provisions for credit risk
The Bank secures impairment of credit exposures by recognising impairment for expected credit losses. The Bank further secures fluctuating losses versus the average levels of expected losses (that is unexpected losses) by ensuring an adequate level of regulatory capital and economic capital.
Risk-weighted assets and capital requirements are calculated by the Bank as follows:
for exposures from the retail segment and SE/Micro and Easy Lending customers - in accordance with the standard method,
for corporate credit exposures - in accordance with the advanced internal ratings based method, excluding exposures to governments, central banks, local government units, for which the Bank applies the standardised method.
Calculation of impairment for expected credit losses in the Bank for all credit exposures is performed in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.
Credit risk management of individually significant credit exposures
Credit risk management of individually significant credit exposures includes:
determination of the credit risk management process for credit risk-bearing transactions,
managing documentation requirements for the Bank’s credit client,
definition of a credit analysis standard,
setting a maximum level of DSTI/DSI, LTV, and a minimum level of own contribution for specific products, types of transactions,
development of rules for making credit decisions and management of credit competencies,
managing the following rules:
determining risk measures using risk models used by the Bank,
verify the timeliness of repayments,
monitoring the economic and financial situation of the client,
monitoring the customer’s compliance with contractual conditions,
monitoring of other defined warning signals,
accepting and monitoring collateral accepted by the Bank,
use and monitoring of limits available at the Bank.
rules for creating allowances for expected credit losses for credit exposures and provisions for off-balance sheet liabilities,
credit risk management for clients from the portfolio in Stage 3.
The following activities are carried out as part of the process of granting and managing individually significant credit exposures:
client and transaction risk assessment,
taking credit decision,
monitoring,
restructuring and recovery.
Client and transaction risk assessment
The most important elements in the assessment of customer credit risk and transactions include :
assessment of clients’ creditworthiness ,
assessment of creditworthiness (quantitative assessment) ,
collateral assessment ,
transaction risk assessment .
Assessment of clients’ creditworthiness
The Bank reviews clients’ creditworthiness by:
verifying compliance with minimum criteria,
determining clients’ rating or score in the rating or scoring process respectively.
Measurement of the client’s risk in the rating or scoring process is based on the estimated PD (default probability). The condition for providing financing to the client is to establish a rating or scoring assessment for the client at a specific minimum level for a given type of client, credit process or product.
The assessment of the creditworthiness of MidCorp and SME business clients and Wholesale Banking (WB) clients in the rating process is based on::
107
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
rating awarded to entities applying for credit exposure, providing collateral (e.g. sureties, guarantors) and other entities, if required by the specificity of the collateral or transaction (e.g. debtors of receivables assigned to the Bank),
the principle of two pairs of eyes, i.e. inter alia:
commercial functions are separated from the rating approval function that is performed by the CRO Division units, or
the rules of operation of automatic rating models, which are approved by the Credit Policy Committee.
The assessment of the creditworthiness of the retail client and the business client from MidCorp/SME segment (Easy Lending) and the SE/Micro segment is based on:
scoring for retail and SE/Micro customers,
analysis of history of repayment of obligations to the Bank and other financial institutions,
features of the borrowers that have material impact on compliance with the existing credit obligations (quality analysis), e.g.:
personal characteristics of the retail client and SE/Micro: age, marital status, number of persons maintained, housing and financial status, education, employment history, form of employment, profession pursued, etc.,
features of the Easy Lending customer, i.e.: legal form, customer type, industry and period of business activity, customer rating, enforcement titles, punctuality of repayment of liabilities, inflows to the account at the Bank, regular transfers to ZUS/Tax Office, customer occurrence in the Bank Register of Unreliable Customers, etc.,
history of the client’s cooperation with the Bank: period of cooperation and history of account maintenance.
The Bank applies scoring models (application, behavioural models and BIK scoring) reflecting the client’s statistical risk level. The applied clients’ creditworthiness review models are subject to regular monitoring and validation to ensure good quality of the tools.
Assessment of creditworthiness (quantitative assessment)
Creditworthiness is reviewed by identifying the source of repayment and the amount and stability thereof throughout the lending process. This is an assessment of repayment potential by the clients of their credit exposures in the specified amounts, times and subject to terms and conditions determined by the Bank. The clients’ potential is subject to a review of clients’ creditworthiness in the rating and scoring process. The review of creditworthiness also provides for the FX risk and interest rate risk to which the debtors are exposed.
The analysis of the creditworthiness of a business client and WB may cover the following areas:
ownership structure of the client,
the type of activity pursued,
business and investment strategy,
market position,
outlets and suppliers,
financial analysis, including financial forecast,
identification and assessment of sources of repayment,
financial position compared to comparable entities in the industry,
factors from the global, macroeconomic, regional and industry environment that currently affect and may have a significant impact on the financial condition of the enterprise in the future.
The analysis of individual clients’ creditworthiness covers:
determination of the amount and stability of income obtained (quantitative analysis),
determination of the amount of the client’s financial liabilities (both credit and non-credit),
determination of household expenditure.
In assessing creditworthiness, financial measures based on mathematical formulas are used.
108
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Collateral assessment
The Bank applies collateral to mitigate credit risk and the amount of losses that may be suffered when clients’ default on loan repayment. Before collateral is accepted, the Bank assesses the collateral and its value and effectiveness.
Apart from classic forms of collateral (material and personal), the Bank applies additional instruments to mitigate the risk of loss in the form of contractual conditions and clauses.
In order to calculate the capital requirement, the Bank applies the approved LGD models in which each collateral is assigned with an adequate recovery rate. Is the Bank’s policy to grant loans in amounts and subject to terms and conditions that ensure regular repayments without the need to resort to collateral.
Transaction risk assessment
Assessing transactions, the Bank takes the following into account:
results of the clients’ creditworthiness and credit reliability,
compliance with credit policy,
purpose of lending,
adequacy of the requested product,
other risks such as:
business risks – macroeconomic, market, sectoral, seasonal risks,
structural risks – transaction structure, values of LTV and LGD, client’s own contribution (if required), effectiveness of clauses, Bank’s position versus other lenders,
management staff – employment history, experience, substitution risk of decision makers and succession risk,
financial risks – including FX and interest rate risks,
concentration risk:
o whether the requested increase in exposure is associated with the use of the limit internally set by the Bank,
o whether the requested increase in exposure affects the utilisation of the large exposure limit,
reputational risk – can cooperation with the client adversely affect the Bank's reputation.
relation of risk level to pricing conditions, etc.
Taking credit decision
The decision-making procedure does not relieve any of the participants in the decision-making process of personal responsibility for the decisions taken.
Credit decision-makers are granted individually personal credit competences within a two-person decision-making procedure, the amount of which depends on their knowledge and experience. The competence level correlates with the level of credit risk. If the credit risk is higher, decisions are made by people with more experience. The rules for granting and revoking credit competences are separate within individual customer segments. In determining the appropriate level of credit competence for business customers (excluding SE/Micro customers) and WB, the Bank's total exposure to the group of related entities to which the customer belongs, and in the case of natural persons and natural persons conducting business activity, the level of competence results from the Bank's total exposure to this customer, is taken into account. Acceptance of all transactions is made in accordance with clearly defined rules of decision making and credit competence.
The scope of competence to make credit decisions in the scope of risk acceptance of individual credit exposures is determined by the Credit Policy Committee. The lack of data necessary for risk assessment precludes its acceptance and decision making.
Commitments to lower amounts, shorter deadlines, with lower risk, are undertaken at lower competence levels. As credit risk increases - i.e. single or aggregate credit exposure increases, lending extensions, non-standard elements in the proposal or deviations from existing internal regulations - decisions are taken at higher levels of credit competence.
Risk assessment and acceptance is based on expert assessment based on the results of risk measurement using supporting tools defined by credit policy and procedures. The exception are the so-called automatic decisions, taken by an IT system or semi-automatic decisions made as part of simplified credit process paths.
Credit decisions are made in the right path, based on a comprehensive analysis of transaction risk depending on the complexity and amount of the transaction. For paths with a higher level of automation, transaction risk analysis is based on clearly defined criteria, including behavioural and automatic calculation of a credit limit based on an algorithm approved by the Credit Policy Committee.
Retail segment (mortgage and retail segment) and business clients from SE/Micro segment
Credit decisions for the regular portfolio are made:
in automatic mode - in accordance with specified criteria,
109
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
in single or double mode - by units from the Operations Division,
in two-person mode - in the higher risk analysis unit, at the level of directors or members of the management board - this applies to cases characterised by higher credit risk and non-standard cases.
Irregular portfolio decisions are made in a dedicated recovery and restructuring unit.
Business customer segment excluding SE/Micro customers
Loan decisions for the portfolio in Stages 1 and 2 (excluding automatic paths) are made:
collectively, through the Bank’s Credit Committee or the Restructuring Committee - this applies to the largest credit exposures,
in two-person mode - by business units and transactional credit risk units or dedicated restructuring units,
in a single-member mode - by the Risk Manager in case of approval of non-significant modifications.
Business Customer Segment and Wholesale Banking
Loan decisions for the portfolio in Stages 1 and 2 are made:
in two-person mode - by business units and transactional credit risk units or dedicated restructuring units.
Credit decisions for the portfolio of business clients from MidCorp/SME (Easy Lending) are made depending on the process path:
automatically based on:
verification of the defined qualification criteria,
customer verification in BRNK, BIK and BIG databases,
calculation of the EL transaction limit calculated in accordance with the algorithm approved by the NCP,
or
expertly by the decision-maker of the crediting unit (Front Office) with appropriate credit competencies.
Loan decisions concerning the portfolio in Stage 3 are taken in a single person mode, in a double person mode or by the Restructuring Committee.
The decision-making procedure does not relieve any of the participants in the decision-making process of personal responsibility for the decisions taken.
Monitoring
All credit exposures generating credit risk, including concentration risk and financial market transactions, are monitored. The purpose of monitoring is early identification of warning signals and taking actions to prevent the occurrence of difficult credit and early identification of indications or objective evidence of impairment of the credit exposure and taking actions to reduce the Bank’s losses. Monitoring of the granted credit exposure includes:
the course of repayment of the Bank’s receivables (punctuality),
the Client’s performance of other contractual terms and conditions,
the financial standing and/or assets of the client,
the course of cash use in accordance with the purpose of financing (if specified),
the degree of investment realisation (in case of investment loans),
verification of client or transaction warning signals,
objective evidence or indications of impairment,
periodic assessment of the quality and value of collateral.
Restructuring and collection
The Bank supports its clients at every stage of financing. The Bank offers products tailored to their needs and offers flexible repayment schedules in the event of minor delays in repayment of liabilities. In the event of greater difficulties in repayment, the Bank may propose debt restructuring. Then, together with the client, the Bank determines the best form of support or conclusion of a settlement.
The main objective of restructuring activities is to minimise the risk of the Bank’s losses or to minimise the size of the loss.
The Bank adopts the following behavioural strategies:
Debt restructuring - based on cooperation with the client, which may in particular consist in changing the contractual terms to adjust the terms of debt repayment to the client’s financial capabilities, e.g.:
extending the repayment period,
temporary suspension of instalments in the principal part / entire instalment,
conversion of a renewable product into an instalment product,
sale of assets (not applicable to the retail segment),
110
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
sale of a part of the borrower’s business activity (not applicable to the retail segment),
partial write-off of financial liabilities (not applicable to the retail segment),
the Bank’s participation in restructuring based on the provisions of the Restructuring Law .
The decision to start restructuring is made after a detailed assessment and approval by the relevant decision- making body in the Bank. After a successfully completed restructuring process, the borrower is again subject to standard credit risk monitoring procedures.
Debt collection - i.e. recovery by the Bank of receivables from established legal securities or from other assets of the client or from assets of obligated third parties. The Bank may pursue its receivables by initiating enforcement proceedings or participating in bankruptcy proceedings or, in relation to retail clients, by way of amicable recovery, i.e. enabling the client to make voluntary repayments under the debt collection strategy.
Forbearance
Forbearance occurs if the Bank considers that the client will not be able to meet his financial obligations due to financial difficulties (established or expected) and decides to grant him amenities.
Forbearance shall be identified if the following cumulative conditions are met:
the customer is unable to meet its financial obligations under the loan agreement at the Bank due to existing or expected financial difficulties,
the Bank shall grant a relaxation facility that would not have been granted if the customer had not experienced financial difficulties.
Financial difficulties are understood as the situation of a client who is experiencing or will soon begin to experience difficulties in fulfilling his financial obligations.
Detailed quantitative disclosures regarding the distribution of the loan portfolio between the performing and non- performing, detailing exposures with forbearance facilities granted, are presented later in the chapter in section 2.9.5 .
111
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2.9.1. Maximum exposure to credit risk
2024
2023
Loans and other receivables to other banks
25,063
22,540
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding derivatives and equity instruments), including:
2,126
2,439
Financial assets held for trading
2,105
2,400
valuation of derivatives
898
900
other financial assets held for trading, including:
1,207
1,500
debt securities, including:
700
884
Treasury bonds in PLN
678
733
Czech Treasury bonds
22
151
repurchase agreements
507
616
Non-trading financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss, including:
21
39
loans mandatorily at fair value through profit or loss
21
39
Derivative hedging instruments
61
208
Investment securities (excluding equity instruments), of which:
58,638
56,292
Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
31,585
23,594
Treasury bonds in PLN
26,271
21,259
Treasury bonds in EUR
-
546
European Union bonds
2,064
-
European Investment Bank bonds
2,838
1,378
Austrian government bonds
412
411
Measured at amortised cost, including:
27,053
32,698
Treasury bonds in PLN
11,859
13,095
Treasury bonds in EUR
2,872
2,940
European Investment Bank bonds
6,654
6,701
Bonds of the Polish Development Fund (PFR)
3,860
3,860
Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego bonds
1,808
1,805
NBP bills
-
4,297
Loans and other receivables to customers, including:
156,496
146,663
Measured at amortised cost, including:
150,037
140,190
Corporate banking
87,287
84,849
loans in the current account
17,505
16,339
term loans and advances
65,215
64,320
corporate and municipal debt securities
4,567
4,190
Retail banking
59,548
53,613
mortgages
50,275
45,197
loans in the current account
624
643
other loans and advances
8,649
7,773
Other receivables
3,202
1,728
Measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
6,459
6,473
Financial receivables in other assets
23
26
Granted off-balance sheet liabilities, of which:
56,584
55,102
Undrawn credit lines
44,587
43,597
guarantees
8,018
8,117
undrawn overdrafts in current account
1,409
1,418
credit card limits
1,896
1,693
letters of credit
393
277
repurchase agreements
281
-
Total
298,991
283,270
112
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2.9.2. Quality of the loan portfolio
The loan portfolio includes receivables from customers, which consist of loans (both term and overdrafts or card accounts) and other credit claims (e.g. purchased receivables), factoring receivables and corporate and municipal bonds.
Balance sheet value and impairment for expected credit losses by Stages
Loan portfolio measured at amortised cost
as at 31 December
2024
2023
gross
impairment for expected credit loss
net
gross
impairment for expected credit loss
net
Corporate banking
90,085
-2,798
87,287
87,130
-2,281
84,849
assets in Stage 1
75,584
-128
75,456
74,495
-184
74,311
assets in Stage 2
9,840
-359
9,481
10,009
-392
9,617
assets in Stage 3
4,661
-2,311
2,350
2,626
-1,705
921
including individually significant assets
2,870
-1,124
1,746
1,393
-869
524
Retail banking, including:
60,407
-859
59,548
54,569
-956
53,613
mortgages
50,435
-160
50,275
45,396
-199
45,197
assets in Stage 1
44,430
-9
44,421
41,255
-21
41,234
assets in Stage 2
5,749
-48
5,701
3,860
-64
3,796
assets in Stage 3
255
-103
152
280
-114
166
POCI assets
1
-
1
1
-
1
other loans
9,972
-699
9,273
9,173
-757
8,416
assets in Stage 1
8,430
-94
8,336
7,842
-103
7,739
assets in Stage 2
877
-115
762
625
-123
502
assets in Stage 3
663
-490
173
704
-531
173
POCI assets
2
-
2
2
-
2
Total, including:
150,492
-3,657
146,835
141,699
-3,237
138,462
assets in Stage 1
128,444
-231
128,213
123,592
-308
123,284
assets in Stage 2
16,466
-522
15,944
14,494
-579
13,915
assets in Stage 3
5,579
-2,904
2,675
3,610
-2,350
1,260
POCI assets
3
-
3
3
-
3
The Bank identifies POCI financial assets whose balance-sheet value as at 31 December 2024 was PLN 3 million (as at 31 December 2023). These are exposures to impaired receivables purchased in connection with the acquisition of
Bieszczadzka SKOK in 2017 and exposures which were significantly modified as a result of restructuring, which involved the need to remove the original credit exposure re-recognise the asset in the statement of financial position.
Loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
2024
2023
carrying amount *
impairment for expected credit loss
carrying amount*
impairment for expected credit loss
Retail banking - mortgage loans
assets in Stage 1
5,420
-1
5,663
-3
assets in Stage 2
1,016
-8
783
-11
assets in Stage 3
23
-9
27
-9
Total
6,459
-18
6,473
-23
*) In the case of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, the carrying amount is not reduced by the allowance for expected credit losses.
Sale of non-performing receivables
In 2024, the Bank carried out five transactions of sale of non-performing receivables. The Bank concluded the following agreements regarding the sale of receivables from the impaired portfolio:
Three agreement on the sale of corporate receivables, as a result of which the portfolio of impaired receivables decreased by PLN 396 million. The positive impact of the transaction on the Bank's gross result amounted to PLN 22 million.
Two agreement on the sale of retail receivables, as a result of which the portfolio of impaired receivables decreased by PLN 192 million. The positive impact of the transaction on the Bank's gross result amounted to PLN 58 million.
In 2023, the Bank concluded an agreement for the sale of receivables from the non-performing portfolio, which included receivables of retail and corporate customers from the entrepreneurs subsegment. As a result of the transaction non-performing receivables portfolio decreased by PLN 234 million and positive impact of the transaction on the Bank’s gross result amounted to PLN 25 million.
The result on the sale of receivables is presented in the line Profit on the sale of receivables under Impairment for expected credit losses in the income statement.
113
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Loan portfolio measured at amortised cost - reconciliation of the gross carrying amount (GCA) and changes in impairment for expected credit losses (ECL)
2024
for the year ended 31 December
Corporate banking
Retail banking
Total
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
GCA
ECL
Opening balance
74,495
-184
10,009
-392
2,626
-1,705
-
-
87,130
-2,281
49,097
-124
4,485
-187
984
-645
3
-
54,569
-956
141,699
-3,237
Changes in the period, including:
1,089
56
-169
33
2,035
-606
-
-
2,955
-517
3,763
21
2,141
24
-66
52
-
-
5,838
97
8,793
-420
loans granted in the period
24,147
-86
-
-
-
-
-
-
24,147
-86
14,514
-52
-
-
-
-
-
-
14,514
-52
38,661
-138
transfer to and from Stage 1
2,366
-10
-2,354
61
-12
5
-
-
-
56
2,175
-4
-2,155
53
-20
13
-
-
-
62
-
118
transfer to and from Stage 2
-6,003
40
6,029
-220
-26
13
-
-
-
-167
-4,892
16
4,974
-102
-82
42
-
-
-
-44
-
-211
transfer to and from Stage 3
-1,694
41
-1,263
145
2,957
-1,044
-
-
-
-858
-226
6
-152
34
378
-191
-
-
-
-151
-
-1,009
repayment (total and partial) and the release of new tranches
-17,727
39
-2,581
72
-517
220
-
-
-20,825
331
-7,914
31
-541
25
-197
88
-
-
-8,652
144
-29,477
475
changed provisioning under impairment for expected credit losses
-
11
-
-42
-
-243
-
-
-
-274
-
-8
-
-23
-
-29
-
-
-
-60
-
-334
management adjustments
-
22
-
15
-
98
-
-
-
135
-
32
-
37
-
-
-
-
-
69
-
204
Total impairment for expected credit losses in the profit and loss account
57
31
-951
-
-863
21
24
-77
-
-32
-895
derecognition from the balance sheet (write-downs, sale)
-
-
-
-
-367
360
-
-
-367
360
-
-
-
-
-147
146
-
-
-147
146
-514
506
calculation of penalty interest (for late payment)
-
-
-
-
301
-
-
-
301
-
-
-
-
-
50
-
-
-
50
-
351
-
writing down penalty interest (for late payment)
-
-
-
-
-301
-
-
-
-301
-
-
-
-
-
-50
-
-
-
-50
-
-351
-
value adjustment for legal risk of CHF mortgage loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
106
-
15
-
2
-
-
-
123
-
123
-
calculation and write-off of effective interest
-
-
-
-
-
10
-
-
-
10
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
3
-
13
other
-
-1
-
2
-
-25
-
-
-
-24
-
-
-
-
-
-20
-
-
-
-20
-
-44
Closing balance
75,584
-128
9,840
-359
4,661
-2,311
0
0
90,085
-2,798
52,860
-103
6,626
-163
918
-593
3
0
60,407
-859
150,492
-3,657
114
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
for the year ended 31 December
Corporate banking
Retail banking
Total
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
GCA
ECL
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
GCA
ECL
Opening balance
72,486
-173
11,415
-444
2,124
-1,318
-
-
86,025
-1,935
46,874
-184
4,857
-276
891
-583
2
-
52,624
-1,043
138,649
-2,978
Changes in the period, including:
2,009
-11
-1,406
52
502
-387
-
-
1,105
-346
2,223
60
-372
89
93
-62
1
-
1,945
87
3,050
-259
loans granted in the period
21,944
-123
-
-
-
-
-
-
21,944
-123
8,915
-55
-
-
-
-
-
-
8,915
-55
30,859
-178
transfer to and from Stage 1
3,517
-14
-3,512
99
-5
3
-
-
-
88
797
-6
-783
66
-15
12
1
-
-
72
-
160
transfer to and from Stage 2
-5,934
51
5,977
-218
-43
11
-
-
-
-156
-1,050
15
1,123
-96
-73
46
-
-
-
-35
-
-191
transfer to and from Stage 3
-586
8
-357
58
943
-424
-
-
-
-358
-249
10
-194
58
443
-231
-
-
-
-163
-
-521
repayment (total and partial) and the release of new tranches
-16,932
34
-3,514
107
-290
156
-
-
-20,736
297
-6,250
40
-534
32
-144
64
-
-
-6,928
136
-27,664
433
changed provisioning under impairment for expected credit losses
-
28
-
-133
-
-100
-
-
-
-205
-
32
-
-11
-
60
-
-
-
81
-
-124
management adjustments
-
4
-
135
-
-106
-
-
-
33
-
24
-
39
-
-113
-
-
-
-50
-
-17
Total impairment for expected credit losses in the profit and loss account
-12
48
-460
-
-424
60
88
-162
-
-14
-438
derecognition from the balance sheet (write-downs, sale)
-
-
-
-
-103
103
-
-
-103
103
-
-
-
-
-114
114
-
-
-114
114
-217
217
calculation of penalty interest (for late payment)
-
-
-
-
231
-
-
-
231
-
-
-
-
-
58
-
-
-
58
-
289
-
writing down penalty interest (for late payment)
-
-
-
-
-231
-
-
-
-231
-
-
-
-
-
-58
-
-
-
-58
-
-289
-
value adjustment for legal risk of CHF mortgage loans
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
60
-
16
-
-4
-
-
-
72
-
72
-
calculation and write-off of effective interest
-
-
-
-
-
-47
-
-
-
-47
-
-
-
-
-
-11
-
-
-
-11
-
-58
other
-
1
-
4
-
17
-
-
-
22
-
-
-
1
-
-3
-
-
-
-2
-
20
Closing balance
74,495
-184
10,009
-392
2,626
-1,705
0
0
87,130
-2,281
49,097
-124
4,485
-187
984
-645
3
0
54,569
-956
141,699
-3,237
115
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Changes in the gross carrying amount of the loan portfolio affect the level of impairment for expected credit losses primarily through the disbursement of loans in the period, transfers between Stages and repayments made by borrowers.
In 2024, among loans granted during the year, the most important item are mortgage loans for natural persons (PLN 10,281 million), investment (PLN 7,267 million) and working capital (PLN 7,272 million), in addition, cash loans for natural persons (PLN 4,073 million). A significant part of them are also short-term loans: revolving (PLN 1,897 million) and overdrafts (PLN 2,291 million) and loans for entrepreneurs (PLN 1,602 million). Additionally, during 2024, penalty interest of PLN 351 million was accrued to the gross carrying amount of loans and other receivables granted to customers, which were written off in full. At the end of 2024, the amount of written-off penalty interest that is subject to debt collection activities was PLN 743 million.
In 2023, among loans granted during the year, the most important item was mortgage loans for individuals (PLN 5,385 million), in addition, cash loans for individuals (PLN 3,349 million). A significant part of them are also short- term loans: revolving (PLN 2,547 million), working capital loans (PLN 4,813 million) and overdrafts (PLN 841 million). Additionally, during 2023, penalty interest of PLN 289 million was accrued to the gross carrying amount of loans and other receivables granted to customers, which were written off in full. At the end of 2023, the amount of written-off penalty interest that was subject to debt collection activities was PLN 707 million.
Loans measured at fair value through other comprehensive income - change in the allowance for expected credit losses
2024
2023
Retail banking - mortgage loans
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Impairment at the beginning of the period
3
11
9
23
7
14
9
30
Changes during the period, including:
-2
-3
-
-5
-4
-3
-
-7
transfer to and from stage 1
-
-3
-
-3
-
-1
-
-1
transfer to and from stage 2
-
3
-2
1
-
3
-1
2
transfer to and from stage 3
-
-1
2
1
-
-1
2
1
change in the estimate of the allowance for expected credit losses
-2
-3
1
-4
-4
-4
-1
-9
other
-
1
-1
-
-
-
-
-
Impairment at the end of the period
1
8
9
18
3
11
9
23
Changes in the carrying amount of the loan portfolio measured at fair value through other comprehensive income are presented in note 36.1 . Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the statement of financial position.
Loan portfolio - on- and off-balance sheet exposures by risk classes
The Bank divides risk classes into four basic groups. The risk classes are divided into short-term Moody’s ratings, as shown in the table below.
No
risk class group
risk class range
short-term rating of Moody’s
1.
a group of classes corresponding to investment grade
1-10
od Aaa do Baa3
2.
a group of classes corresponding to speculative ratings
11-17
od Ba1 do Caa3
3.
a group of classes of potentially non-performing exposures
18-19
od Ca do C
4.
a group of classes of non-regular exposures
20-22
-
For ratings 20-22, the probability of default is 100%.
116
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2024
Exposures to corporate clients
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
47,966
27,429
1,365
944
-
-
-
-
49,331
28,373
11-17
27,589
17,059
6,438
3,126
19
3
-
-
34,046
20,188
18-19
29
71
2,037
194
22
-
-
-
2,088
265
20-22
-
-
-
-
4,620
134
-
-
4,620
134
Total Gross
75,584
44,559
9,840
4,264
4,661
137
0
0
90,085
48,960
ECL
-128
-18
-359
-30
-2,311
-48
-
-
-2,798
-96
Net total
75,456
44,541
9,481
4,234
2,350
89
0
0
87,287
48,864
Exposure to retail clients – total
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
44,135
4,802
4,892
143
-
-
1
-
49,028
4,945
11-17
8,722
505
1,438
41
1
-
2
-
10,163
546
18-19
3
-
296
2
-
-
-
-
299
2
20-22
-
-
-
-
917
4
-
-
917
4
Total Gross
52,860
5,307
6,626
186
918
4
3
0
60,407
5,497
ECL
-103
-5
-163
-4
-593
-3
-
-
-859
-12
Net total
52,757
5,302
6,463
182
325
1
3
0
59,548
5,485
Exposure to retail clients - mortgage loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
43,149
3,069
4,851
16
-
-
1
-
48,001
3,085
11-17
1,281
124
789
-
-
-
-
-
2,070
124
18-19
-
-
109
1
-
-
-
-
109
1
20-22
-
-
-
-
255
-
-
-
255
-
Total Gross
44,430
3,193
5,749
17
255
0
1
0
50,435
3,210
ECL
-9
-
-48
-
-103
-
-
-
-160
-
Net total
44,421
3,193
5,701
17
152
0
1
0
50,275
3,210
Exposure to retail clients - other loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
986
1,733
41
127
-
-
-
-
1,027
1,860
11-17
7,441
381
649
41
1
-
2
-
8,093
422
18-19
3
-
187
1
-
-
-
-
190
1
20-22
-
-
-
-
662
4
-
-
662
4
Total Gross
8,430
2,114
877
169
663
4
2
0
9,972
2,287
ECL
-94
-5
-115
-4
-490
-3
-
-
-699
-12
Net total
8,336
2,109
762
165
173
1
2
0
9,273
2,275
117
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
Exposures to corporate clients
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
39,929
23,555
314
275
-
-
-
-
40,243
23,830
11-17
34,191
21,554
7,268
1,635
16
-
-
-
41,475
23,189
18-19
375
269
2,427
173
11
1
-
-
2,813
443
20-22
-
-
-
-
2,599
55
-
-
2,599
55
Total Gross
74,495
45,378
10,009
2,083
2,626
56
0
0
87,130
47,517
ECL
-184
-28
-392
-22
-1,705
-55
-
-
-2,281
-105
Net total
74,311
45,350
9,617
2,061
921
1
0
0
84,849
47,412
Exposure to retail clients – total
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
41,100
2,806
3,022
96
-
-
-
-
44,122
2,902
11-17
7,992
396
1,120
23
-
-
2
-
9,114
419
18-19
5
-
343
2
-
-
-
-
348
2
20-22
-
-
-
-
984
3
1
-
985
3
Total Gross
49,097
3,202
4,485
121
984
3
3
0
54,569
3,326
ECL
-124
-5
-187
-3
-645
-3
-
-
-956
-11
Net total
48,973
3,197
4,298
118
339
0
3
0
53,613
3,315
Exposure to retail clients - mortgage loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
40,209
1,248
3,004
4
-
-
-
-
43,213
1,252
11-17
1,046
46
740
1
-
-
-
-
1,786
47
18-19
-
-
116
1
-
-
-
-
116
1
20-22
-
-
-
-
280
-
1
-
281
-
Total Gross
41,255
1,294
3,860
6
280
0
1
0
45,396
1,300
ECL
-21
-
-64
-
-114
-
-
-
-199
-
Net total
41,234
1,294
3,796
6
166
0
1
0
45,197
1,300
Exposure to retail clients - other loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
risk class range
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
1-10
891
1,558
18
92
-
-
-
-
909
1,650
11-17
6,946
350
380
22
-
-
2
-
7,328
372
18-19
5
-
227
1
-
-
-
-
232
1
20-22
-
-
-
-
704
3
-
-
704
3
Total Gross
7,842
1,908
625
115
704
3
2
0
9,173
2,026
ECL
-103
-5
-123
-3
-531
-3
-
-
-757
-11
Net total
7,739
1,903
502
112
173
0
2
0
8,416
2,015
118
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Exposures to clients by DPD
2024
Exposures to corporate clients
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
74,942
44,559
9,513
4,264
1,743
137
-
-
86,198
48,960
1-30
639
-
204
-
122
-
-
-
965
-
31-60
1
-
93
-
56
-
-
-
150
-
61-90
1
-
27
-
54
-
-
-
82
-
91-180
-
-
3
-
380
-
-
-
383
-
181-365
-
-
-
-
750
-
-
-
750
-
>365
1
-
-
-
1,556
-
-
-
1,557
-
Total Gross
75,584
44,559
9,840
4,264
4,661
137
0
0
90,085
48,960
Exposure to retail clients – total
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
52,589
5,307
6,007
186
318
4
3
-
58,917
5,497
1-30
271
-
499
-
61
-
-
-
831
-
31-60
-
-
91
-
18
-
-
-
109
-
61-90
-
-
29
-
15
-
-
-
44
-
91-180
-
-
-
-
65
-
-
-
65
-
181-365
-
-
-
-
111
-
-
-
111
-
>365
-
-
-
-
330
-
-
-
330
-
Total Gross
52,860
5,307
6,626
186
918
4
3
0
60,407
5,497
Exposure to retail clients - mortgage loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
44,220
3,193
5,382
17
90
-
1
-
49,693
3,210
1-30
210
-
280
-
21
-
-
-
511
-
31-60
-
-
70
-
4
-
-
-
74
-
61-90
-
-
17
-
4
-
-
-
21
-
91-180
-
-
-
-
17
-
-
-
17
-
181-365
-
-
-
-
24
-
-
-
24
-
>365
-
-
-
-
95
-
-
-
95
-
Total Gross
44,430
3,193
5,749
17
255
0
1
0
50,435
3,210
Exposure to retail clients - other loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
8,369
2,114
625
169
228
4
2
-
9,224
2,287
1-30
61
-
219
-
40
-
-
-
320
-
31-60
-
-
21
-
14
-
-
-
35
-
61-90
-
-
12
-
11
-
-
-
23
-
91-180
-
-
-
-
48
-
-
-
48
-
181-365
-
-
-
-
87
-
-
-
87
-
>365
-
-
-
-
235
-
-
-
235
-
Total Gross
8,430
2,114
877
169
663
4
2
0
9,972
2,287
119
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
Exposures to corporate clients
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
73,429
45,378
9,336
2,083
375
56
-
-
83,140
47,517
1-30
1,066
-
535
-
89
-
-
-
1,690
-
31-60
-
-
97
-
44
-
-
-
141
-
61-90
-
-
41
-
42
-
-
-
83
-
91-180
-
-
-
-
190
-
-
-
190
-
181-365
-
-
-
-
405
-
-
-
405
-
>365
-
-
-
-
1,481
-
-
-
1,481
-
Total Gross
74,495
45,378
10,009
2,083
2,626
56
0
0
87,130
47,517
Exposure to retail clients – total
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
48,829
3,202
3,833
121
297
3
3
-
52,962
3,326
1-30
268
-
519
-
54
-
-
-
841
-
31-60
-
-
106
-
22
-
-
-
128
-
61-90
-
-
27
-
18
-
-
-
45
-
91-180
-
-
-
-
83
-
-
-
83
-
181-365
-
-
-
-
136
-
-
-
136
-
>365
-
-
-
-
374
-
-
-
374
-
Total Gross
49,097
3,202
4,485
121
984
3
3
0
54,569
3,326
Exposure to retail clients - mortgage loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
41,080
1,294
3,489
6
107
-
1
-
44,677
1,300
1-30
175
-
281
-
15
-
-
-
471
-
31-60
-
-
78
-
8
-
-
-
86
-
61-90
-
-
12
-
5
-
-
-
17
-
91-180
-
-
-
-
25
-
-
-
25
-
181-365
-
-
-
-
28
-
-
-
28
-
>365
-
-
-
-
92
-
-
-
92
-
Total Gross
41,255
1,294
3,860
6
280
0
1
0
45,396
1,300
Exposure to retail clients - other loans and advances
as at 31 December
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
POCI
Total
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
on-balance sheet
off-balance sheet
0
7,749
1,908
344
115
190
3
2
-
8,285
2,026
1-30
93
-
238
-
39
-
-
-
370
-
31-60
-
-
28
-
14
-
-
-
42
-
61-90
-
-
15
-
13
-
-
-
28
-
91-180
-
-
-
-
58
-
-
-
58
-
181-365
-
-
-
-
108
-
-
-
108
-
>365
-
-
-
-
282
-
-
-
282
-
Total Gross
7,842
1,908
625
115
704
3
2
0
9,173
2,026
120
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2.9.3. Concentration of exposures
Concentration of exposures to corporate clients in national economy sectors
2024
as at 31 December
balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposure in PLN million
(gross carrying amount)
share in the total exposure
National economy sector
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
(in %)
financial intermediation
27,145
34
15
27,194
19.6%
wholesale trade
10,546
1,909
421
12,876
9.3%
construction
7,605
1,155
407
9,167
6.6%
property services
7,690
1,027
290
9,007
6.5%
other business operations
6,582
1,467
243
8,292
6.0%
retail trade
5,997
427
272
6,696
4.8%
production of foodstuffs and beverages
3,833
363
183
4,379
3.1%
manufacturing of metal final products
3,617
542
213
4,372
3.1%
production of chemicals, chemical products
2,647
193
1,349
4,189
3.0%
rubber industry
2,818
587
110
3,515
2.5%
rental of equipment
2,554
734
22
3,310
2.4%
power generation
2,805
278
102
3,185
2.3%
post and telecommunications
2,833
139
21
2,993
2.2%
sales, repair and maintenance of motor vehicles
2,619
215
91
2,925
2.1%
land and pipeline transport
2,309
421
179
2,909
2.1%
public administration and national defence
1,756
878
-
2,634
1.9%
wood and paper industry
1,961
508
98
2,567
1.8%
ancillary activities related to financial intermediation
2,089
22
13
2,124
1.5%
agriculture, forestry, fishery
1,664
355
66
2,085
1.5%
others
21,090
2,832
704
24,626
17.7%
Total
120,160
14,086
4,799
139,045
100%
2023
as at 31 December
balance sheet and off-balance sheet exposure in PLN million
(gross carrying amount)
share in the total exposure
National economy sector
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
(in %)
financial intermediation
24,167
5
16
24,188
18.0%
wholesale trade
11,001
1,305
431
12,737
9.5%
construction
7,479
877
316
8,672
6.4%
property services
7,066
1,310
34
8,410
6.2%
other business operations
5,433
481
215
6,129
4.6%
retail trade
4,964
5
-
4,969
3.7%
production of foodstuffs and beverages
3,903
723
230
4,856
3.6%
manufacturing of metal final products
3,646
703
157
4,506
3.3%
production of chemicals, chemical products
2,906
1,025
20
3,951
2.9%
rubber industry
3,030
463
90
3,583
2.7%
power generation
3,151
317
99
3,567
2.6%
rental of equipment
2,932
101
9
3,042
2.3%
post and telecommunications
2,921
24
16
2,961
2.2%
public administration and national defence
2,665
284
-
2,949
2.2%
land and pipeline transport
2,376
336
99
2,811
2.1%
sales, repair and maintenance of motor vehicles
2,505
174
65
2,744
2.0%
wood and paper industry
2,470
146
103
2,719
2.0%
machine industry
2,105
249
60
2,414
1.8%
agriculture, forestry, fishery
2,105
249
60
2,414
1.8%
others
23,047
3,315
663
27,025
20.1%
Total
119,872
12,092
2,683
134,647
100%
121
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Bank’s largest exposures
The table below presents the 20 largest exposures of the Bank to individual entities or groups of related debtors. The presented groups of entities include groups in which the parent entity is an institution within the meaning of CRR regulations (including the parent entity of the Bank) and groups of entities owned by the State Treasury or in which the State Treasury exercises control on another basis.
The amount of exposures includes the value of on-balance sheet assets (loans granted, deposits submitted, debt securities), off-balance sheet liabilities granted and the value of balance sheet equivalent of derivatives. Exposures were reduced by the amounts of exclusions allowed under Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 (CRR) and the Regulation of the Minister of Finance of 1 July 2016 on the types of exposures of banks excluded from large exposure limits . The effects of applying risk reduction techniques in accordance with CRR were also taken into account.
The amount of the exposure of the groups of debtors related to the State Treasury includes not only exposures to companies of the State Treasury or controlled by it on another basis, but also the non-exclusive value of State Treasury bonds 5 and guarantees and sureties of Korporacja Ubezpieczeń Kredytów Eksportowych (KUKE) S.A. For the above exposures, the Bank has the consent of the PFSA on the basis of Article 500a paragraph 2 of CRR for the temporary application of increased limits of large exposures (up to 42% of Tier 1 capital).
5 In the July-December 2024 period, the Bank used the temporary possibility to exclude in limits of large exposures positions resulting from public debt denominated in the currency of another EU Member State on the basis of the CRR provisions amended by Regulation (EU) 2024/1623 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 31 May 2024 amending Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 as regards credit risk requirements, credit valuation adjustment risk, operational risk, market risk and minimum capital threshold .
as at 31 December
Bank’s exposures
Entity/group of related entities
2024
2023
Group 1 (banking) *
3,024
2,101
Group 2
2,328
2,118
Group 3 */**
2,082
6,639
Group 4
1,786
1,528
Group 5 (banking) *
1,553
1,779
Group 6 */**
1,360
5,252
Group 7 */**
1,320
5,146
Group 8 (banking)
1,288
669
Group 9
1,254
1,249
Group 10 */**
1,128
4,406
Group 11
1,073
1,075
Group 12
1,049
1,017
Group 13
1,026
1,026
Group 14
1,023
1,057
Group 15
1,010
1,216
Group 16
1,023
1,057
Group 17 (banking)
1,010
1,216
Group 18
778
751
Group 19
722
728
Group 20
679
680
*) exclusions of exposures from concentration limits were applied on the basis of the provisions of Article 400 CRR
**) group with the participation of entities related to the State Treasury
122
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2.9.4. Collaterals
Maximum recognisable amount of collateral or guarantee
The Bank applies collateral on the following assets: cash (deposit in the Bank or another bank), liquid securities, real estate, means of transport, receivables, machinery and equipment, inventories, intangible assets and other collateral.
As at 31 December 2024, the value of collateral for Stage 3 credit exposures amounted to PLN 1,720 million, compared to PLN 1,087 million at the end of 2023. If the value of collateral exceeds the credit exposure balance, it was assumed that the value of collateral is equal to the exposure balance.
The tables on the next page show the value of collateral not exceeding the carrying amount of the related credit exposures. The presented values of collateral result from the assumptions adopted by the Bankfor determining the nominal value of collateral, the general principles of which for the main types of collateral are as follows:
The value of real estate collateral is the lower of the two values, i.e. the value determined as a result of the Bank’s verification of the value of the real estate (not higher than the market value specified in the valuation report or internal valuation report) determined in the cyclical monitoring / update process, after deducting the previously incurred mortgage charges or the value of the mortgage register entry.
The value of collateral for machinery and equipment is the lower of the sum insured for this item, the net present book value or the highest amount of collateral in the case of a registered pledge agreement.
The value of the collateral in the case of guarantees other than those of the parent or other related company is the lower of the two values, i.e. the amount to which the guarantee is issued or the amount of the credit exposure to which the collateral relates.
2024
as at 31 December
Maximum recognisable amount of collateral or guarantee
mortgage-backed loans
other secured loans
housing loans
commercial loans
cash funds (issued debt instruments)
others
financial guarantees received
Loans and advances, of which:
52,953
20,963
47
4,076
11,770
other financial institutions
8
19
-
-
3,533
non-financial entities
1,349
19,956
47
3,940
6,915
households
51,596
984
-
13
1,319
including: loans to purchase residential properties
50,353
643
-
-
-
other entities (banks, budgetary sector)
-
4
-
123
3
2023
as at 31 December
Maximum recognisable amount of collateral or guarantee
mortgage-backed loans
other secured loans
housing loans
commercial loans
cash funds (issued debt instruments)
others
financial guarantees received
Loans and advances, of which:
48,906
18,147
110
6,211
9,685
other financial institutions
586
21
-
-
337
non-financial entities
493
16,268
108
5,730
7,792
households
47,827
1,851
2
355
1,556
including: loans to purchase residential properties
46,412
600
-
-
2
other entities (banks, budgetary sector)
-
7
-
126
-
123
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2.9.5. Loan portfolio performing and non-performing and exposures with forbearance granted
The tables below present the breakdown of the loan portfolio into the performing and non- performing portfolio with the breakdown of exposures with forbearance granted. The Bank classifies exposures to the quarantine class for which facilities have been applied in the past, and which are currently in the observation period before full healing.
In the income statement for 2024, in Interest income - interest on loans and other receivables to customers , interest income on exposures with forbearance facilities was recognised in the amount of PLN 355 million (PLN 316 million for 2023), of which PLN 232 million relates to exposures in the performing portfolio and PLN 123 million to exposures in the non- performing portfolio (PLN 259 million and PLN 57 million, respectively, for 2023).
Loan portfolio - split into the performing and non-performing portfolio, detailing exposures with forbearance granted
2024
as at 31 December
Performing exposures
including forbearance
modification of terms and conditions
refinancing
quarantine
Non-performing exposures
including
forbearance
modification of terms and conditions
refinancing
overdue portfolio
impaired portfolio
Gross loan portfolio, of which:
144,910
3,219
2,838
381
3,219
5,582
2,943
2,942
1
1,113
2,943
Corporate banking, of which:
85,424
2,720
2,339
381
2,720
4,661
2,573
2,572
1
974
2,573
loans in the current account
17,435
448
448
-
448
289
109
109
-
66
109
term loans and advances
63,418
2,272
1,891
381
2,272
4,372
2,464
2,463
1
908
2,464
corporate and municipal debt securities
4,571
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Retail banking segment, including:
59,486
499
499
-
499
921
370
370
-
139
370
mortgages
50,179
386
386
-
386
256
95
95
-
31
95
loans in the current account
630
2
2
-
2
58
4
4
-
2
4
other loans and advances
8,677
111
111
-
111
607
271
271
-
106
271
Impairment for expected credit losses, including:
-753
-112
-112
0
-112
-2,904
-1,090
-1,090
0
-549
-1,090
Corporate banking, of which:
-487
-102
-102
-
-102
-2,311
-867
-867
-
-451
-867
loans in the current account
-91
-14
-14
-
-14
-128
-28
-28
-
-21
-28
term loans and advances
-392
-88
-88
-
-88
-2,183
-839
-839
-
-430
-839
corporate and municipal debt securities
-4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Retail banking segment, including:
-266
-10
-10
-
-10
-593
-223
-223
-
-98
-223
mortgages
-57
-3
-3
-
-3
-103
-37
-37
-
-17
-37
loans in the current account
-24
-
-
-
-
-40
-3
-3
-
-1
-3
other loans and advances
-185
-7
-7
-
-7
-450
-183
-183
-
-80
-183
124
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
as at 31 December
Performing exposures
including forbearance
modification of terms and conditions
refinancing
quarantine
Non-performing exposures
including
forbearance
modification of terms and conditions
refinancing
overdue portfolio
impaired portfolio
Gross loan portfolio, of which:
138,085
4,131
3,707
423
4,102
3,614
1,314
1,312
2
864
1,314
Corporate banking, of which:
84,503
3,405
2,981
423
3,376
2,627
960
958
2
718
960
loans in the current account
16,310
470
470
-
470
171
94
94
-
29
94
term loans and advances
64,001
2,935
2,511
423
2,906
2,456
866
864
2
689
866
corporate and municipal debt securities
4,192
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Retail banking segment, including:
53,582
726
726
-
726
987
354
354
-
146
354
mortgages
45,115
575
575
-
575
281
110
110
-
35
110
loans in the current account
648
2
2
-
2
58
4
4
-
1
4
other loans and advances
7,819
149
149
-
149
648
240
240
-
110
240
Impairment for expected credit losses, including:
-888
-163
-163
0
-163
-2,349
-763
-762
0
-603
-763
Corporate banking, of which:
-576
-143
-143
-
-143
-1,705
-554
-553
-
-498
-554
loans in the current account
-83
-8
-8
-
-8
-59
-18
-18
-
-12
-18
term loans and advances
-491
-135
-135
-
-135
-1,646
-536
-535
-
-486
-536
corporate and municipal debt securities
-2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Retail banking segment, including:
-312
-20
-20
-
-20
-644
-209
-209
-
-105
-209
mortgages
-85
-8
-8
-
-8
-114
-42
-42
-
-17
-42
loans in the current account
-25
-
-
-
-
-38
-2
-2
-
-1
-2
other loans and advances
-202
-12
-12
-
-12
-492
-165
-165
-
-87
-165
125
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Exposures with forbearance granted by risk classes
2024
as at 31 December
Corporate banking
Retail banking
Total
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
risk class range
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
1-10
50
17
-
-
325
-
1
-
375
17
1
-
11-17
1,480
342
-
-
162
-
-
-
1,642
342
-
-
18-19
1,190
97
1
-
12
-
-
-
1,202
97
1
-
20-22
-
-
2,572
85
-
-
369
-
-
-
2,941
85
Total (gross)
2,720
456
2,573
85
499
0
370
0
3,219
456
2,943
85
2023
as at 31 December
Corporate banking
Retail banking
Total
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
risk class range
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
1-10
1
-
-
-
499
-
-
-
500
-
-
-
11-17
1,170
89
-
-
204
-
-
-
1,374
89
-
-
18-19
2,234
313
2
-
23
-
-
-
2,257
313
2
-
20-22
-
-
958
11
-
-
354
-
-
-
1,312
11
Total (gross)
3,405
402
960
11
726
0
354
0
4,131
402
1,314
11
126
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Exposures with forbearance granted by DPD
2024
as at 31 December
Corporate banking
Retail banking
Total
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
0
2,696
456
1,599
85
460
-
230
-
3,156
456
1,829
85
1-30
21
-
53
-
36
-
31
-
57
-
84
-
31-60
3
-
10
-
3
-
7
-
6
-
17
-
61-90
-
-
20
-
-
-
5
-
-
-
25
-
91-180
-
-
47
-
-
-
14
-
-
-
61
-
181-365
-
-
379
-
-
-
22
-
-
-
401
-
>365
-
-
465
-
-
-
61
-
-
-
526
-
Total (gross)
2,720
456
2,573
85
499
0
370
0
3,219
456
2,943
85
2023
as at 31 December
Corporate banking
Retail banking
Total
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
performing portfolio
non-performing portfolio
number of days past due
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
on-balance sheet
exposure
off-balance sheet
exposure
0
3,245
402
242
11
674
-
208
-
3,919
402
450
11
1-30
142
-
20
-
44
-
28
-
186
-
48
-
31-60
14
-
15
-
6
-
5
-
20
-
20
-
61-90
4
-
13
-
2
-
4
-
6
-
17
-
91-180
-
-
47
-
-
-
18
-
-
-
65
-
181-365
-
-
116
-
-
-
27
-
-
-
143
-
>365
-
-
507
-
-
-
64
-
-
-
571
-
Total (gross)
3,405
402
960
11
726
0
354
0
4,131
402
1,314
11
127
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2.9.6. Credit quality of other financial assets
Credit quality of loans and other receivables granted to other banks
Loans and other receivables granted to other banks are presented in the statement of financial position in Loans and other receivables to other banks (note 15 ) and in Cash and cash equivalents (note 14 ).
As at 31 December 2024 and as at 31 December 2023, loans and other receivables due to other banks were in approx. 99% in low risk classes (rating 1-10), others in medium and higher risk classes with ratings from 11 to 19 (as at the end of 2023). Exposures of PLN 21,254 million were entirely in Stage 1. As at 31 December 2023, in the amount of PLN 22,825 million were in Stage 1 and PLN 3 million in Stage 2.
The change in the level of the allowance for expected credit losses in 2024 and 2023 resulted from changes in the credit parameters of the portfolio described above.
Credit quality of debt securities
As at 31 December 2024, all debt securities in the portfolio of financial assets held for trading and the portfolio of investment securities were in low risk classes with ratings from 1 to 10 (as at the end of 2023). Both at the end of 2024 and at the end of 2023, all debt securities in the investment securities portfolio were in Stage 1.
The change in the level of the allowance for expected credit losses in 2024 and 2023 resulted from changes in the credit parameters of the portfolios described above. Additionally, at the end of 2023, due to the reconstruction of the IFRS model for low default portfolios, additional write-downs for expected credit losses in the amount of PLN 17 million were recognised.
In 2024, similarly to 2023, changes in the gross value of investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and measured at amortised cost did not have a significant impact on the level of allowances for expected credit losses.
In 2024 and 2023, there were no transfers of investment securities between stages with different ways of measuring expected credit losses.
Investment securities - carrying amount and the level of impairment for expected credit losses by Stages
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Stage 1
Stage 1
carrying amount (gross)
impairment for expected credit losses
carrying amount (net)
carrying amount (gross)
impairment for expected credit losses
carrying amount (net)
Debt securities at fair value through other comprehensive income*, including:
31,585
-12
-
23,594
-12
-
Treasury bonds in PLN
26,271
-12
-
21,259
-11
-
Treasury bonds in EUR
-
-
-
546
-
-
European Union bonds
2,064
-
-
-
-
-
European Investment Bank bonds
2,838
-
-
1,378
-1
-
Austrian government bonds
412
-
-
411
-
-
Debt securities measured at amortised cost, including:
27,063
-10
27,053
32,712
-14
32,698
Treasury bonds in PLN
11,864
-5
11,859
13,102
-7
13,095
Treasury bonds in EUR
2,873
-1
2,872
2,942
-2
2,940
European Investment Bank bonds
6,654
-
6,654
6,703
-2
6,701
Bonds of the Polish Development Fund (PFR)
3,864
-4
3,860
3,862
-2
3,860
Bank Gospodarstwa Krajowego bonds
1,808
-
1,808
1,806
-1
1,805
NBP bills
-
-
-
4,297
-
4,297
*) In the case of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, the carrying amount is not reduced by the allowance for expected credit losses.
128
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Investment securities – changes in impairment for expected credit losses
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Stage 1
Stage 1
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
measured at amortised cost
Total
measured at fair value through other comprehensive income
measured at amortised cost
Total
Opening balance impairment
12
14
26
3
7
10
Changes during the period, including:
-
-4
-4
9
7
16
provisions recognised/ reversed
-
-4
-4
9
7
16
Closing balance impairment
12
10
22
12
14
26
Quality of other financial assets
The tables below present the credit quality of other financial assets, which are presented in Other assets in the statement of financial position and in note 26 .
Other financial assets - gross carrying amount and the level of impairment for expected credit losses by Stages
as at 31 December
2024
2023
gross
impairment for expected credit loss
net
gross
impairment for expected credit loss
net
assets in Stage 1
23
-
23
26
-
26
assets in Stage 3
33
-33
-
43
-43
-
Total
56
-33
23
69
-43
26
Other financial assets - changes in impairment for expected credit losses
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Stage 3
Stage 3
Opening balance impairment
43
42
Changes in the period, including:
-10
1
additional provision for expected credit losses
7
5
exclusion from the statement of financial position as a result of write-down
-3
-1
exclusion from the statement of financial position due to repayment
-14
-3
Odpis na koniec okresu
33
43
Other financial assets - reconciliation of the gross carrying amount
for the year ended 31 December
2024
2023
Stage 1
Stage 3
Total
Stage 1
Stage 3
Total
Opening balance of gross carrying amount
26
43
69
25
42
67
Changes in the period, including:
-3
-10
-13
1
1
2
transfer to and from Stage 3
-7
7
-
-5
5
-
exclusion from the statement of financial position due to write-down
-
-3
-3
-
-1
-1
recognition of new financial instruments, repayments and other changes
4
-14
-10
6
-3
3
Closing gross value
23
33
56
26
43
69
129
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2.9.7. Modification of contractual cash flows
In 2024, credit exposures in the amount of PLN 1,474 million (PLN 1,264 million in 2023) were subject to modification of contractual cash flows, which did not result in their deletion and re-recognition of a financial asset. In addition, exposures in the amount of PLN 5,373 million due to credit holidays were not excluded and rerecognised as a financial asset (PLN 50,441 million in 2023).
Modifications in contractual cash flows, which do not result in their deletion and re-recognition of a financial asset, i.e. lead to the recognition of gains or losses from the modification, result from business premises or credit risk events in the form of facilities (forbearance) granted to customers. If business indications occur, the method of determining the allowance for expected credit losses does not change. The granting of facilities to customers (forbearance) proves a significant increase in credit risk, resulting in classification to Stage 2, in the event of granting another facility, there is classification to Stage 3 in accordance with the principles for estimating impairment losses described in chapter III. Significant accounting principles , in point 13.11 . Expected credit losses .
The table presents information on financial assets for which the contractual cash flows have been modified, while the corresponding allowance for expected credit losses was measured at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses (i.e. financial assets in Stages 2 and 3).
as at 31 December
2024
2023
Financial assets modified in the period
amortised cost before modification
343
287
net loss due to modification
-1
-
Financial assets that have been modified since their initial recognition
the gross carrying amount of previously modified financial assets for which the allowance for expected credit losses has changed during the period to an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses (i.e. these financial assets have been transferred to Stage 1)
30
99
3. Market risk
3.1. Introduction
Market risk is defined as a potential loss that may be incurred by the Bank due to unfavourable changes in market prices (such as yield curves, exchange rates, prices on the capital market), market parameters (market price volatility, correlation between movements of individual prices) and customer behaviour (e.g. early repayment of loans).
3.2. Market risk management objectives
The main objectives of market risk management at ING Bank Śląski S.A. are: to ensure that there is awareness and understanding of the Bank’s exposure to market risk and that this exposure is appropriately managed and, where applicable, within the limits set.
3.3. Market risk management policies
The Market Risk Management Department has normative documents that describe the scope, principles and responsibilities of the department. In order to optimise the market risk management process, the Market Risk Management Policy has been developed at ING Bank Śląski S.A. It describes the bank’s approach to market risk management. It defines the principles, methodology of management and measurement of market risk in the Bank, as well as the general principles of process management.
The document is a detailed document entitled General principles of risk management at ING Bank Śląski S.A. , which is approved by the Bank’s Supervisory Board, on the basis of a recommendation from the Risk Committee. The Policy is subject to approval by the Bank’s Management Board.
130
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Another document is the policy describing the Bank’s approach to the process of defining the risk appetite in the area of market and liquidity risk ( Policy for determining and monitoring the risk appetite in the area of market and liquidity risk ). This policy is also approved by the Bank’s Management Board.
3.4. Market risk management process
The Bank’s market risk management process includes:
identification,
measurement,
monitoring and
risk reporting.
The Market Risk Management Department (MRM) provides managers of the Financial Markets Area of Wholesale Banking and the Centre of Expertise Treasury, selected members of the Management Board and the ALCO Committee with regular risk reports. Moreover, ALCO, the Bank’s Management Board and the Supervisory Board receive periodic reports containing the most important market risk measures. The approval of individual market risk limits is carried out at the level of ALCO Committee, the Bank’s Management Board or the Supervisory Board, in accordance with the division of responsibility in determining the levels of limits defined in the Policy for determining and monitoring risk appetite in the area of market and liquidity risk. The employees of the Market Risk Management Department are qualified specialists and the independence of the department is ensured by its separation from risk generating units.
The Bank’s market risk management also includes a Product Control function, which ensures the correct valuation of Financial Market products in the Wholesale Banking Division and the Centre of Expertise Treasury by monitoring the correctness of valuation models and controlling the quality of market data used for the valuation and calculation of financial result. Decisions related to issues related to the valuation process, such as: sources of market data used for valuation, calculation of adjustments to market valuation models (bid-offer spread and BVA), are taken by the Market Data and Valuation Models Committee and the Committee for parameterisation of financial instruments measured at fair value.
In the reporting period, the market risk profile and the manner of managing this risk did not change significantly.
3.5. Structure of books and methods of risk measurement
3.5.1. Structure of books
The Bank maintains a structure of books based on intent, which translates into many processes, including market risk management. The Bank’s transactions are allocated to individual portfolios belonging to the banking or trading book on the basis of the purpose of concluding the transaction and the product mandate. The books are grouped into:
trading (positions taken in order to generate benefits in a short period of time due to market price
fluctuations), and
banking (all other positions).
The trading and banking portfolio includes internal and external transactions.
Banking Books
The Banking Books are split into Banking Commercial Books and Banking Books of the Centre of Expertise Treasury (CoE Treasury). The Banking Commercial Books include books of the retail and corporate divisions containing deposits and commercial loans. The risks relating to those positions are transferred to:
banking books of the Centre of Expertise Treasury ( used to manage the interest rate risk of the banking book, the underlying risk and the liquidity risk as a whole), and
commercial books of the Financial Markets Area in Wholesale Banking Division (for FX risk) via internal transactions.
The process ensures that the banking commercial books do not retain any material economic market risk. However, as described in more detail further below, the short-term financial result in those books is sensitive to changes of market rates.
Maintenance of open positions is permissible within the adopted product mandate and risk limits:
for the banking book - BPV (Basis Point Value), slope risk (adverse impact on the result caused by an uneven shift in the yield curve), CS01 (change in the market value of a security due to an increase in the credit spread), SOT NII (Standard Outlier Test Net Interest Income at Risk), NIIaR (Net Interest Income at Risk), SOT EVE (Standard Outlier Test on Economic Value of Equity), NPVaR (Net Present Value at Risk), Par-tial PV01 (a measure shows a change in the value of an instrument due to a change in the curve in a given tenor Risk), Tenor Basis (underlying risk affecting interest income), IR Gap (interest rate gap),
131
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
for the trading book – VaR (Value at Risk), Slope risk (negative impact on the result caused by an uneven shift of the yield curve), CS01 (change in the market value of a security due to an increase in the credit spread), BPV (Basis Point Value),
CS RRaR (Credit Spread Revaluation Reserve at Risk) – the measure shows the potential impact of changing credit spreads on the level of revaluation reserve of HTC&S securities portfolio,
IR RRaR (Interest Rate Revaluation Reserve at Risk) – the measure shows the potential impact of changing interest rates on the level of revaluation reserve of HTC&S securities portfolio.
Hedge accounting is a tool supporting the management of interest rate risk in the banking book. The developed assumptions to the hedging strategy are applied consistently with the approach to market risk management within the approved market risk limits as described above. Detailed information on the assumptions underlying each strategy in hedge accounting are described in this chapter, in item 3.8 . Hedge Accounting .
Trading books
Trading Books are the books of the Financial Markets Area in Wholesale Banking Division: FX and interest rate books. The books embrace positions maintained for a short time in order:
to be resold, or
to obtain financial benefits on the current price fluctuations or expected within a short time,
or positions opened for arbitration purposes.
3.5.2. Measurement of interest rate risk in banking book
In measuring interest rate risk in the banking book, the Bank uses the measures required by the European Banking Supervision (EBA/GL/2022/14). The core measures are as follows:
income exposed to risk in regulatory scenarios (SOT NII) - measurement of the sensitivity of interest results to sudden changes in interest rates over a 1-year time horizon; the assumptions regarding the recognition of individual items, the size and shape of shock scenarios and the method of aggregation of results are specified in Regulation (EU) 2024/856 of the European Commission,
Net Interest Income at Risk – a measure of sensitivity of the reported results of positions recognised on an accrual basis on the basis of a set of interest rate scenarios which provide for various potential shifts of the profitability curve.
Net Interest Income at Risk plus market value changes - measurement of the sensitivity of the reported results of the position recorded on an accrual basis taking into account changes in the market value of instruments measured at fair value over a given time period, based on a set of interest rate scenarios, which assume various possibilities of shifting the yield curve,
Economic Value of Equity (EVE)- measurement of the sensitivity of the economic value of capital to sudden changes in interest rates; assumptions regarding the recognition of individual items, the size and shape of shock scenarios and the method of aggregation of results are specified in Regulation (EU) 2024/856 of the European Commission,
Net Present Value at Risk – a measure of sensitivity of the economic value of interest rate positions to sudden interest rate changes on the basis of a set of interest rate scenarios which provide for various potential shifts of the profitability curve.
The Bank also pays special attention to measuring the credit spread risk from the banking book business (CSRBB) using the following measures:
change in interest income due to changes in credit spread (CSRBB NII) - measurement of the sensitivity of reported interest results of positions sensitive to changes in credit spread (CSRBB) based on a set of credit spread scenarios,
change in interest income taking into account changes in market value due to changes in credit spread (CSRBB NII + market value changes) - measurement of the sensitivity of reported interest results taking into account changes in the market value of instruments measured at fair value over a given time horizon sensitive to changes in credit spread (CSRBB) based on a set of credit spread scenarios,
change in market value due to changes in credit spread (CSRBB NPV) - measurement of the sensitivity of positions sensitive to changes in credit spread (CSRBB) based on a set of credit spread scenarios.
Additionally, the Bank measures in its banking books:
option risk – potential losses on the positions resulting from premature deposit withdrawal and/or loan prepayment,
underlying risk - potential loss on positions resulting from mismatches in the repricing periods of assets and liabilities
residual risk – a potential loss on those positions resulting from the application of non-standard pricing mechanisms that are transferred to the Centre of Expertise Treasury managing interest rate risk.
132
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Due to the fact that the positions of the Centre of Expertise Treasury are usually subject to valuation at amortised cost, the Bank monitors BPV which limits economic risk of interest rate positions. Additionally, fluctuations of the revaluation reserve are restricted with CS01, IR RRaR (for HTC&S portfolio) and CS RRa limits (for HTC&S portfolio).
3.5.3. Market risk measurement in the trading book
The VaR measured by the Bank is compliant with the best market practices. In the calculation of VaR, the Bank applies the following assumptions:
one-day positions, 99% confidentiality level,
260-day observation period.
In order to reinforce risk control, in the area of FX risk books the Bank has additionally implemented the measurement and monitoring of the risk in the context of the approved limits on intra-day basis.
The Bank calculates also Stressed VaR. Stressed VaR is a measure replicating the calculation of historic simulations with an assumption that the current portfolio is used for the measurement and historic market data from a continuous 12-month period characterised with major fluctuations of market parameters that are material for the portfolio.
Every year a general stress test is carried out covering, among others, market risk, liquidity risk and credit risk on the basis of the regulatory scenario and scenarios developed by the Bank’s economists and approved by ALCO. Additionally, a stress test of derivatives is carried out on a quarterly basis, which shows the impact of shock changes on the valuation of these instruments.
3.5.4. Sensitivity to currency risk in the trading book
The tables below present VaR* (PLN thousand) for 2024 and 2023:
FX area
Limit
at the end of year
Average
Min
Max
2024
1,709
249
273
4
1,313
2023
1,739
76
258
8
992
*) All VaR limits and their utilisation in ING Bank Śląski S.A. are expressed in EUR. The limits levels and their utilisation have been converted into PLN using the daily NBP fixing rates especially for the purposes of presentation in the financial statements; in the column "Limit" the amounts determined using the fixing rate from the last day of the year.
3.5.5. Sensitivity of economic result and interest income to interest rate risk in regulatory measures
Sensitivity to interest rate risk is presented below for the following measures:
The change in the present value of capital (Standard Oultlier Test for Economic Value of Equity) is a measure of the sensitivity of the economic value of interest rate positions to sudden changes in interest rates.
The change in Net Interest Income (Standard Outlier Test for Net Interest Icome) is a measure of the sensitivity of interest results to sudden changes in interest rates over a 1-year horizon.
The following measures apply to significant currencies, i.e. PLN and EUR. The parameters for parallel scenarios are 250 bps (PLN) and 200 bps (EUR). In the case of non-parallel scenarios, changes are assumed (for PLN and EUR respectively):
for short-term rates - by 350 bps and 250 bps,
for long-term rates - by 150 bps and 100 bps.
The assumptions for the recognition of individual items, the size and shape of shock scenarios and the method of aggregating results are set out in Regulation (EU) 2024/856 of the European Commission.
resulting from the banking book - the observed changes in EVE measurements are mainly due to two factors:
changes (growth) in product volumes and
changes in model parameters used for non-maturity product portfolios.
Changes in PLN million
as at 31 December
2024
2023
2024
2023
Shock scenarios used for supervisory purposes *
changes in the carrying amount of the revalued capital
changes in net interest income
Parallel increase in shock
48
-983
379
353
Parallel decrease in shock
59
243
-557
-716
Fall in short-term rates and increase in long-term rates (steepener)
347
303
-
-
Increase in short-term rates and decrease in long-term rates (flattener)
-515
-828
-
-
Increases in short-term rates
-453
-1,103
-
-
Fall in short-term rates
374
422
-
-
133
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Changes in relation to Tier 1 capital
as at 31 December
2024
2023
2024
2023
Shock scenarios used for supervisory purposes *
changes in the carrying amount of the revalued capital in relation to Tier 1 capital
changes in net interest income in relation to Tier 1 capital
Parallel increase in shock
0.28%
-5.61%
2.25%
2.02%
Parallel decrease in shock
0.35%
1.39%
-3.31%
-4.09%
Fall in short-term rates and increase in long-term rates (steepener)
2.06%
1.73%
-
-
Increase in short-term rates and decrease in long-term rates (flattener)
-3.06%
-4.73%
-
-
Increases in short-term rates
-2.69%
-6.30%
-
-
Fall in short-term rates
2.22%
2.41%
-
-
*) Positive results in a given scenario are scaled with factor 0.5 in accordance with EBA guidelines in the IRRBB area
sensitivity of equity to changes in interest rates resulting from debt instruments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income in the Center of Expertise Treasury portfolio:
approximate change in the regulatory capital base for curve movement
-2%
-1%
+1%
+2%
2024
67
34
-34
-67
2023
221
111
-111
-221
3.6. FX structure of assets and liabilities
The statement of financial position and off-balance sheet liabilities of the Bank are presented below, with a breakdown by major currencies. The following exchange rates were used to calculate the value in the original currency:
exchange rate as at 31 December
2024
2023
EUR
4.2730
4.3480
USD
4.1012
3.9350
CHF
4.5371
4.6828
134
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2024
as at 31 December
EUR
USD
CHF
other currencies
PLN
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
7,875
265
62
139
34
10
2
71
8,360
Loans and other receivables to other banks
4,284
20,779
4,863
-
-
-
-
-
25,063
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
1,612
58
14
193
47
-
-
85
1,948
Derivative hedge instruments
51
10
2
-
-
-
-
-
61
Investment securities
50,834
8,058
1,886
-
-
-
-
-
58,892
Transferred assets
179
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
179
Loans and other receivables to customers
134,510
20,175
4,722
1,102
269
100
22
609
156,496
Investments in subsidiaries and associates measured by the equity method
1,969
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,969
Property, plant and equipment
969
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
969
Intangible assets
416
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
416
Deferred tax assets
467
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
467
Other assets
114
5
1
2
-
-
-
-
121
Total assets
203,280
49,350
11,550
1,436
350
110
24
765
254,941
135
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2024
as at 31 December
EUR
USD
CHF
other currencies
PLN
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
Total
Liabilities
Liabilities to other banks
1,183
9,617
2,251
2
-
-
-
1
10,803
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
1,209
154
36
7
2
-
-
30
1,400
Derivative hedge instruments
68
15
4
-
-
-
-
-
83
Liabilities to customers
188,663
25,209
5,900
4,958
1,209
69
15
1,042
219,941
Subordinated liabilities
-
1,499
351
-
-
-
-
-
1,499
Provisions
612
20
5
1
-
-
-
-
633
Current income tax liabilities
15
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
15
Other liabilities
3,150
293
69
4
1
13
3
-
3,460
Total liabilities
194,900
36,807
8,616
4,972
1,212
82
18
1,073
237,834
Equity
Share capital
130
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
130
Reserve capital - surplus from sale of shares above their nominal value
956
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
956
Accumulated other comprehensive income
-4,703
-59
-14
-
-
-
-
-
-4,762
Retained earnings
20,783
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
20,783
Total equity
17,166
-59
-14
0
0
0
0
0
17,107
Total equity and liabilities
212,066
36,748
8,602
4,972
1,212
82
18
1,073
254,941
Contingent liabilities granted
48,527
7,940
1,858
985
240
1
-
35
57,488
Contingent liabilities received
24,215
816
191
-
-
-
-
81
25,112
136
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
as at 31 December
EUR
USD
CHF
other currencies
PLN
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
Total
Assets
Cash and cash equivalents
6,417
328
75
151
38
14
3
129
7,039
Loans and other receivables to other banks
3,539
19,001
4,370
-
-
-
-
-
22,540
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
1,955
83
19
25
6
-
-
211
2,274
Derivative hedge instruments
135
73
17
-
-
-
-
-
208
Investment securities
51,349
5,179
1,191
-
-
-
-
-
56,528
Transferred assets
133
-
-
-
-
-
-
32
165
Loans and other receivables to customers
126,930
18,674
4,295
496
126
81
17
482
146,663
Investments in subsidiaries and associates measured by the equity method
1,761
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,761
Property, plant and equipment
965
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
965
Intangible assets
450
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
450
Deferred tax assets
888
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
888
Other assets
114
5
1
-
-
-
-
-
119
Total assets
194,636
43,343
9,968
672
170
95
20
854
239,600
137
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
as at 31 December
EUR
USD
CHF
other currencies
PLN
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
in currency
converted to PLN
Total
Liabilities
Liabilities to other banks
745
8,001
1,840
2
1
-
-
79
8,827
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss
1,445
213
49
25
6
-
-
139
1,822
Derivative hedge instruments
194
86
20
-
-
-
-
-
280
Liabilities to customers
172,661
26,140
6,012
5,086
1,293
64
14
1,089
205,040
Subordinated liabilities
-
1,526
351
-
-
-
-
-
1,526
Provisions
522
13
3
1
-
-
-
-
536
Current income tax liabilities
101
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
101
Other liabilities
4,566
281
65
1
-
1
-
-
4,849
Total liabilities
180,234
36,260
8,340
5,115
1,300
65
14
1,307
222,981
Equity
Share capital
130
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
130
Reserve capital - surplus from sale of shares above their nominal value
956
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
956
Accumulated other comprehensive income
-5,177
-35
-8
-
-
-
-
-
-5,212
Retained earnings
20,750
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
20,750
Own shares for the purposes of the employee incentive scheme
-5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-5
Total equity
16,654
-35
-8
0
0
0
0
0
16,619
Total equity and liabilities
196,888
36,225
8,332
5,115
1,300
65
14
1,307
239,600
Contingent liabilities granted
46,295
7,820
1,799
957
243
-
-
30
55,102
Contingent liabilities received
18,723
439
101
246
63
-
-
84
19,492
138
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
3.7. Impact of the benchmark reform
At present, the reform of only one reference rate is continuing (i.e. WIBOR), to which the Bank has significant exposures as at 31 December 2024. The WIBOR rate is expected to be finalised and replaced by RFR (Risk-Free-Rate) after 31 December 2027.
These changes have an impact on the Bank, its customers and the financial sector as a whole, and expose the Bank to risks. These risks include legal, operational and financial risks. Legal risk is associated with all required changes in documentation for new and existing transactions. Operational risk is related to required changes in IT systems, reporting infrastructure and operational processes for new reference rates. Financial risk (largely limited to interest rate risk), as a consequence of changes in the valuation of financial instruments referring to these reference rates and decreasing market liquidity may have an impact on transactions directly or the ability to hedge the risk resulting from these transactions. Changes in valuation, interest calculation methodology or documentation may also result in customer complaints and litigation.
In order to mitigate these risks, the Bank has established an implementation project, which has an extensive structure and the progress of work is monitored on an ongoing basis by the steering committee. The project analyses and coordinates the necessary actions to introduce the required changes to internal processes and systems, taking into account valuation, risk management, legal documentation and impact on customers. The Bank continues to monitor market developments and the results of the analysis in terms of uncertainty resulting from the reform and regulatory standards related to the transformation, in order to assess the impact on the project, customers and related risks.
WIBOR
The Steering Committee of the National Working Group (KS NGR) to reform the WIBOR rate published on 10 December 2024 decisions on the selection of an index proposal with the technical name WIRF- as a target benchmark to replace the WIBOR benchmark. Thus, KS NGR revised and amended its earlier decision to select WIRON as an alternative risk-free rate (Risk-Free-Rate). On January 30, 2025, KS NGR chose the name POLSTR for the new indicator with the technical name WIRF-.
The selection of the proposed POLSTR rate was made on the basis of the conclusions of the public consultation with all stakeholders and market participants, which began in May 2024 and ended on 31 October 2024 after two rounds of consultations. They focused on assessing the quality of the indices concerned, their characteristics and other factors, including the development of the money market, in order to identify an alternative index that would best
meet the definition of a risk-free or a close risk-free rate and would correspond to the characteristics of the national financial market.
According to the published summary of public consultations, selected POLSTR index is characterised by homogeneity of the transaction resource (the lowest, but nevertheless sufficient resource), relatively low volatility and the highest probability of creating a derivatives market and thus creating an interest rate in the forward structure.
The next steps of KS NGR will be to update the Conversion Roadmap to ensure the safe implementation of the benchmark reform in Poland.
The planned replacement of the WIBOR rate causes uncertainty as to the occurrence of cash flows resulting from the WIBOR rate, which were designated to hedge as part of the hedging relationship of cash flows on the portfolio basis (Macro Cash Flow Hedge). As a result, the Bank applied the amendment to IAS 39 Phase 1 and thus adopted the assumption that the reference rate on the basis of which the cash flows resulting from WIBOR are calculated in terms of the hedging instrument and the hedged item remain unchanged as a result of the reform. The same assumption is used to assess the probabilities of future transactions that are hedged against cash flows. As a result, the Bank continues its hedging relationships. Amendments to IAS 39 Stage 1 will cease to apply when the uncertainty resulting from the change in the WIBOR rate ceases to exist in terms of the time and amounts resulting from the reference rate of a given instrument. The following table presents the nominal values of hedging instruments referencing WIBOR.
as at 31 December
net nominal value of the position on the hedging instrument
2024
2023
Assets
Liabilities
Assets
Liabilities
Cash flow hedging instruments
100,348
1,377
88,496
13,345
Instruments hedging the fair value of securities
15,012
-
11,862
-
139
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Structure of financial assets and liabilities referring to WIBOR rate
As at 31 December 2024, the following financial instruments refer to the WIBOR reference rate, which is expected to be discontinued after 31 December 2027 and is material for the Bank. Non-derivative financial assets and liabilities are presented at gross carrying amount, off-balance sheet items are presented at liability amount and derivatives are presented at nominal value.
Financial instruments referencing WIBOR
as at 31 December
2024
2023
with maturity date after 31 Dec 2024
with maturity date after 31 Dec 2027
with maturity date after 31 Dec 2023
with maturity date after 31 Dec 2027
Non-derivative financial assets
127,540
79,578
129,265
76,149
Non-derivative financial liabilities
-
-
1
-
Derivatives
1,307,090
362,190
1,228,232
260,349
Off-balance sheet items
12,280
2,824
9,339
1,596
3.8. Hedge accounting
3.8.1. Fair Value Hedge accounting
In fair value hedge accounting, the risk is equivalent to change in the fair value of a financial asset as a result of changes to interest rates. The hedge covers the fair value of debt instruments with a fixed interest rate that is a position (a part of position) in a security that is classified to a portfolio of assets kept to collect contractual cash flows or for sale (hereinafter: HTC&S) which at the time a hedge relationship is established holds a specific fair value recognised in other comprehensive income.
For the needs of the strategy, the recognition of a part change to the fair value due to the hedged risk is made on the basis of valuation models relying on assumptions that are similar to those applicable to valuation models of interest rate derivative instruments. The valuation curves applied in the model are designed on the basis of market rates corresponding to repricing tenors of variable interest rates of hedging instruments.
Interest Rate Swap, swapping fixed interest rate into variable interest rate is the hedging instrument. The above shows that changes to the fair value of the hedging instrument manifest a trend that is opposite to changes of the fair value of the hedged position. In this connection, as a result of the established hedge relationship, the profit and
loss account contains a compensating effect of changes to the fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged position due to the hedged risk. In order to confirm the effectiveness of the strategy, the Bank carries out:
prospective effectiveness test:
qualitative based on the maturity of the hedged item and the hedging instrument, and
quantitative based on the BPV (basis point value) ratio of the hedged item and a hedging instrument,
retrospective effectiveness test as the quotient of changes in the hedging instrument measurement and changes in the measurement of the hedged item due to the risk being hedged.
The sources of ineffectiveness of strategies that is manifested in the profit and loss account, may result from:
differences in the timing of cash flows of the hedged positions versus the timing of cash flows under derivative hedging instruments,
mismatch resulting from the use of various valuation curves (that is: interest rate derivative instruments are valued on the basis of valuation curves developed on the basis of daily hedges of valuation exposures – OIS discounting),
changes to credit risk constituting a valuation component to fair value of the hedged position from the HTC&S portfolio,
adjustments to valuation of hedging instruments due to pre-settlement credit risk (bilateral value adjustment); however, those do not have material impact on the presented values due to the fact that only interbank market transactions were designated as hedging instruments and that are additionally hedged with a deposit margin placed or received respectively, depending on the exposure type, as well as transactions forwarded for settlement on a daily basis via the Central Counterparty,
component of the valuation of hedging instruments due to settlement of the price aligment amout resulting from “settled to marked” approach to settlement via the Central Counterparty.
Since hedging covers only one type of risk (interest rate risk), changes to the fair value of the hedged position classified as HTC&S resulting from other unhedged risks are recognised as other comprehensive income.
From the viewpoint of economic relationships, the Bank’s existing hedging strategies contain two types of hedge relationships:
hedge of the fair value of securities in PLN with a fixed interest coupon classified as HTC&S with IRS transactions “pay fixed, collect variable”, denominated in PLN,
hedge of the fair value of securities in EUR with a fixed interest coupon classified as HTC&S with IRS transactions “pay fixed, collect variable”, denominated in EUR.
140
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The table below presents the fair values and nominal values of hedging and hedged instruments in fair value hedge accounting.
2024
fair value
nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
item in the statement of
of financial position – number of note
Assets
Liabilities
unrealised valuation result
cumulative valuation adjustment
due to the hedged risk ka
cumulative part of valuation of unsecured risks recognised in other comprehensive income*
less than 1 year
1 to 5 years
over 5 years
Total
Instruments hedging fair value of securities, of which:
Derivative hedge instruments
-
11
-56
-
-
1,300
17,216
470
18,986
settled via CCP
-
11
-56
-
-
1,300
17,216
470
18,986
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
-
9
9
-
-
1,300
13,712
-
15,012
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
-
2
-65
-
-
-
3,504
470
3,974
Hedged instruments, of which:
19,006
-
-85
42
-127
1,300
17,216
470
18,986
Investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
Investment securities
19,006
-
-85
42
-127
1,300
17,216
470
18,986
State Treasury bonds in PLN
Note 19
14,273
-
-77
12
-89
1,300
12,900
-
14,200
European Investment Bank bonds in PLN
Note 19
782
-
-38
-34
-4
-
812
-
812
European Investment Bank bonds in EUR
Note 19
1,887
-
-12
6
-18
-
1,496
470
1,966
European Union bonds in EUR
Note 19
2,064
-
42
58
-16
-
2,008
-
2,008
*) presented in the comprehensive income statement in the position: debt securities measured at fair value via other comprehensive income – gains/losses on revaluation carried through equity
With respect to the IRS/FRA interest rate derivatives clearing approach, the Bank applies the settled to market service, as specified in the regulations of Central Counterparties/CCP with which the Bank cooperates. Detailed information is provided in note 17 . Valuation of derivatives .
141
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2023
fair value
nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
item in the statement of
of financial position – number of note
Assets
Liabilities
unrealised valuation result
cumulative valuation adjustment
due to the hedged risk ka
cumulative part of valuation of unsecured risks recognised in other comprehensive income
1 to 5 years
over 5 years
Total
Instruments hedging fair value of securities, of which:
Derivative hedge instruments
3
7
-190
-
-
11,862
909
12,771
settled via CCP
3
7
-190
-
-
11,862
909
12,771
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
1
7
-238
-
-
11,862
-
11,862
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
2
-
48
-
-
-
909
909
Hedged instruments, of which:
12,661
-
-10
175
-185
11,862
909
12,771
Investment securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, including:
Investment securities
12,661
-
-10
175
-185
11,862
909
12,771
State Treasury bonds in PLN
Note 19
11,031
-
126
265
-139
11,050
-
11,050
State Treasury bonds in EUR
Note 19
422
-
-51
-25
-26
-
431
431
European Investment Bank bonds in PLN
Note 19
764
-
-57
-41
-16
812
-
812
European Union bonds in EUR
Note 19
444
-
-28
-24
-4
-
478
478
Time distribution profile of nominal amounts and the corresponding average interest rates of hedging instruments
2024
nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
up to 1 year
over 1 to 5 years
over 5 years
weighted average
fixed rate %
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
1,300
13,712
-
5.14%
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
-
3,504
470
2.73%
2023
nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
over 1 to 5 years
over 5 years
weighted average
fixed rate %
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
11,862
-
5.25%
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
-
909
1.76%
142
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Net interest on derivative hedging instruments is disclosed as interest on securities measured through other comprehensive income which presents net interest of positions hedged within the described strategy.
Measurements of hedging instruments including component due to the settlement of the price alignment amount and hedged transactions are presented in the Bank’s income statement as Net (loss)/income on hedge accounting and in note 6 .
The split of the result of measurements of hedging and hedged transaction into individual hedging strategies is presented in the table below.
2024
2023
change in fair value used to test strategy effectiveness
change in fair value used to test strategy effectiveness
Type of economic relation
hedged position
hedging instrument
ineffective part of the hedging relationship recognised in P&L
hedged position
hedging instrument
ineffective part of the hedging relationship recognised in P&L
Hedging of debt securities in PLN
-245
256
11
318
-327
-9
Hedging of debt securities in EUR
82
-83
-1
83
-83
-
Total
-163
173
10
401
-410
-9
3.8.2. Cash flow hedge accounting
The Bank applies hedge accounting principles for cash flows to a specified portfolio of assets / liabilities / highly probable planned financial transactions of the Bank (e.g. extrapolations of financial flows resulting from renewable deposits / overdraft facilities). The applied hedging strategies are aimed at hedging the Bank’s exposures against the risk of changes to future cash flows resulting from interest rate risk.
The hedge applies to a specified portfolio of financial assets and/or liabilities or a portfolio of planned transactions that cover variable interest rate financial instruments (financial products based on WIBOR/ EURIBOR) and thus that are exposed to the risk of changes to future cash flows due to changes to market rates – WIBOR/EURIBOR.
For its strategy relating to calculations of changes to the fair value of future cash flows in the hedged portfolio, the Bank applies the method of a “hypothetical derivative” (being a method which provides for a possibility to reflect the hedged position and nature of the hedged risk in the form of a derivative instrument). The valuation principles are similar to the valuation principles of interest rate derivative instruments. Strategy effectiveness research also includes:
prospective high-probability test of future cash flows,
retrospective high-probability test of future cash flows confirming, on the basis of actual values, that the adopted model works correctly,
retrospective test of homogeneity of the portfolio of the hedged item based on statistical analysis (regression method).
The sources of ineffectiveness of strategies that is manifested in the profit and loss account, may result from:
differences in the timing of cash flows of the hedged positions versus the timing of cash flows under derivative hedging instruments,
mismatch resulting from the use of various valuation curves of the hedging instrument and the hypothetical derivative into PLN denominated positions (that is: interest rate derivative hedging instruments are valued on the basis of valuation curves developed on the basis of daily hedges of valuation exposures – OIS discounting),
adjustments to valuation of hedging instruments due to pre-settlement credit risk (bilateral value adjustment); however, those do not have material impact on the presented values due to the fact that only interbank market transactions were designated as hedging instruments and that are additionally hedged with a deposit margin placed or received respectively, depending on the exposure type.
From the viewpoint of economic relationships, the Bank’s existing hedging strategies contain the following types of hedge relationships:
the hedging instrument for active positions in the interest rate risk hedging strategy is the position on the Interest Rate Swap of the "pay floating, receive the fixed" type, while the
hedging instrument hedging the liability is the position on the Interest Rate Swap of the "pay fixed, receive variable".
Due to the fact that the hedged position covered with specific strategies keeps affecting the profit and loss account) (by measurement at amortised cost), net interest of the derivative instruments hedging the portfolio:
of financial assets is presented as interest on loans and other receivables granted to customers, measured at amortised cost,
of financial liabilities is presented as interest on liabilities to customers.
143
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The tables below present the fair values and nominal values of hedged instruments in cash flow hedge accounting. Notional amounts of the derivatives were presented in the amounts purchased.
2024
fair value
nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
Assets
Liabilities
up to 1 year
over 1 to 5 years
over 5 years
Total
Cash flow hedges, of which:
61
72
137,551
265,266
64,391
467,208
settled via CCP
61
62
136,772
265,266
64,392
466,430
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
51
59
131,003
227,125
53,260
411,388
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
10
13
6,548
38,141
11,131
55,820
2023
fair value
nominal value of instruments with remaining maturity
Assets
Liabilities
up to 1 year
over 1 to 5 years
over 5 years
Total
Cash flow hedges, of which:
205
273
88,252
251,904
91,752
431,908
settled via CCP
145
160
80,932
251,124
91,753
423,809
Interest rate swaps (IRS PLN) fixed – float
134
187
73,717
225,001
77,104
375,822
Interest rate swaps (IRS EUR) fixed – float
71
86
14,535
26,903
14,648
56,086
As at 31 December 2024, PLN -4,849 million (including tax) was recorded in other comprehensive income regarding the effective part of the hedging relationship in cash flow hedge accounting (PLN -5,169 million as at 31 December 2023). The ineffective part of the hedging relationship resulting from the mismatch in offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item recognised in profit or loss in 2024 amounted to PLN 0 million compared to PLN -4 million in 2023.
144
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Impact of the application of cash flow hedge accounting on profit and loss account and other comprehensive income
2024
fair value
changes to fair value of hedging instruments used to review the effectiveness of the strategy
amount reclassified from other comprehensive income
Assets
Liabilities
unrealised result on
revaluation recognised in the period*
the effective part of the hedge recognised in other comprehensive income in the period**
resulting interest income
from existing hedging relationships
amortization of the result of the completed strategy
security
Cash flow hedges, of which:
61
72
395
-395
-2,182
1
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in PLN
43
34
252
-252
-3,022
-
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in EUR
8
11
154
-154
-210
-
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in PLN
7
25
-2
2
1,041
-
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in EUR
3
2
-9
9
9
-
CIRS EUR/PLN resulting from decomposition of an actual transaction, hedging the portfolio of financial assets in EUR
-
-
-
-
-
1
2023
fair value
changes to fair value of hedging instruments used to review the effectiveness of the strategy
amount reclassified from other comprehensive income
Assets
Liabilities
unrealised result on
revaluation recognised in the period*
the effective part of the hedge recognised in other comprehensive income in the period**
the ineffective part of the hedging relationship recognised in the profit and loss account***
resulting interest income
from existing hedging relationships
amortization of the result of the completed strategy
security
Cash flow hedges, of which:
205
273
3,195
-3,191
4
-2,666
2
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in PLN
67
166
6,126
-6,088
38
-3,951
-
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in EUR
26
51
321
-321
-
-160
1
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in PLN
67
21
-3,220
3,186
-34
1,437
-
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in EUR
45
35
-32
32
-
8
-
CIRS EUR/PLN resulting from decomposition of an actual transaction, hedging the portfolio of financial assets in EUR
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
*) disclosed in the statement of financial position as Derivative hedge instruments
**) disclosed in the statement of financial position as Accumulated other comprehensive income and in note 34.2 . (the amount in the table does not include tax)
***) disclosed in the profit and loss account in the dedicated line item Net (loss)/income on hedge accounting and in note 6 .
145
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Time distribution profile of nominal amounts and the corresponding average interest rates of hedging instruments
2024
notional value of the position on the hedging instrument with a remaining maturity
up to 1 year
over 1 to 5 years
over 5 years
weighted average fixed rate%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in PLN
4,273
87,363
8,712
4.11%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in PLN
-19,530
9,054
11,852
4.91%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in EUR
-66
8,610
2,085
1.53%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in EUR
64
-56
508
0.98%
2023
notional value of the position on the hedging instrument with a remaining maturity
up to 1 year
over 1 to 5 years
over 5 years
weighted average fixed rate%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in PLN
11,591
59,591
17,315
3.77%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in PLN
-2,299
-4,927
20,570
4.71%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial assets in EUR
1,078
7,903
1,431
1.12%
Interest rate swaps (IRS) hedging the portfolio of financial liabilities in EUR
-126
-317
617
1.23%
The periods in which the Bank expects the hedged cash flows in cash flow hedge accounting and thus which will affect the financial profit are presented below.
2024
cash flows in PLN (PLN million)
cash flows in EUR (EUR million)
inflows (assets)
outflows (liabilities)
net cash flows
inflows (assets)
outflows (liabilities)
net cash flows
up to 1 year
5,279
-931
4,348
59
-3
56
over 1 to 5 years
8,654
-3,724
4,930
127
-11
116
over 5 years
607
-552
55
14
-9
5
2023
cash flows in PLN (PLN million)
cash flows in EUR (EUR million)
inflows (assets)
outflows (liabilities)
net cash flows
inflows (assets)
outflows (liabilities)
net cash flows
up to 1 year
4,356
-813
3,543
77
-1
76
over 1 to 5 years
8,474
-4,565
3,909
104
-6
98
over 5 years
1,107
-1,120
-13
21
-9
12
3.8.3. Impact of the reform of key interest rate benchmarks on the Bank's hedging strategies
Bank applies fair value and cash flow hedge accounting in accordance with IAS 39, and interest rate and foreign currency risks are designated as hedged risks in various micro and macro models. The hedged exposures are mainly loan portfolios, purchased debt securities and savings/deposits.
Bank applied the amendments to IAS 39 issued in September 2019 to hedging relationships that are based on WIBOR due to the work alreardy undertaken on the reform of this benchmark, inaccordance with the disclosures in the chapter II. 3.7 . Impact of the benchmark rate reform .
146
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
4. Liquidity and funding risk
4.1. Introduction
ING Bank Śląski S.A. recognises the process of stable management of liquidity and funding risk as a major process at the Bank. Liquidity and funding risk is understood by the Bank as the risk of the lack of ability to perform financial liabilities under on- and off-balance sheet items at reasonable prices. The Bank maintains liquidity so that the Bank's financial liabilities can always be repaid with the available funds, inflows from maturing transactions, available funding sources at market prices and/or liquidation of negotiable assets.
4.2. Liquidity and funding risk management objectives
The main objective of the liquidity and funding risk management process is to maintain an appropriate level of liquidity in order to ensure safe and stable operation of the Bank under normal market conditions and during the crisis.
4.3. Liquidity and funding risk management policies
In order to optimise the process of liquidity and financing risk management, the Bank has created the Liquidity and Funding Risk Management Policy at ING Bank Śląski S.A. , which aims to describe the rules ensuring appropriate sources of financing and minimising the risk and costs associated with funding. The Policy describes the general approach to the process of liquidity risk management and funding in the Bank. The Liquidity and Funding Risk
Management Policy at ING Bank Śląski S.A. is complemented by the Instruction Contingency Financing Plan at ING Bank Śląski S.A. , which defines the organisation and activities aimed at eliminating liquidity shortages in stressed conditions.
The Policy results from the business risk management strategy approved by the Supervisory Board (including the liquidity and funding risk management strategy). In particular, it reflects the risk appetite defined in the strategy and approved by the Supervisory Board.
The permissible level of liquidity and funding risk is defined through a multi-element system. This approach is consistent with the approach described in the Policy for determining and monitoring risk appetite in the area of market risk and liquidity .
4.4. Liquidity and funding risk management process
The general approach to liquidity and funding risk management is composed of five recurring activities:
1) risk identification,
2) risk assessment,
3) risk control,
4) monitoring and
5) reporting.
Risk identification and assessment
Risk identification shall be carried out annually or ad-hoc through the organisation of risk identification workshops. Each identified risk is assessed in order to determine the significance of such risk for the Bank. Risk identification is also carried out in the process of implementing new products. The valuation of risk and its materiality is assessed on the basis of the probability with which this risk occurs and the magnitude of the financial impact if this risk materialises.
Control
Risks are controlled through actions that reduce the probability of a risk materialising or actions that reduce the impact if a risk materialises. One of the elements of risk control is the definition of an acceptable level of risk.
147
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Monitoring and reporting
An important element of risk management is continuous checking whether the implemented risk control is performed. Regular checks show that risk control measures are effective. An important element of the liquidity and financing risk management process is appropriate reporting, which provides managers with information necessary for risk management. The ability to show shareholders and partners that the Bank controls risk allows them to gain their trust, one of the most important elements in banking. Well-organised and designed regular inspections and monitoring are essential for good risk management.
In addition, the Bank prepares an ILAAP process report. It presents, in a comprehensive and consistent manner, key indicators and figures on the Bank’s liquidity risk profile. It takes into account the Bank’s strategy, financing plan and risk tolerance. The report results are approved by the Management Board, which informs the Supervisory Board of the assessment results.
In accordance with Recommendation S, the Bank makes a detailed analysis of long-term liquidity with focus on mortgage loans. The above liquidity analysis shows risk levels related to long-term funding of mortgage loans. On the basis of the analysis, it was concluded that the currently implemented processes within the framework of long- term liquidity supervision are correct. Therefore, it was recommended to maintain the current activities.
The Bank pursues an active policy of liquidity management with reference to core currencies. For those currencies, liquidity risk measurement and limitation is made per currency and the management of operational liquidity is performed separately for each currency and it is incorporated in the risk transfer system.
Intraday liquidity is actively managed by the Centre of Expertise Treasury. The process manages the position and risk of short-term liquidity (one day and intraday). The objective is to comply with payment and settlement duties in a timely manner in regular operations and in extraordinary/stress situations.
The Bank operates a risk transfer system within which market risks, including liquidity risk, are transferred to the Centre of Expertise Treasury. Applying adequate tools, it manages the risks in a centralised manner within the limit system applied by the Bank.
The liquidity risk management procedures adopted at the Bank are presented annually to the relevant bank employees involved in the bank's liquidity management process. Persons involved in the bank's liquidity management process confirm that they have familiarized themselves with and understand the procedures used and control the correctness of their implementation.
4.5. Types of liquidity and funding risk
The Bank splits liquidity risk into two groups:
liquidity risk resulting from external factors, and
risk of internal factors relating to the specific bank.
The Bank's goal is a conservative approach to liquidity risk management that will allow safely survive events specific for ING Bank Śląski S.A. and for the entire banking sector.
In terms of time horizon, the Bank splits liquidity risk into:
operational – focused on current funding of the Bank’s position and on managing intraday liquidity,
strategic – focused on ensuring that the Bank's structural liquidity positions are at an acceptable level.
Considering the tenor and clients’ behaviour (the two aspects affecting the Bank’s liquidity), the Bank identifies three types of liquidity and funding risk:
structural – understood as a potentially adverse impact on the Bank's revenues due to a mismatch between the anticipated maturities of the Bank's assets and liabilities as well as the risk of no re-financing possibilities in the future,
related to clients’ behaviour – understood as a potentially adverse impact on the Bank's revenues due to the embedded liquidity options in the products offered by the Bank,
related to stress conditions – understood as a risk of lack of possibility by the Bank to comply with its financial obligations when due to insufficient available funds or when the generation of such funds is impossible at any price which results in immediate insolvency of the Bank.
4.6. Structure and organisation of the risk management process
The Bank's Management Board and the Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) play a specific role in liquidity and funding risk management.
The Supervisory Board is responsible for:
approving the liquidity risk tolerance, the overall accepted level of liquidity and funding risk (in HL RAS) presented to the Supervisory Board by the Management Board.
148
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The Bank's Management Board is responsible for:
designing a strategy related to liquidity and funding risk, the target liquidity position, the relevant funding methods and liquidity risk profile,
determination of an acceptable risk level (risk appetite), tolerance of liquidity risk and submitting it for approval by the Supervisory Board,
acceptance of changes to the limits of liquidity and funding risk (in MB RAS),
acceptance of a liquidity and funding risk management policy and major modifications thereto, in particular limits adequate to the general level of acceptable risk approved by the Supervisory Board,
ensuring the allocation of adequate human resources and ITC resources in the Bank to implement the policy.
approving the levels of liquidity bonuses based on the level advised by the Centre of Expertise Treasury resulting from the liquidity premium review and / or adjusts it when deemed necessary due to strategic changes in the balance sheet or other factors.
The Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) is responsible for:
implementation of the Bank's strategy with respect to liquidity and funding risk,
management of a liquidity buffer within the relevant policies and limits approved by the Bank's Management Board, the related operational actions are delegated to the Centre of Expertise Treasury,
supervision and monitoring of liquidity risk levels as well as the funding structure in the Bank's balance sheet,
monthly analysis of the short-, medium- and long-term liquidity profile (strategic liquidity positions) presented in reports defined by the regulator and internal reports, in the event of identified structural problems (e.g. the need for very high refinancing in the future) ALCO is responsible for issuing instructions to the appropriate business units in order to obtain an appropriate liquidity profile,
approval of proposals to change liquidity risk limits in the scope of MB RAS and HL RAS in order to present these limits for approval by the Bank’s Management Board and Supervisory Board, respectively,
acceptance of changes in liquidity and funding risk limits (in LCS and ALCO RAS),
approval of proposals to change liquidity risk limits in the scope of MB RAS and HL RAS in order to present these limits for approval by the Bank’s Management Board and Supervisory Board, respectively,
implementation of limits within the adopted risk appetite (approved in accordance with the division of responsibilities in determining the levels of limits defined in the Policy for determining and monitoring risk appetite in the area of market risk and liquidity risk) , approving assumptions for reports and models,
analysis of all proposed modifications to the liquidity and funding policies and submission of positively reviewed modifications to the Bank's Management Board,
approving assumptions for reports and models used to measure, monitor and control liquidity and funding risk.
4.7. Risk management framework
The framework liquidity and funding risk management principles contain all material methods with respect to intraday, shorty-term, medium-term and long-term liquidity and funding risk management. This is made up of the following key elements:
limit system and liquidity risk measurement,
monitoring of funding sources and concentration risk,
liquidity reserve management,
management of intraday liquidity,
management of hedging items,
stress tests and contingency plans.
Limits system and liquidity risk measurement
Formal limits are set by the regulator of the banking sector and/or the Bank for various liquidity risk measures. The acceptable level of funding and liquidity risk is defined by a several-element system: the general level of the Bank's acceptable risk, which is approved by the Bank's Supervisory Board, and the system of limits, which is approved in accordance with the division of responsibilities in determining the levels of limits defined in the Policy for determining and monitoring risk appetite in the area of market risk and liquidity risk . The Supervisory Board is provided with information on compliance with the measures, minimum on a quarterly basis.
The limit level is based on the Bank's strategic objectives, identified liquidity risks, results of stress tests and the principles set forth by regulatory authorities. The limits are taken into account in the planning processes (i.e. the implementation of the adopted plans must not lead to exceeding the limits). The respective levels of the monitoring limits of the Contingency Financing Plan are related (correlated) to the ranges defined for initiating the respective
149
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
phases of the Contingency Financing Plan.The admissible liquidity risk level is determined and updated minimum once a year.
The limit system is more detailed than the risk level approved by the Supervisory Board. The admissible risk level is guaranteed by risk monitoring in various reports concerning liquidity and funding risk in the course of the Bank's normal/regular activity and in extraordinary/extreme situations. Inter alia, the Bank monitors funding concentration risk, the internal liquidity safety buffer and verifies the stability of external funding.
On a weekly basis, the Bank’s Management Board receives a liquidity risk report with information on key liquidity measures, On a monthly basis, the Bank’s Management Board and the ALCO Committee receive comprehensive information on liquidity risk.
Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) and net stable funding ratio (NSFR)
In accordance with the obligations and principles set out in Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council, as amended by Regulation (EU) No 2019/876 of the European Parliament and of the Council and Commission Delegated Regulations (EU) 2015/61, 2018/1620 and 2022/1994, the Bank calculates supervisory liquidity measures:
short-term liquidity measures (LCR - Liquidity Covered Ratio) - it is to ensure that the Bank has an appropriate level of high-quality liquid assets that will cover liquidity needs over a period of 30 calendar days in stressed conditions. In 2024, a regulatory limit of 100% was in force,
long-term liquidity measures (NSFR - Net Stable Funding Ratio) - it aims to ensure a minimum level of available funding in the medium and long term. In 2024, a regulatory limit of 100% was in force.
The Bank is obligated to report the liquidity measures to the regulator monthly and quarterly.
At the end of 2024 and 2023 the supervisory liquidity measures were:
Liquidity measures
Minimum value
2024
2023 *
transformed data
LCR
Liquidity coverage ratio
100%
283%
220%
NSFR
Net stable funding ratio
100%
177%
172%
*) In 2024, the Bank improved the quality of the source data used for the calculation of liquidity measures (including in the scope of determining the retail parameter). Liquidity measures as at 31 December 2023, presented in the
table above, were recalculated on the basis of improved source data and their level has changed compared to the measures presented in the annual financial statements for the previous year.
Below is a breakdown of Level 1 liquid assets used by the Bank in the calculation of the LCR liquidity ratio (as defined in Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2015/61) as at the end of 2024 and 2023, respectively. Level 1 liquid assets include assets with exceptionally high liquidity and credit quality.
Level 1 liquid assets
2024
2023
Cash
774
782
Cash in nostro accounts with the Central Bank net of the required reserve
4
4
Other exposures to the Central Bank (O/N deposit, cash bills)
-
6,760
Unencumbered Treasury bonds
43,094
39,903
Assets constituting exposures to public sector entities
2,059
-
Unencumbered European Investment Bank bonds
8,542
7,117
Unencumbered BGK bonds
1,756
1,692
Total
56,229
56,258
In Level 1 liquid assets, securities are presented at their market value. The liquidity position of the Bank is reduced by securities encumbered (underlying, locked) and increased by securities received as collateral in reverse-repo or buy- sell-back transactions.
Long-Term Funding Ratio (WFD)
In accordance with the obligations and principles set out in the WFD Recommendation on the Long-Term Financing Ratio - issued by Resolution No. 243/2024 of the Financial Supervision Authority on July 15, 2024, starting from July 31, 2024, the Bank calculates the supervisory liquidity measure WFD (Long-Term Financing Ratio) at the consolidated level and reports to the PFSA monthly as of the last day of the month. The expected level of 40% is to apply from 31 December 2026 in accordance with section 3.1. WFD Recommendations. At the end of 2024, the WFD ratio was 26.9%.
150
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Additional liquidity monitoring measures (ALMM)
In compliance with the Commission Implementing Regulations (EU) 2022/1994, the Bank reports a set of additional monitoring rations for liquidity reporting. The reports include:
mismatch by maturity,
financial concentration by counterparty,
financial concentration by product type,
prices for various financing periods,
prolonged financing,
concentration of ability to balance liquidity by issuer.
Internal liquidity reports
Another major element in the Bank's liquidity management risk process covers internally defined reports presenting detailed and varied approach by the Bank to measurement and management of the risk. The Bank models liquidity characteristics, both of its assets and liabilities in order to provide for clients’ anticipated/actual behaviour. Modelling is mixed. This means than an analysis of clients’ behaviour relies on historic data and expert judgment.
A structural liquidity report is one of such internal liquidity reports. The report presents the gap between the Bank's assets and liabilities in time buckets on correctly functioning markets. The report is used to monitor and manage medium- and long-term liquidity positions. It serves as a support in the planning process of the balance sheet and funding. It also indicates all major funding needs in the future.
The report is a scenario for the current balance sheet in normal market conditions. It does not cover any additional projections of balance sheet development. However, it provides for clients’ typical behaviour observed in previous periods. For instance: cash flows under mortgage loans, cash loans, loans in the current account provide for prepayments and cash flows for savings accounts and current accounts are allocated subject to characteristics of liquidity.
Report of structural liquidity
1-6 months
7-12 months
1-5 years
6-10 years
11-15 years
over 15 years
2024
Liquidity gap
51,750
11,075
10,302
-19,193
-46,884
-7,051
Cumulative liquidity gap
51,750
62,825
73,127
53,935
7,051
-
2023
Liquidity gap
42,777
12,452
18,703
-13,466
-45,801
-14,665
Cumulative liquidity gap
42,777
55,229
73,932
60,466
14,665
-
Monitoring of funding sources and concentration risk
Minimum once a year, the Bank determines the Bank's overall business strategy and the resultant medium-term (3 years) financial plan with a general risk strategy. Financial plan is an indispensable element of the strategy which provides for an effective diversification of funding sources and tenors.
ALCO actively manages the funding base. Additionally, it monitors funding sources in order to:
verify compliance with the strategy and financial plan,
identify potential risks related to funding.
Customers’ deposits (retail and corporate) are the core funding source for ING Bank Śląski S.A. The Bank monitors the funding structure and thus verifies concentration risk by analysing its deposit base split into:
type of financing,
client segment,
product type,
currencies,
geographical region, and
concentration of large deposits.
Periodical analyses also monitor the risk generated by related clients (within capital groups).
The existing funding structure is well diversified. Below is the funding structure as at 2024 and 2023 yearend, split into direct and mutual funding. Direct funding covers products where transaction is "one-sided": funds are taken and then repaid. Mutual funding covers products where funding is simultaneously given and taken (in separate
151
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
currencies or in separate products). Direct funding is provided mainly by retail and corporate clients while mutual funding comprised primarily funds acquired from other banks.
Direct funding:
2024
2023
Core client segments
direct funding
share
direct funding
share
Banks
450
0.2%
181
0.1%
Corporate clients
77,445
30.8%
76,951
32.9%
Retail clients
141,045
56.1%
125,539
53.8%
Own issue / subordinated loan
10,512
4.2%
9,174
3.9%
Equity
21,776
8.7%
21,693
9.3%
Mutual funding:
2024
2023
Core client segments
mutual funding
share
mutual funding
share
Banks
27,641
92.6%
16,061
94.9%
Corporate clients
2,223
7.4%
855
5.1%
Liquidity reserve management
Maintenance of an adequate liquidity buffer is a major element in managing the Bank’s liquidity. The liquidity buffer presents the available liquidity, required to cover the gap between cumulative outflows and inflows within a relatively short time. It covers assets that are “unencumbered” and easily available to acquire liquidity. Unencumbered assets are understood as assets that are free of any legal, regulatory, contractual restrictions to have them disposed of by the Bank. The liquidity buffer is crucial in the times of a crisis when the Bank has to obtain liquidity in a short time when the standard funding sources are unavailable or insufficient.
The liquidity buffer is maintained as a safeguard against materialisation of various extraordinary scenarios, providing for needs of additional liquidity which may arise at any time in extraordinary circumstances and in normal conditions.
The table below presents the structure of the liquid asset buffer as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023:
2024
2023
Structure of the liquidity buffer
share
share
Treasury bonds or bonds issued by the central bank (PLN)
65.0%
68.8%
Treasury bonds or bonds issued by the central bank (EUR)
13.7%
9.2%
bonds of BGK and EIB
21.3%
22.0%
The Bank provides for realistic reductions due to impairment of securities with the level thereof being regularly reviewed and approved by ALCO. The reductions are assessed inter alia on the basis of market liquidity and depth, volatility of market prices, requirements of the central bank.
The Bank also observes asset concentrations ensuring their safe diversification in terms of issuer, maturity and currency.
Management of intraday liquidity
The Bank actively manages positions and risks of short-term (one-day and intraday) liquidity in order to comply with its payment and settlement obligations when due in normal market conditions and in extraordinary/stress situations.
The intraday liquidity management process is critical for correct functioning of the Bank as a whole and applies to normal market conditions and extraordinary (crisis) situations. It is a component of current operational liquidity management. Managing its intraday liquidity, the Bank applies intraday ratios. Intraday liquidity ratios are monitored on an ongoing basis and presented to the competent liquidity risk management units and to ALCO.
Intraday liquidity management includes the maintenance of readiness to comply with the Bank’s obligations also in crisis circumstances. In this connection, it is necessary to maintain an adequate liquidity buffer on the basis of information on the potential worsening of the Bank's access to intraday liquidity as a result of a market stress. In order to maintain an adequate liquidity buffer, the Bank applies intraday stress tests in its stress test program.
Management of hedging items
The management of hedging items covers both positions under CSA and GIMRA contracts as well as positions of liquid assets related to operations with the central bank. This is performed on the level corresponding to the provided services, the Bank's portfolio, funding profile and liquidity requirements.
152
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Most of the Bank's counterparties in derivative transactions have signed Credit Support Annexes (CSA) to ISDA agreements. They regulate the issue of support to portfolios of derivative transactions. They provide for the right to demand margin deposits by parties whose valuation of the portfolio is positive on a specific day (the party’s portfolio is in-the-money) and the right to demand release of the margin when the valuation changes.
Within the strategy of setting margins for each counterparty to CSA, the transaction portfolio is measured daily for margin requirements.
Derivative instruments such as FRA and IRS are settled via CCP (Central Clearing Party) clearing houses. This provides for effective management of margin deposits and mitigates the counterparty settlement risk. ING Bank Śląski S.A. has signed agreements with KDPW CCP and London Clearing House (LCH) and EUREX.
4.8. Centralisation of the risk management process
The liquidity risk management process is fully centralised in treasury and risk management functions. Liquidity risk (along with the generated liquidity position) of each business line is transferred to the Centre of Expertise Treasury for central management.
The Bank provides for costs and benefits of various types of liquidity risks in the system of internal transfer pricing, in its measurement of profitability and the approval process of new products in all major business areas (both on- and off-balance sheet). The Centre of Expertise Treasury manages the positions transferred to its books over the risk transfer system, including the management of liquidity risk related to resetting the premium for liquidity.
In order to ensure correct, independent and centralised performance of the tasks in the liquidity risk management process (including risk management and reporting as well as preparation, review and updates of documentation), the Bank operates the Market Risk Management Department which reports to a Deputy President of the Management Board.
4.9. Liquidity risk reporting and measurement systems
Liquidity risk reporting and measurement processes are automated. The Bank holds tools automatically generating a set of liquidity reports on a daily or monthly basis. Information of risk measures supports ongoing monitoring of liquidity profiles and control of basic measures. The reports on liquidity risk are submitted to units involved in the risk management process.
4.10. Analysis of the maturity of financial assets and liabilities
4.10.1. Breakdown of financial assets and liabilities by maturity
The tables below present the breakdown of financial assets and liabilities by maturity. Data are presented at carrying amount. Financial assets payable on demand and for which the maturity date has expired are presented in the range "up to 1 month". The column ‘unspecified’ includes the value of equity instruments. The column "Reconciliation to the net balance sheet value" presents the value of the allowance for expected credit losses for loans and other receivables measured at amortised cost.
153
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2024
Financial assets by maturity
up to 1 month
over 1 to 3 months
over 3 to 12 months
over 1 to 5 years
over 5 years
no deadline specified
reconciliation to the net carrying amount
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
8,360
-
-
-
-
-
-
8,360
Loans and other receivables to other banks
14,365
6,432
350
3,917
-
-
-1
25,063
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
781
126
298
459
283
1
-
1,948
Derivative hedge instruments
1
-
2
40
18
-
-
61
Investment securities
197
2,432
9,298
42,794
3,917
254
-
58,892
Aktywa stanowiące zabezpieczenie zobowiązań
-
-
44
-
135
-
-
179
Loans and other receivables to customers measured at amortised cost
10,735
9,276
29,577
51,665
58,900
-
-3,657
156,496
Investments in associates accounted for using the equity method
-
-
-
-
-
1,969
-
1,969
Other assets
7
6
9
1
-
-
-
23
Total assets
34,446
18,272
39,578
98,876
63,253
2,224
-3,658
252,991
Financial liabilities by maturity
current and saving deposits
up to 1 month
over 1 to 3 months
over 3 to 12 months
over 1 to 5 years
over 5 years
Total
Liabilities to other banks
829
950
8
-
9,016
-
10,803
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding the valuation of derivatives)
-
249
52
136
522
441
1,400
Derivative hedge instruments
-
13
-
7
37
26
83
Liabilities to customers
185,003
17,716
6,619
9,529
46
1,028
219,941
Subordinated liabilities
-
3
-
-
1,496
-
1,499
Other financial liabilities
-
1,683
143
20
114
498
2,458
Total financial liabilities
185,832
20,614
6,822
9,692
11,231
1,993
236,184
2023
Financial assets by maturity
up to 1 month
over 1 to 3 months
over 3 to 12 months
over 1 to 5 years
over 5 years
no deadline specified
reconciliation to the net carrying amount
Total
Cash and cash equivalents
7,039
-
-
-
-
-
-
7,039
Loans and other receivables to other banks
13,320
6,026
361
2,834
-
-
-1
22,540
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss
810
125
209
671
459
-
-
2,274
Derivative hedge instruments
4
6
49
66
83
-
-
208
Investment securities
4,444
46
6,068
39,889
5,845
236
-
56,528
Aktywa stanowiące zabezpieczenie zobowiązań
-
-
-
133
32
-
,
165
Loans and other receivables to customers measured at amortised cost
9,152
8,817
26,725
49,435
55,771
-
-3,237
146,663
Investments in associates accounted for using the equity method
-
-
-
-
-
1,761
-
1,761
Other assets
2
9
15
-
-
-
-
26
Total assets
34,771
15,029
33,427
93,028
62,190
1,997
-3,238
237,204
Financial liabilities by maturity
current and saving deposits
up to 1 month
over 1 to 3 months
over 3 to 12 months
over 1 to 5 years
over 5 years
Total
Liabilities to other banks
636
507
11
21
6,522
1,130
8,827
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding the valuation of derivatives)
-
266
80
202
730
544
1,822
Derivative hedge instruments
-
7
6
75
136
56
280
Liabilities to customers
170,853
18,895
5,593
8,429
37
1,233
205,040
Subordinated liabilities
-
4
-
-
435
1,087
1,526
Other financial liabilities
-
3,015
124
19
99
481
3,738
Total financial liabilities
171,489
22,694
5,814
8,746
7,959
4,531
221,233
154
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
4.10.2. Analysis of the maturity of financial assets and liabilities according to contractual payment terms
The tables below present financial assets and liabilities (excluding valuation of derivatives) split by remaining (from the reporting date) contractual maturities. The presented values provide for future interest payments. With respect to contingent liabilities granted, the maturity analysis covers the closest possible performance of the liabilities by the Bank.
Financial assets payable on demand, financial assets for which the maturity date has expired and liabilities on account of current and saving deposits are recognised within 1 month.
2024
without
a specific date
up to 1 month*
1- 12 months
1-5 years
over 5 years
Financial assets, including:
255
50,243
52,243
126,562
100,946
Cash and cash equivalents
-
8,360
-
-
-
Loans and other receivables to other banks
-
14,551
6,481
4,096
-
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding the valuation of derivatives)
1
518
174
466
281
Investment securities
254
225
13,140
49,644
2,495
Loans and other receivables to customers
-
26,582
32,433
72,355
98,170
Other financial assets
-
7
15
1
-
Financial Liabilities, including:
-
202,718
21,016
12,396
1,451
Liabilities to other banks
-
1,782
415
10,068
-
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding the valuation of derivatives)
-
184
20
427
217
Liabilities to customers
-
199,064
20,357
58
736
Subordinated liabilities
-
5
61
1,729
-
Other financial liabilities
-
1,683
163
114
498
Contingent liabilities granted
-
5,203
21,584
15,858
14,843
2023
without
a specific date
up to 1 month
1- 12 months
1-5 years
over 5 years
Financial assets, including:
236
49,195
43,784
120,656
98,492
Cash and cash equivalents
-
7,039
-
-
-
Loans and other receivables to other banks
-
13,388
6,509
2,924
-
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding the valuation of derivatives)
-
629
81
812
233
Investment securities
236
4,476
7,321
46,737
4,009
Loans and other receivables to customers
-
23,661
29,849
70,183
94,250
Other financial assets
-
2
24
-
-
Financial Liabilities, including:
-
190,375
19,358
9,423
3,586
Liabilities to other banks
-
1,143
468
7,987
1,149
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss (excluding the valuation of derivatives)
-
166
28
489
258
Liabilities to customers
-
186,045
18,640
76
565
Subordinated liabilities
-
6
79
772
1,133
Other financial liabilities
-
3,015
143
99
481
Contingent liabilities granted
-
4,335
21,581
16,700
12,486
The tables below present a maturity analysis of derivative financial instruments with a negative valuation as at the reporting date. The analysis is based on remaining contractual maturities.
Derivative financial instruments settled in net amounts
Derivative financial instruments settled by the Bank on a net basis cover IRS, FRA, options and FX Forward NDF transactions. The data in tables reflect – in case of IRS transactions – non-discounted future interest cash flows; in case of other transactions, the cash flows equivalent to the valuation as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 respectively.
155
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
2024
up to 1 month
1- 12 months
1-5 years
over 5 years
IRS transactions, of which:
698
-572
-5,703
-783
hedging transactions in hedge accounting
381
-485
-2,106
-562
other derivatives
-10
-43
-10
-
2023
up to 1 month
1- 12 months
1-5 years
over 5 years
IRS transactions, of which:
-1,932
-1,142
4,845
457
hedging transactions in hedge accounting
-727
-467
1,834
119
other derivatives
-21
-127
-13
-
Derivative financial instruments settled in gross amounts
Derivative financial instruments settled by the Bank on a gross basis cover FX Swap, FX Forward and CIRS transactions. The data in tables reflect non-discounted contractual cash outflows and inflows of nominals and – in case of CIRS transactions – as interest, as at 31 December 2024 and 31 December 2023 respectively.
2024
up to 1 month
1- 12 months
1-5 years
outflows
-4,847
-5,846
-2,180
inflows
4,781
5,700
2,000
2023
up to 1 month
1- 12 months
1-5 years
outflows
-4,643
-3,109
-2,118
inflows
4,570
2,969
1,999
5. Operational risk
5.1. Introduction
Operational risk is defined in the Bank as the possibility of direct or indirect loss resulting from maladjustment or failure of internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk also includes legal risk (described in point 7.7 . ) and model risk (described in point 7.6 . ).
Operational risk management is an integral part of the Bank’s management process. The operational risk management process and business processes show mutual dependence, which means that information obtained in the operational risk management process is taken into account when making decisions concerning business activities, and the operational risk management process takes into account business decisions.
5.2. Operational risk management objectives
The operational risk management objectives, which are part of the Bank’s overall risk management strategy, are defined on the basis of:
regulatory requirements,
recommendations of the Bank’s Management Board and Supervisory Board,
plans and good practices of the ING Group,
the need to implement the risk mitigation measures identified in the course of external and internal evaluations and audits,
improvement plans in the area of risk management.
The Bank’s Management Board - after obtaining the approval of the Supervisory Board - defined the operational risk management strategy. The strategy takes into account legal and regulatory requirements and builds on ING Group best practices.
In addition, in consultation with the Supervisory Board, in the risk appetite declaration the Management Board has specified the maximum permissible loss limits, capital limits and the scope of risk that it is willing to take in order to achieve the planned business objectives - in full compliance with the law and regulations. The level of utilisation of limits is monitored and periodically presented to the Non-Financial Risk Committee, the Risk Committee and and Supervisory Board.
The main objective in operational risk management is to continuously improve the safety of the Bank and its customers, reduce operating costs and improve operational efficiency.
156
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
In addition to the implementation of basic processes in the area of operational risk, in 2024 the Bank focused its activities on:
migration to a new integrated non-financial risk management tool - the Bank launched a new application in June 2024,
developing a single control framework for subsidiaries,
transfer of insurance activities to the first line of defence,
monitoring the control environment in the area of identity management,
clarification of the definition of operational risk events on the border of operational and credit risk,
updating the procedures in the field of non-financial risk management aimed at meeting the requirements resulting from the Regulation on Digital Operational Resilience (DORA) and CRR 3,
development of ESG risk assessment methodology in the field related to climate and the environment,
updating the rules for risk management of third parties and intra-group entities in the field of outsourcing (including ICT services) and procurement contracts,
updating the business continuity risk management rules,
proactive identification of high-risk areas,
implementation of a new approach to reporting non-financial risks, based on data metrics.
5.3. Operational risk management policies
With regard to operational risk management, the Bank has a consistent and continuously updated package of internal normative documents.
The principles and guidelines contained in the regulations are aimed at limiting the effects and probability of financial losses and reputational damage.
The Bank’s operational risk management system is based on:
legal norms,
requirements resulting from internal regulations being an element of the Bank’s strategy - Non-financial Risk Appetite Declaration and Operational Risk Management Policy , which defines the main operational risk management processes
other regulations at the level of Policies concerning the internal control system, non-financial risk control standards, counteracting fraud, IT risks as well as business continuity management, implementation, modification, review and liquidation of products intended for the bank’s clients (PARP), outsourcing, security of people and resources,
more detailed regulations, instructions and procedures of the Bank relating to individual sub-processes related to risk management.
5.4. Organisational structure of operational risk management
The Bank has a management structure with clearly defined, transparent and consistent areas of responsibility based on the Three Lines of Defence model, it also defined the principles of cooperation with the parent entity.
The scope of responsibility is defined starting from the Supervisory Board and the Risk Committee supporting it, and the Bank’s Management Board, through all the Bank’s organisational units. In the scope of operational risk, there is also supervision of significant subsidiaries of the Bank.
For years, the Bank has had a permanent Non-Financial Risk Committee, whose main task is to provide ongoing support to the Management Board in managing non-financial risk.
5.5. Operational risk management process
The Bank has effective and consistent processes for identifying, monitoring and controlling non-financial risk in all of the Bank’s products, activities, processes and systems.
The operational risk management system applies to all areas of the Bank’s operations and the Group’s operations, as well as cooperation with clients, suppliers and partners, that has been developed in accordance with the principle of proportionality, i.e. taking into account the nature, scale and complexity of the business, as well as the materiality of the processes and the operational risk profile of the Bank. It constitutes a coherent, continuing practice that includes the following elements:
risk identification and assessment, including, among others, risk assessments, analysis of internal and external events or scenario analyses and stress tests,
risk mitigation and monitoring of mitigation actions,
carrying out inspections,
monitoring and quality assurance.
157
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
6. ESG risk
6.1. Introduction
In accordance with the approach presented in the ECB Guide on climate-related and environmental risks 2020 and the EBA Report on management and supervision of ESG risks for credit institutions and investment firms 2021 , the Bank does not treat ESG risk as a separate risk category, but as a booster of the basic risk categories present in the Bank (credit, market, liquidity and financing risk and non-financial risk). The Bank defines ESG risk as the risk of the negative financial impact of ESG factors on the Bank - the risk of their direct or indirect impact (indirect - through the impact of these factors on the Bank’s customers/counterparties).
The Bank manages ESG risk by incorporating mechanisms for its identification, measurement, assessment, mitigation, monitoring, reporting into standard processes as part of credit, market, operational, liquidity and financing risk and non-financial risk management. The organisational structure addresses concerns related to the expected intensification of ESG risk. It ensures effective supervision of ESG risk and the correct and timely conduct of work related to the implementation of ESG risk management mechanisms.
6.2. ESG risk management objectives
At the beginning of 2024, the Supervisory Board approved the Risk Management Strategy, in which the key objectives for 2024-2026 include the continuation of activities to better identify, measure and assess ESG risk, as well as activities to ensure that the bank’s policies, procedures and processes comply with the requirements resulting from external regulations.
6.3. ESG risk management policies
The Bank has in place the ESG Risk Management Policy - a document defining the manner of ESG risk management, including the manner of integrating ESG risk management into the existing framework for managing credit, market, liquidity and financing risk and non-financial risk.
6.4. Organisational structure of ESG risk management
The Bank’s Management Board, Supervisory Board and management staff attach particular importance to the issue of identifying risks and opportunities as well as managing ESG risk in the Bank. Among other things, the Management Board has initiated the creation of appropriate organisational structures that ensure a comprehensive approach to ESG from the point of view of risk management, business issues and reporting / disclosures, as well as
an appropriate flow of information and sharing of knowledge between units responsible for individual ESG aspects, the Management Board and other employees.
The Management Board has established a comprehensive ESG Programme to coordinate ESG issues within separate working teams focussing on risk, business and reporting / disclosures. An ESG Data Model Project has also been established, and work is underway to ensure data availability and high-quality reporting.
Supervision of ESG risk management has been entrusted to the Member of the Bank’s Management Board supervising the CRO Division.
Since 2022, there has been an ESG Risk Committee in the form of a standing committee. The main tasks of the ESG Risk Committee are:
creating an ESG risk management policy,
approving the ESG risk management methodology,
approval of tools used for ESG risk assessment,
defining the standards of ESG credit risk analysis and the course of the ESG risk assessment and monitoring process, as well as the principles of including ESG risk in the valuation of collateral.
An ESG Risk Management Department was established within the CRO Division, an ESG Risk Team has been established in the Risk Regulation Department, responsible for managing ESG risk and initiating and coordinating further actions aimed at the comprehensive implementation of this risk management into the existing credit, market, liquidity and operational risk management system and the fulfilment of expectations indicated in supervisory documents.
In the second half of 2024, the Sustainability Panel of the Supervisory Board was established. The Panel was established as a consultative and advisory function for the Board with regard to the Board’s activity in the ESG and Sustainability area. Regular informing, inspiring and initiating discussions at the Supervisory Board level, which concern different ESG aspects is its objective.
6.5. Key ESG risks
The risks in the ESG area, which according to the Bank will have the greatest impact on its operations, are indicated below. They were presented in order of the most significant expected impact and grouped according to traditional risk categories.
158
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
ESG risk in credit risk
transformation risk:
risk of deterioration in the quality of receivables from companies from high-emission industries due to a decrease in their revenues / an increase in costs / an increase in debt,
risk of a decrease in the value of properties with low energy efficiency accepted to secure them,
risk of deterioration of the quality of mortgage loans granted to individual customers using real estate with low energy efficiency,
risk of deterioration in the quality of receivables from loans financing commercial properties with low energy efficiency,
physical climate risk:
risk of a decrease in the value of property accepted as collateral, exposed to sudden or long-term physical threats,
the risk of deterioration in the quality of corporate receivables due to a decrease in their income / increase in costs / increase in debt due to their operations in a place exposed to sudden or long-term physical threats,
physical, environmental and social risk - risk of deterioration of the quality of corporate receivables due to a decrease in their income / increase in costs / increase in debt due to their activities having a negative impact on the environment or a negative impact on employees / communities.
ESG risk in compliance risk
compliance risk - risk of the Bank’s financial loss as a result of regulatory sanctions for non-compliance of internal policies and instructions with external regulations in the area of ESG, as well as for inadequacy of processes aimed at ensuring this compliance,
the risk of unfair customer treatment - the risk of financial loss, regulatory penalties, litigation, business disruption and/or reputational damage due to ING’s (intentional) misrepresentation of the financial product/service or the unclear or unfair presentation of the financial product/service; and/or ING’s failure to take all required steps to act in the best interests of (potential) customers.
ESG risk in liquidity risk
transformation risk and physical climate risk - risk of the Bank’s liquidity disturbance as a result of increased outflow of deposits from the Bank or increased credit needs of customers in connection with the need to cover additional expenses resulting from the materialisation of transformation risk or physical risk.
The Bank also manages the remaining ESG risks, although not all of them have been described due to, among others:
the estimated low impact of these risks (e.g. ESG risk within market risk, operational risk of disrupting the continuity of operations and the security of people and resources due to physical climate risk,
historically well-established and effective system of managing these risks in the Bank (e.g. social risk resulting from improper HR practices, social and environmental risk related to cooperation with suppliers).
7. Other risks
7.1. Compliance risk
The Bank’s mission in terms of compliance is to build an organisational culture based on knowledge of and compliance with legal regulations, internal regulations, market standards as well as ING’s Values and Behaviours, specified in the so-called Orange Code.
Compliance risk is understood as the risk of the consequences of non-compliance with the Bank’s processes with the laws, internal regulations and market standards.
The Bank’s Supervisory Board supervises the compliance risk management, and the Bank’s Management Board is responsible for the effective compliance risk management, including:
mplementation of organisational solutions, regulations and procedures enabling effective compliance risk management, and
ensuring adequate resources and resources required for the performance of tasks.
Centre of Expertise - Compliance is an organisationally separate, independent unit responsible for the organisation and functioning of the compliance risk management process. The aim of the Centre of Expertise - Compliance is to shape solutions for identifying, assessing, controlling and monitoring the risk of non-compliance of the Bank’s operations with laws, internal regulations and market standards, and to present reports in this respect. Compliance activities are aimed at the active participation of the Bank’s employees in compliance risk management by shaping a risk culture based on knowledge of and compliance with laws, internal regulations and market standards.
159
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
7.2. Security of transactions and stability of IT systems
The security of clients’ and partners’ funds and data is a key issue that the Bank pays particular attention to in its daily operations. Monitors threats on an ongoing basis and analyses their impact on ICT infrastructure (applications, systems, networks), as well as business processes, processes of its partners and service providers and their potential impact on customers. On this basis, the Bank designs and implements appropriate organisational and technical solutions in the areas of prevention, detection and response. The Bank’s ICT systems protect multi-layered cybersecurity mechanisms and systems.
7.3. Security of personal data
The stability of IT systems also means the protection of personal data of customers, business partners and employees. However, in addition to IT security, the Bank also takes care of the physical security of the data and information stored in the Bank and constantly improves its approach to personal data protection. The Bank’s internal regulations strictly define the admissibility and rules for the presence of third parties in offices and exclude the connection of unverified devices to the banking ICT network. Physical safeguards are regularly tested and the audit findings inspire change. Testing physical security and all methods of remote access to systems has become an integral part of APT tests at the Bank examining the resilience of the Bank’s cybersecurity.
In 2024, the Bank did not identify any substantiated complaints from customers regarding breaches of privacy. With regard to the decisions taken by the Personal Data Protection Office in 2024, the Bank did not agree with two decisions and appealed against them to the Voivodship Administrative Court. Currently, 3 cases are pending before the Voivodship Administrative Court, and 4 cases are pending before the Supreme Administrative Court (two cases at the request of the Bank, and two at the request of the Personal Data Protection Office). In order to improve the compliance risk management system, the Bank introduced the Banking Secrecy Policy as a general regulation describing the Bank’s conduct with respect to the provisions of banking law.
As part of the Polish Bank Association, the Bank cooperates with other banks to develop consistent solutions related to personal data protection.
7.4. Cybersecurity
Cybersecurity is a set of processes, best practices and technological solutions used to protect IT networks, devices, programmes and data against attacks, damage or unauthorised access. Cybersecurity is the resilience of IT systems to activities that violate the confidentiality, integrity, availability and authenticity of the data being processed or the services associated with it.
Cybersecurity Action Strategy
Cybercrime resilience is one of the basic principles for the Bank to build IT solutions and channels of interaction with clients. The Bank observes the following rules:
Security at the centre of everything the Bank does in the area of ICT infrastructure.
Security as an integral part of business awareness.
Security as a competitive advantage..
The Bank places particular emphasis on:
Building secure and fault-tolerant IT solutions, compliant with the security architecture and operational model.
A multi-layered model of ICT environment protection.
Safeguard all resources, whether they are vulnerable to internal or external threats.
Enhance the contribution of hazard modelling and the use of expertise to technological risk assessment, at all stages of ICT implementation and operation.
The use of automated control mechanisms.
Building awareness of IT security threats and competencies.
Secure provision of services by external providers.
Compliance with internal and external regulations.
The Bank ensures compliance for the cybersecurity area with the requirements of:
The Act on the National Cybersecurity System (UKSC), the subject of which is the organisation of the national cybersecurity system and the definition of tasks and responsibilities of entities included in the national cybersecurity system.
The Digital Operational Resilience Regulation (DORA), which sets out a new European framework for the efficient and comprehensive management of digital risks in financial markets.
The Bank cares about the awareness of its employees. Many educational activities are carried out to ensure an appropriate level of knowledge about the risks associated with fraud and the Bank’s cybersecurity. The Bank conducts a number of training courses in the field of IT risk control system and technical training addressed to specialists in the field of cybersecurity.
160
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
The Bank’s activities are not limited only to resources and data managed directly by the Bank, but are also performed in relation to third parties that are suppliers of key services. For this purpose, the agreements concluded by the Bank are constantly verified in terms of compliance with applicable regulations, such as: KNF's cloud announcement, EBA guidelines and ING N.V. Group standards regarding security requirements for IT and cloud service providers. The Bank obliges companies with which it cooperates to apply the best standards and guidelines in the field of protection of entrusted data and services. These requirements are verified by the Bank during safety audits at suppliers’ premises, with particular attention to the entire business processes, taking into account the activities also performed by subcontractors.
Cybersecurity activities
All employees are responsible for ensuring the security of data and IT systems, within their areas and tasks. The Bank has also established units that perform this task in a special way. The Cybersecurity and IT Risk Expert Centre is the unit responsible for ensuring the protection of the bank’s ICT infrastructure, services and employees against cyber threats. The unit includes a data leakage prevention team (DLP) and a team supporting IT risk management.
Due to the continuous development of new, advanced attack methods, the Bank’s security teams are constantly improving existing systems and building new, more effective detection and prevention mechanisms.
All actions are aimed at protecting the Bank’s resources against threats from inside and outside, and thus protecting clients and the funds entrusted to the Bank. Many of these activities are carried out jointly by the Bank with other ING Group units, as well as in cooperation with financial institutions and state authorities.
Fraud prevention
Counteracting fraud is also an important element in the field of cybersecurity. The unit responsible for taking actions in the field of external and internal fraud is the Expert Centre - Fraud Prevention, which aims to reduce losses of customers and the Bank. The unit is also responsible for prompt response in the event of suspicion of a crime and adapting preventive actions to the fraudsters’ activities.
The Centre performs, among others, monitoring of incoming and outgoing transactions, analysis of customer reports on unauthorised transactions, as well as preventive activities aimed at adequate protection of banking processes and products against fraud attempts.
Thanks to close cooperation between business units, the Bank is constantly improving its internet banking systems, introducing new mechanisms to secure and reduce the risk of fraud, while ensuring clear and understandable communication with the client. The Bank also improves mechanisms for detecting anomalies, both in the Bank’s
transaction system and in transactions ordered by clients, thus detecting suspicious transactions ordered by unauthorised persons. The Bank also takes care of the integrity of transactions ordered by the client, reducing the risk of internal fraud.
In Internet banking and mobile banking applications, the Bank uses various solutions to increase client security.
7.5. Business risk
The Bank identifies one significant risk as the macroeconomic risk. Macroeconomic risk is the risk arising from changes in macroeconomic factors and their impact on the level of minimum capital requirements. The Bank manages this risk by regularly conducting internal and stress tests in accordance with the Stress Testing Policy , which allows for ongoing monitoring of the sensitivity of the minimum capital requirements to macroeconomic factors.
Based on the results of internal stress tests, in accordance with the Methodology for calculating economic capital for macroeconomic risk , the Bank estimates additional economic capital to hedge against the effects of materialisation of the tested scenario. Due to the events of recent years, including the war in Ukraine, dynamic changes in the macroeconomic and political environment and the results of stress tests, the Bank continues to maintain additional economic capital for macroeconomic risk.
7.6. Model risk
Model risk management is carried out in accordance with the Model Risk Management Policy at ING Bank Śląski . The Policy defines the key obligations with respect to risk management of models that must be observed for each type of model. These responsibilities are defined in relation to the general principles of model risk management as well as in relation to the various stages of the model life cycle.
The Model Risk Management Department provides a register of models, which is a repository of information on models operating in the Bank, and which is updated by participants in the model risk management process, including model owners, validators and modellers. The register and model logs shall contain, inter alia, information on the relevance of the models, their risk levels and the results of monitoring their performance and the results of model validation.
The Bank regularly assesses the risks of individual models and, if required, allocates capital charges for models in accordance with the principles adopted in internal regulations.
The performance of models is verified as part of the monitoring of model performance and model validation. Model validation is performed in accordance with the Model Validation Policy at ING Bank Śląski and validation instructions.
161
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
Management reporting to the Model Risk Committee, the Management Board and the Supervisory Board on the status of model management and validation activities includes, among others, assessment of the aggregated level of model risk in the context of the adopted level of model risk tolerance, results of model risk assessment and the status of the validation plan.
7.7. Legal risk
Legal risk is the risk related to:
inability (or alleged inability) to comply with relevant laws, regulations and standards,
contractual obligations which have been breached or which cannot be enforced intentionally or have been unexpectedly or undesirably enforced, and
liability (tort liability) towards third parties in connection with an act or omission for which the Bank is responsible,
(potentially) resulting in a breach of the Bank’s integrity, leading to a breach of its reputation, the imposition of legal or supervisory sanctions and financial losses.
The places of legal risk are:
changes in the legal environment affecting the Bank’s operations and the conduct of business,
differences in interpretation of the law and uneven jurisprudence,
shaping and enforcing contractual relations with the Bank’s clients and business partners and the Bank’s impact on third parties.
Mitigation measures include, but are not limited to:
active monitoring of changes in the legal and supervisory environment and preparation of Legal Information to ensure compliance of internal regulations with common law,
agreeing positions (interpretation of legal regulations) with market regulators and state authorities on legal issues relevant to the Bank,
issuing opinions on the Bank’s internal legal documentation and agreements concluded by the Bank with clients/counterparties,
ongoing legal advice for the Bank’s units,
managing legal claims and lawsuits, including initiating/coordinating appropriate legal actions,
module legal claims in the Risk Navigator application,
training for management and employees on legal and supervisory issues.
162
|
ING Bank Śląski S.A.
|
Annual financial statements for the period from 1 January 2024 to 31 December 2024
|
Data in PLN milion
SIGNATURES OF THE MANAGEMENT BOARD MEMBERS OF ING BANK ŚLĄSKI S.A.
2025-03-05
Brunon Bartkiewicz
President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2025-03-05
Joanna Erdman
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2025-03-05
Marcin Giżycki
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2025-03-05
Bożena Graczyk
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2025-03-05
Ewa Łuniewska
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2025-03-05
Michał H. Mrożek
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2025-03-05
Sławomir Soszyński
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
2025-03-05
Alicja Żyła
Vice-President
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature
SIGNATURE OF THE PERSON RESPONSIBLE FOR ACCOUNTS
2025-03-05
Jolanta Alvarado Rodriguez
Lead of Centre of Expertise Accounting Policy and Financial Reporting
The original Polish document is signed with a qualified electronic signature